Physics Volume 1 Grade 11
Uploaded by
Tushar BansalPhysics Volume 1 Grade 11
Uploaded by
Tushar BansalVedantu’s
Vedantu’s Tatva
Vedantu’s Tatva Practice
TatvaPractice
Practice Book| Biology
Book Book- Vol.
| Physics - Vol.
2 !
Physics
Genetics
Evolution
and
Volume 1 Class 11 NEET
Class 11 JEE
SCAN
SCAN CODE
CODE
to
to know how
know how to
to
use
use this
this Book
Book
Academic Progress for every Student
Regular tests &
assignments
VEDANTU
IMPROVEMENT Report card with
PROMISE detailed analysis
VIP
Parent-teacher
meetings
Our Extraordinary Results 2021
Our Students
5.2X
HIGHER
Our Students
Our Students
3.8X
6.6X
HIGHER
All India HIGHER
All India All India
37.28% 37.28% 8.25%
9.84% 9.84% 1.25%
CBSE 10 CBSE 12 JEE
student scoring above 90% student scoring above 90% Advanced
SCAN CODE
to know more
about VIP
Vedantu’s Tatva Practice Book
Physics
Volume 1 Class 11 NEET
Published by
Vedantu Innovations Pvt. Ltd.
D. No. 1081, 3rd Floo , Vistar Arcade,
14th Main Rd, Sector 3, HSR Layout
Bangalore, Karnataka, India 560 102
www.vedantu.com
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by any
means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information
storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publishers.
Notice: Vedantu is committed to serving students with the best resources and knowledge.
Bearing that in mind, we have obtained all the information in this book from sources regarded
as reliable, and taken utmost care in editing and printing this book. However, as authors and
publishers, we are not to be held responsible for unintentional mistakes that might have crept
in. Having stated that, errors (if any) brought to our notice shall be gratefully acknowledged
and rectified in upcoming editions.
Printed by
Softberry Technology Pvt. Ltd
2nd Floor, above PNB, Scheme No 140
Indore, Madhya Pradesh - 452016
https://www.softberry.in
How to use your
Tatva Practice Book
1
8. Quantization of charge
When a physical quantity can
have only discrete values rather
than any value, the quantity is
said to be quantised. The
smallest charge that can exist in Scan the QR Code in each
nature is the charge of an chapter’s theory section to
electron.
view micro concept videos
related to the chapter, on
SCAN CODE the Vedantu app.
Electrostatics
Exercise - 2:
2
Solve all types of
1. The rate constant for a first
order reaction is 4.606 ×
10–3s–1. The time required to
reduce 2.0g of the reactant to
0.2g is:
exercise questions (NEET 2020)
based on the latest
NEET pattern. (a) 500s (b) 1000s
(c) 100s (d) 200s
Answer Key
3
CHAPTER-1: ELECTROSTATICS
For extra exam
Exercise-1: Basic Objective preparation content,
visit the Vedantu app.
Scan the QR code in the You can find previous
Answers Section to view years’ NEET papers with
detailed solutions for all solutions and detailed
exercise questions. analysis.
Founder’s Message
Dear Student,
I am delighted to present to you an amazing book, a ready reckoner to guide you through your NEET
exams-‘TATVA’. Tatva- which means the ‘Core’ is fully aligned with the culture, the mission, and the
vision of Vedantu and therefore it gives me immense pleasure and joy to share this book with you. We
at Vedantu have always aimed to revolutionize the teaching and learning process and have speedily
progressed in the direction of bringing superior quality education and content to your table. Tatva is
one such book series that will help you keep up with the pace and competitive nature of NEET. This
book is a guide for medical aspirants who want to crack NEET. It will be your practice guru, and your
companion in moving towards your dreams. Tatva is a result of the consistent effort, diligence, and
research by our experienced team of subject experts and teachers.
This book has been curated to suit the needs of NEET aspirants like you, to strengthen your
fundamentals and concepts, and optimize your learning and efficiency. Tatva is a comprehensive
amalgamation of important concepts, theories, derivations, definitions, solved examples, concept
videos, practice questions, and important questions. We have ensured that high-quality content and
the right ingredients are in place in this booklet to help you climb straight up the ladder to success.
A few guiding points to optimally use Tatva with a planned approach:
• Tatva equips you with Theory, Concept Videos, and Solved examples to help you revise concepts,
mark your notes, walk you through the entire summary, and eventually makes you capable of
clearing all your conceptual doubts all by yourself.
• We suggest a revision of the theory followed by practice of solved examples.
• Practice relevant questions daily after finishing Vedantu lectures and session assignments. We
believe that a daily dose of Tatva will keep all your exam blues at bay.
• Use the Tatva booklet to mark notes so that it always comes in handy for last-minute revision
sessions before your exams. Notes should include key points of theory, solved examples, and some
questions which you couldn't solve in the first attempt.
• Exercise 1 contains easy to moderate questions which are relevant for the exam (level-wise),
Exercise 2 has past year questions and Exercise 3 is the Achiever’s Section that will throw you with
challenges that will prepare you for the challenging questions during the entrance and make things
seamless for you.
• Before wrapping up, here is your practice mantra: “Practice does not make perfect. Only perfect
practice makes perfect” - Vince Lombardi
We strongly believe in you and wish to make the journey to your success
beautiful through this book. Give it your best shot but don’t stress about it.
Wishing that your talent shines bright. If you dream it, you will do it. All the
very best!
Anand Prakash
Founder and Academic Head, Vedantu
Anand Prakash Sir has been a pioneer in producing Top Ranks in JEE/NEET
and Olympiads. He has personally taught and mentored AIR 1, 6, 7 (JEE
Advanced), AIR-1, 7, 9(AIIMS), and thousands of more students who have
successfully cleared these competitive exams in the last few years.
Credits
“Happiness lies in the joy of achievement
and the thrill of creative effort.”
—Franklin D. Roosevelt
Tatva is the brainchild of a group of creative Vedans who have strived tirelessly to weave success stories for you.
We extend our heartfelt gratitude to the superb team of Vedans who give wings to the vision of Vedantu,
starting with our leaders who have been guiding and encouraging us at every step of the way:
Vamsi Krishna Sir, Anand Prakash Sir and Pulkit Jain Sir
We thank our leaders for their insight and mentorship. They steered the project in the right direction and were
instrumental in making Tatva a reality:
Sahil Bhatia, Sudhanshu Jain, Shubam Gupta, Ajay Mittal, Arshad Shahid, Jaideep Sontakke
The managers who embodied every aspect of what Tatva aimed to accomplish and brought their ideas and
diligence to the table to execute this vision immaculately:
Harish Rao, Neha Surana, Charubak Chakrabarti, Prashant Palande
Physics Team
We truly appreciate all the Master Teachers of Vedantu whose relentless efforts helped us translate this vision
into reality. Our heartfelt gratitude to our creative content developers and the typesetting team, who have put
in their hard work, insight, and eagerness to nurture and execute Tatva into ‘your ready handbook’ and bring a
positive learning experience to you.
Teachers Subject Matter Experts
Gaurang Shah Shivansh Srivastava Atul Singh (Team Lead) Kanika Sharma
Kanchan Kumari Pukhraj Singh
Typesetting Team Graphic Designers
Sangamesh Nikhil Arora Vishwanath G Sony Gudipudi
Virendra Kumar Jitender Nathu Singh
We cannot thank the creative team enough. Their creative minds and contagious energy have added a visual
flair, truly making Tatva the treasure trove of knowledge that it is.
Kajal Nilanjan Chowdhury Rabin Jacob Mohit Kamboj
Kiran Gopal Balaji Sakamuri Thamam Mubarish Haritha Ranchith
Sarib Mohammad
We thank and appreciate the enthusiastic support provided by Arunima Kar, Savin Khandelwal, and Dipshi
Shetty.
The journey of bringing Tatva to life, from an idea to the book you are holding, would not have been possible
without the extensive support of our diligent Operations Team, our amazing Academic Team, our dedicated
team of Teachers, and our talented Tech Team.
6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
Theory........................................................................................................................................................ 8
Solved Examples........................................................................................................................................ 38
Exercise - 1: Basic Objective Questions.................................................................................................... 46
Exercise - 2: Previous Year Questions....................................................................................................... 56
Exercise - 3: Achiever’s Section ................................................................................................................ 62
Motion in a Straight line
Theory........................................................................................................................................................ 66
Solved Examples........................................................................................................................................ 78
Exercise - 1: Basic Objective Questions.................................................................................................... 84
Exercise - 2: Previous Year Questions....................................................................................................... 98
Exercise - 3: Achiever’s Section ................................................................................................................. 104
Motion in a Plane & Relative Motion
Theory........................................................................................................................................................ 109
Solved Examples........................................................................................................................................ 119
Exercise - 1: Basic Objective Questions.................................................................................................... 125
Exercise - 2: Previous Year Questions....................................................................................................... 138
Exercise - 3: Achiever’s Section ................................................................................................................ 143
7
Laws of Motion & Friction
Theory…………………………………………………………………………………………………… 147
Solved Examples………………………………………………………………………………………… 158
Exercise – 1: Basic Objective Questions………………………………………………………………... 166
Exercise − 2: Previous Year Questions…………………………………………………………………. 181
Exercise − 3: Achiever’s Section………………………………………………………………………... 186
Answer Key……………………………………………………………………………………………... 192
7
01
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS,
& BASIC MATHEMATICS
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 8
Chapter 01
Units and Measurements
1. Fundamental and Derived Units
Physical quantity: Any quantity which can be measured is 1.3 Derived Physical Quantities
called a physical quantity. Physical quantities which are dependent on other physical
Examples: length, weight, time etc. quantities are called derived physical quantity.
For Example:
Fig. 1.1
1.1 Type of Physical Quantities
1.4 Derived Physical Quantities
Examples:
● Acceleration = length/time2
● Density = mass/ length3
● Volume = length3
● Force = mass (length)/time2
1.2 Fundamental Physical Quantities ● Momentum = mass. length/time
Physical quantities which are independent of other physical ● Pressure = mass/length.time2
quantities are called fundamental physical quantity. These
are the quantities we take as fundamental quantities.
1.5 How to Measure a Physical Quantity
For measuring a physical quantity, we have to compare it
Quantity with some reference, we call it a unit.
A unit is a standard amount of a physical quantity.
Length Example: In old times people used to measure length by
hand span or foot span.
Mass
Time
Electric Current
Temperature
Fig. 1.2
Amount of Substance Let’s measure the length of a book using our hand span.
In this case the unit for measurement is the hand span.
Luminous Intensity But the length of hand span varies from person to person.
So, everyone will get a different result for measuring the
same object.
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
10 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
So, there was a need of standardisation of units. 1.8 Need of System of Units
What if everyone uses a unit of their choice for every
measurement.
For Example:
Fig. 1.3
1.6 Standard Units
Some of the standard units: If everyone decides to have his own way of measurement,
For measuring length: metre, centimetre, foot etc. then it will not be possible to come to the correct conclusion.
For measuring weight: kilogram, gram, pound etc. Thus, a well-defined, universally accepted system must be
developed.
1.9 System of Units
A system of units is a complete set of units which is used to
Fig. 1.4
measure all kinds of fundamental and derived quantities.
1.7 Expressing Measurement of physical Let’s see examples of some of the major system of units
quantity
Suppose we measure length of a rod and write
Length = 28
By this expression we didn't get any idea about the size of
rod it can be anything like
28 m
28 mm
28 km
28 foot or 28 steps
So, we should always express a measurement with the unit
Fig. 1.6
of measurement.
1.10 The SI System of Units
Earlier different systems of units were used in different
countries.
So, there was a need for an internationally accepted system
of units.
Here comes the “International System of Units” or SI.
Currently it is the most popular system of units worldwide.
Fig. 1.5
In the SI system there are 7 base units and 2 supplementary
NOTE: units.
We always write a measurement of physical quantity as
its magnitude multiplied by its unit.
If we measure a physical quantity in more than one unit then
the multiplication of magnitude and unit is a constant.
If magnitude of a physical quantity is
= n1 in the u1 unit and n2 in u2 unit.
Physical Quantity = n1u1 = n2u2
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 11
1.11 Fundamental Units: A
sr
r2
Quantity Name of Units Symbol
2. Dimensions
Length Meter m
Dimensions of a physical quantity are the powers to which
the fundamental units must be raised in order to get the unit
Mass Kilogram kg of the derived quantity.
Time Second s
Fundamental quantity Dimension
Electric Current Ampere A
Mass [M]
Temperature Kelvin K
Length [L]
Amount of Substance Mole mol
Time [T]
Luminous Intensity Candela Cd
Current [A]
1.12 Supplementary Units: Temperature [K]
Amount of substance [mol]
Quantity Name of Units Symbol
Luminous intensity [cd]
Plane angle Radian rad
Solid angle Steradian sr 2.1 Writing Dimensions of Physical
Quantities
1.13 Plane Angle Velocity
displacement length
time time
dimension of velocity L1T 1
change in velocity length
Acceleration a
time
2
time
Dimension of acceleration L1T 2
Fig. 1.7
length
s Force Mass Acceleration Mass
rad time
2
r
Dimension of force M 1 L1T 2
1.14 Solid Angle However, there are some quantities such as dimension of
angle,
arc length L
Dimension of angle
radius L
i.e., L 0
defining all fundamental quantities are zero.
Fig. 1.8
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
12 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
2.2 How do dimensions behave in Joule is SI unit of energy and erg is the CGS unit of energy.
Dimensional formula of energy is [ML2T-2]
mathematical formulae? a = 1, b = 2, c = - 2.
Rule 1: All terms that are added or subtracted must have the SI CGS
same dimensions. M 1 1kg 1000 g M 2 1g
L1 1m 100 cm L2 1cm
T1 1s T2 1s
n1 1 Joule n2 ? erg
a b c
Fig. 1.9 M L T
n2 n1 1 1 1
Rule 2: Dimensions obey rules of multiplication and M 2 L2 T2
division. This equation can be used to find the numerical value in
AB the second or new system of units.
D
C 1
1000 100 1
2 2
1
A ML0T 2 , B M 0 L1T 2 ,C ML2T 0 1 1 1
Given
ML0T 2 M 0 L1T 2 1103 104 107
D 1 joule 107 erg.
ML2T 0
D M 11 L012T 2 2
2.5 Checking the Dimensional
D M 0 L1T 0
Consistency of Equations
Principle of Homogeneity of Dimensions:
2.3 Dimensional Analysis For an equation to be valid, the dimensions on the left side
Dimensional analysis is a tool to find or check relations must match the dimensions on the right side, It is then
among physical quantities by using their dimensions. dimensionally correct. Checking this is the basic way of
By using dimensional analysis, we can performing dimensional analysis.
1. Convert a physical quantity from one system of units to Let’s check that the second equation of motion is correct or
another. not.
2. Check the dimensional consistency of equations 1
s ut at 2
3. Deduce relation among physical quantities. 2
s distance length L
2.4 Converting a physical quantity from length
one system of unit to another. ut time length L
time
If u1 and u2 are the units of measurement of a physical length
time length L
2
quantity Q and n1 and n2 are there corresponding magnitude, at 2
time
2
then Q n1u1 n2 u2
Let M1, L1 and T1 be the fundamental units of mass, length L L L
and time in one system: and M2, L2, T2 be corresponding If an equation is dimensionally incorrect, it must be wrong.
units in another system. If the dimensional formula of On the other hand, dimensionally correct equations may or
quantity be M a LbT c then may not be correct.
Let’s take an example to make it simple for you.
u1 M 1a L1bT1c and u2 M 2 a L2bT2 c
If I say the area of a circle = 2 x radius2
Q n1 M 1a L1bT1c n2 M 2 a L2bT2 c - this is dimensionally correct (both sides have dimensions
a b c
[L2])
M L T - but it is wrong, as constant should be ‘π’ and not '2'
n2 n1 1 1 1
M 2 L2 T2
This equation can be used to find the numerical value in the
second or new system of units.
Let us convert one joule into erg.
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 13
2.6 Deducing Relation among the
Physical Quantities
The method of dimensions can sometimes be used to deduce
relation among the physical quantities.
For this, we should know the dependence of the physical
quantity on other quantities and consider it as a product type
of the dependency.
Let’s find the time period of a pendulum by using Fig. 1.10
dimensional analysis. The period of oscillation of the simple
pendulum depends on its length (𝑳), mass of the bob (𝒎)
and acceleration due to gravity (𝒈).
Time period T m a g b Lc
T km a g b Lc
Where k is dimensionless constant.
By considering dimensions on both sides, Fig. 1.11
1 a b 1 c
M 0 L0T 1 M LT 2 L
3.1 Rules for Determining Significant
Figures
M 0 L0T 1 M a Lbc T 2b
Rule 1: Every non-zero digit in a reported measurement is
Comparing both sides assumed to be significant.
a0 Example:
1 24.7 meters, no. of significant figures = 3
b
2 0.743 meters, no. of significant figures = 3
1 714 meters, no. of significant figures = 3
c
2
1 1
L Rule 2: Zeros appearing between non-zero digits are
T km0 g 2 L2 k significant.
g
Example:
70003 meters, no. of significant figures = 5
2.7 Limitations of Dimensional Analysis 40.79 meters, no. of significant figures = 4
1. Dimensionless quantities cannot be determined by this 1.503 meters, no. of significant figures = 4
method.
2. Constant of proportionality cannot be determined by this Rule 3: Left most zeros appearing in front of non-zero digits
method. They can be found either by experiment (or) by are not significant
theory. Example:
3. This method is not applicable to trigonometric, 0.0073 meters, no. of significant figures
logarithmic and exponential functions. =2
4. In some cases, the constant of proportionality also 0.423 meters, no. of significant figures
possesses dimensions. In such cases, we cannot use this =3
system. 0.000099 meters, no. of significant figures = 2
5. If one side of the equation contains addition or
subtraction of physical quantities, we cannot use this NOTE:
method to derive the expression.
Left most zeros act as place holders. By writing the
measurements in scientific notation, we can eliminate
3. Significant Figures such place holding zeros.
The significant figures are normally those digits in a
measured quantity which are known reliably plus one Left most zeros appearing in front of non-zero digits are not
additional digit that is uncertain. significant
In this case a student takes reading 4.57 𝑚𝑚. 0.0073 meter = 7.3×10−3 meter
Here the digits 4 and 5 are certain and the 0.423 meter = 4.23×10−1 meter
digit 7 is an estimate. 0.000099 meter = 9.9×10−5 meter
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
14 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
As the power of ten does not contribute to significant Last significant digit is 5 and preceding
figures, thus even by changing units the number of digit is 4 which is even. So, the answer is 1.4
significant digits will remain the same.
Example:
Rule 4: Zeros to the right of the last non-zero digit (trailing Round off 147.5 to 3 significant figures.
zeros) in a number with the decimal point are significant if Last significant digit is 5 and preceding
they are within the measurement or reporting resolution. digit is 7 which is odd. So, the answer is 148
Example: 1.200 has four significant figures (1, 2, 0, and 0)
if they are allowed by the measurement resolution. 4. Errors
What is an error?
Rule 5: The trailing zeros in a number without decimal An error is a mistake of some kind causing an error in your
point are not significant example, 010100 has 3 SF. But if results, so the result is not accurate.
the number comes from some actual measurement, then the
trailing zeros become significant example: m = 100 kg has 3 4.1 Types of Errors
SF
Errors can be divided into two main classes
● Random errors
3.2 Significant Figures in Calculations ● Systematic errors
Rules for arithmetical operations with significant figures
Rule I: In addition, or subtraction the number of decimal 4.2 Random Errors
places in the result should be equal to the number of decimal Random error has no pattern. One minute your readings
places of that term in the operation which contain lesser might be too small. Next, they might be too large. You can’t
number of decimal places. predict random error and these errors are usually
e.g., 12.587-12.5 = 0.087 = 0.1 (⸪ second term contain unavoidable.
lesser i.e., one decimal place) ● Random errors cannot be rectified but can be minimized.
Rule II: In multiplication or division, the number of SF in ● Random errors can be reduced by taking a lot of
the product or quotient is same as the smallest number of SF readings, and then calculating the average (mean).
in any of the factors. e.g., 2.4 × 3.65 = 8.8 Two main causes of random error are
So, let’s read about rounding off. ● Human errors
● Faulty technique
3.3 Rounding Off
Rule 1: If the last significant digit(d) < 5 then drop it. 4.3 Causes of Random errors
Example: 1. Human Error
Round off 12.3 to 2 significant figures. Example:
Last significant digit is 3 < 5
So, the answer is 12.
Rule 2: If the last significant digit(d) > 5, then increase the
preceding digit by 1 and drop ‘d’.
Example:
Round off 14.56 to 3 significant figures.
Last significant digit is 6 > 5
So, the answer is 14.6. Fig. 1.12
Rule 3: If the last significant digit(d) = 5, then look at the Way of taking reading 2 is best, 1
preceding digit. and 3 give the wrong readings.
(i) If the preceding digit is even, drop ‘d’. This is called a parallax error.
(ii) If the preceding digit is odd then increase the preceding 2. Faulty Technique
digit by 1 and drop ‘d’. Using the instrument wrongly
Example:
Round off 1.45 to 2 significant figures.
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 15
If someone have a habit of taking measurements always
from above the reading, then due to parallax you will get
a systematic error and all the readings will be deviated
from actual reading.
Fig. 1.13
4.4 Systematic Errors
Systematic error is a consistent, repeatable error associated
with faulty equipment or a flawed experiment design. These Fig. 1.16
errors are usually caused by measuring instruments that are
incorrectly calibrated. Now, Let’s learn about some common terms used during,
These errors cause readings to be shifted one way (or the measurements and error analysis
other) from the true reading.
4.6 Accuracy and Precision
4.5 Causes of Systematic Errors Accuracy is an indication of how close a measurement is to
Example: the accepted value.
1. Zero error An accurate experiment has a low systematic error.
There is no weight, and the weighing machine is not Precision is an indication of the agreement among a
showing zero. number of measurements.
A precise experiment has a low random error.
Fig. 1.17
Fig. 1.14 4.7 Calculation of Errors
For calculation purpose we divide the errors in three types
2. Faulty Instrument Absolute error
Example:
Relative error
If a ruler is wrongly calibrated, or if it expands, then all
Percentage error
the readings will be too low
4.8 Absolute Errors
The magnitude of the difference between the individual
measurement and the true value of the quantity is called the
absolute error of the measurement.
Absolute error is denoted by a and it is always taken
positive.
Fig. 1.15
3. Personal Error
Example:
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
16 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
For Example:
Let’s say, values obtained in several measurements are 𝑎1,
𝑎2, 𝑎3, …,𝑎𝑛
If true value is not available, we can consider arithmetic
mean as true value.
a a2 a3 ... an
amean 1
n
Fig. 1.19
Absolute Errors in measurements =
a1 a1 amean Least count of this scale is 1 mm
a2 a2 amean
... ... ... 4.12 Least Count Error
... ... ... When a measurement falls between two divisions, then error
an an amean due to approximate measurement made by the observer is
called least count error.
Mean Absolute Error
a1 a2 a3 ... an
amean 4.13 Propagation of Errors
n
So, we show the measurement by amean amean
4.9 Relative Errors
The relative error is the ratio of the mean absolute error
amean to the mean value amean of the quantity measured.
a
Relative error mean
amean
When the relative error is expressed in percent, it is called
the percentage error (δ).
a
Percentage error mean 100% Fig. 1.20
amean
4.14 Errors of a Sum or a Difference
When two quantities are added or subtracted, the absolute
4.10 Range of Uncertainty error in the final result is the sum of the absolute errors in
Range of uncertainty is reported as a nominal value plus or the individual quantities.
minus an amount called the tolerance or percent tolerance. Measured value of physical quantity 𝐴 and 𝐵 is respectively
𝐴 ± Δ𝐴 and 𝐵 ± Δ𝐵
If a Physical Quantity 𝑍 = 𝐴 + 𝐵 or
𝑍=𝐴−𝐵
Then Maximum possible Error in Z
𝑍 = Δ𝐴 + 𝛥𝐵
Fig. 1.18
4.15 Errors of a Multiplication or
NOTE: Division
2% of 120 = 2.4 Measured value of physical quantity 𝐴 and 𝐵 is respectively
120 - 2.4 = 117.6 𝐴 ± Δ𝐴 and 𝐵 ± Δ𝐵
120 + 2.4 = 122.4 If a Physical Quantity 𝑍 = 𝐴 ✕ 𝐵 or
𝑍 = 𝐴/𝐵
Then maximum relative error in 𝑍,
4.11 Limit of Reading or Least Count
The limit of reading of a measurement is equal to the Z A B
smallest graduation of the scale of an instrument. Z A B
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 17
4.16 Error of a Measured Quantity
Raised to a Power
The relative error in a physical quantity raised to the power
k is the k times the relative error in the individual quantity.
Measured value of physical quantity 𝐴 and 𝐵 is respectively
𝐴 ± Δ𝐴 and 𝐵 ± Δ𝐵
If a Physical Quantity 𝑍 = 𝐴2
Then maximum relative error in 𝑍, Fig. 1.21
Z A A A
2 By this diagram we can easily say that at no real value of
Z A A A
In general, if 𝑍 = 𝐴𝑝 𝐵𝑞 𝐶𝑟 time, the ball is at height H1. We might will not have a
Then maximum relative error in 𝑍, diagram every time though.
For finding out if a quadratic equation has a real solution or
Z A B C not, we shall use the ’DISCRIMINANT’.
p q r
Z A B C
5.1 Discriminant of a Quadratic
Basic Mathematics equation
Discriminant of a quadratic ax 2 bx c 0 equation is
5. Quadratic Equation represented by D.
A quadratic equation is an equation of second degree, D b2 4ac
meaning it contains at least one term that is squared. b b2 4ac
The standard form of quadratic equation is The roots are given by x
2a
ax 2 bx c 0 where a 0
If D < 0, No real roots for given equation.
The solution of the above quadratic equation is the values of
variable ‘x’ which will satisfy it. It basically has two
solutions x1 and x2
If we try to calculate time when football is at height H, then
we will observe that we will get two answers
Fig. 1.22
If D > 0, Two distinct real roots
Fig. 1.21
t1 - While going up
t2 - While coming down
What if we take a height which is greater than maximum
height covered by ball, and we are trying to find the time?
Fig. 1.23
b b2 4ac
The roots are given by x
2a
If D = 0, Equal and real roots. Then we will get only one
root
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
18 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
Fig. 1.24
Fig. 1.27
b
The roots are given by
2a Equation of graph: y mx c
m tan
b 90
i. Sum of roots x1 x2
a m ve
c
ii. Product of roots x1 x2
a (iv) Straight line graph
D
iii. Difference of the roots x1 x2
a
6. Basic Graph
(i) Straight line graph
Fig. 1.28
Equation of graph: y mx c
m tan
90
Fig. 1.25
(v) Parabola graph
Equation of graph: y mx c
(ii) Straight line graph
Fig. 1.29
Equation of graph: x ky2
Fig. 1.26 (vi) Parabola graph
Equation of graph: y mx
(iii) Straight line graph
Fig. 1.30
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 19
Equation of graph: x ky2 (xi) Ellipse graph
(vii) Parabola graph
Fig. 1.35
Fig. 1.31
x 2 y2
Equation of graph: y kx 2 Equation of graph: 1
a 2 b2
(viii) Parabola graph (xii) Exponential Decay graph
Fig. 1.32
Equation of graph: y kx 2 Fig. 1.36
(ix) Rectangular Hyperbola graph Equation of graph: y ekx
(xiii) sin graph:
Fig. 1.33
Equation of graph: xy cons tan t
Fig. 1.37
1
x
y
Max value of Graph Min value of the graph
(x) Circle graph
1 at 90, 450 etc. 1 at 270, 630 etc
y = sin x
The roots or zeros of y = sin x is at the multiples of 180
The sin graph passes the x-axis as sin x = 0.
Period of the sine function is 360
Fig. 1.34
Equation of graph: x 2 y 2 a 2
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
20 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
(xiv) cos graph:
Fig. 1.40
Fig. 1.38
y = tan x
Max value of Graph Min value of the graph The tangent graph has an undefined amplitude as the
curve tends to infinity
It also has a period of 180o.
1 at 0, 360, 720 1 at 180, 540, 900
y = cos x
sin (x + 90) = cos x
7. Binomial Expansion
The y = cos x graph is obtained by shifting the y = sin x, An algebraic expression containing two terms is called a
binomial expression.
90 units to the left
Period of the cosine function is 360 1 1
For example, a b , a b , 2x 3y , x etc. are
3
y
There are a few similarities between the sine and cosine binomial expressions.
graphs they are: Binomial Theorem
Both have the same curve which is shifted along the x- n n 1 n 2 2
a b a n na n 1b1
n
axis. a b ........,
2 1
Both have an amplitude of 1
n n 1 2
Have a period of 360o 1 x 1 nx
n
x ........
2 1
The combined graph of sine and cosine function can be Binomial Approximation
represented as follows: If x is very small, compared to 1, then terms containing
higher powers of x can be neglected so 1 x 1 nx
n
8. Componendo Dividendo
Method
p a pq ab
If then
q b pq a b
Fig. 1.39
9. Logarithmic and
(xv) tan graph:
The tan function is completely from sin and cos function. The
Exponential Function
function here goes between negative and positive infinity, Common formulae:
crossing through y = 0 over a period of 180 log mn log m log n
m
log log m log n
n
log mn n log m
log e m 2.303log10 m
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 21
To convert an angle from radian to degree multiply it by
10. Trigonometry and 180
Geometry
10.1 Angle 10.2 Trigonometrical ratios (or T ratios)
Consider a revolving line OP. Let two fixed lines XOX’ and YOY’ intersect at right angles
to each other at point O. Then,
Fig. 1.41
Suppose that it revolves in anticlockwise direction starting Fig. 1.43
from its initial position OX. The angle is defined as the
amount of revolution that the revolving line makes with its (i) Point O is called origin.
initial position. (ii) XOX’ is known as X-axis and YOY’ as Y-axis.
From fig. the angle covered by the revolving line OP is (iii) Portions XOY, YOX’, X’OY’ and Y’OX are called I, II,
POX III and IV quadrants respectively.
The angle is taken positive if it is traced by the revolving Consider that the revolving line OP has traced out angle
line in anticlockwise direction and is taken negative if it is (in I quadrant) in anticlockwise direction. From P, draw
covered in clockwise direction. perpendicular PM on OX. Then, side OP (in front of right
1 = 60’ (minute) angle) is called hypotenuse, side MP (in front of angle ) is
1’ = 60” (second) called opposite side or perpendicular and side OM (making
angle with hypotenuse) is called adjacent side or base.
1 right angle = 90 (degrees) also 1 right angle rad
2 The three sides of a right-angled triangle are connected to
One radian is the angle subtended at the centre of a circle by each other through six different ratios, called trigonometric
an arc of the circle, whose length is equal to the radius of the ratios or simply T-ratios:
180 perpendicular MP base OM
circle. 1 rad 57.3 sin cos
hypotenuse OP hypotenuse OP
perpendicular MP base OM
tan cot
base OM perpendicular MP
hypotenuse OP hypotenuse OP
sec cos ec
base OM perpendicular MP
It can be easily proved that:
1 1 1
Fig. 1.42 cos ec sec cot
sin cos tan
To convert an angle from degree to radian multiply it by sin 2 cos 2 1 1 tan 2 sec2 1 cot 2 cos ec2
180
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
22 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
Table: The T-ratios of a few standard angles ranging from 0 to 360
Angle (in Degrees) 0 30 45 60 90 180 270 360
3
Angle (in Radians) 0 2
6 4 3 2 2
1 1 3
sin 0 1 0 1 0
2 2 2
3 1 1
cos 1 0 1 0 1
2 2 2
1
tan 0 1 3 0 0
3
1
cot 3 1 0 0
3
2
cos ec 2 2 1 1
3
2
sec 1 2 2 1 1
3
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 23
10.3 Four Quadrants and ASTC Rule trigonometric function will be according to value of that
In first quadrant, all trigonometric ratios are positive. function in quadrant.
In second quadrant, only sin and cosec are positive.
sin cos
In third quadrant, only tan and cot are positive. 2
In fourth quadrant, only cos and sec are positive.
sin cos
2
cos sin
2
cos sin
2
tan cot
2
tan cot
2
Fig. 1.44 (iv) Trigonometric function of an angle – (negative angles)
sin sin
NOTE: cos cos
Remember as Add Sugar To Coffee or After School To tan tan
College.
10.5 A few important trigonometric
10.4 Trigonometrical Ratios of General formulae
Angles (Reduction Formulae) sin A B sin A cos B cos A sin B
(i) Trigonometric function of an angle 2n where n = sin A B sin A cos B cos A sin B
0, 1, 2, 3, …. will be remain same. tan A tan B
sin 2n sin tan A B
1 tan A tan B
cos 2n cos sin 2A 2sin Acos A
tan 2n tan tan 2A
2 tan A
1 tan 2 A
n
(ii) Trigonometric function of an angle will cos A B cos A cos B sin Asin B
2
remain same if n is even and sign of trigonometric function cos A B cos A cos B sin Asin B
will be according to value of that function in quadrant.
tan A tan B
sin sin tan A B
1 tan A tan B
cos cos cos 2A cos A sin 2 A
2
tan tan cos 2A 2 cos 2 A 1 1 2 sin 2 A
sin sin A
1 cos A 2 cos 2 , 1 cos A 2 sin 2
A
2 2
sin 2 sin
tan tan
cos cos
cos 2 cos
tan 2 tan
n
(iii) Trigonometric function of an angle will be
2
changed into co-function if n is odd and sign of
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
24 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
10.6 Range of trigonometric functions
Fig. 1.45 Fig. 1.46
P 2. Volume of a cube = (side)3
As sin and P H so 1 sin 1 4
H 3. Volume of a sphere r 3 (r = radius)
B 3
As cos and B H so 1 cos 1
H 4. Volume of a cylinder = r 2 (r = radius and is length)
P 1
As tan so tan 5. Volume of a cone r 2 h (r = radius and h, is height)
B 3
Remember: a 2 b2 a sin b cos a 2 b2
22
Note: 3.14; 2 9.8776 10 and
10.7 Small Angle Approximation 7
If is small, then sin , cos 1 & tan . Here 1
0.3182 0.3.
must be in radians.
11. Basic Geometry 12.Scalars and Vectors
11.1 Formulae for determination of
area: 12.1 What is a scalar?
1. Area of a square = (side)2 A scalar is a quantity that is fully described by a magnitude
2. Area of rectangle = length × breadth only. It is described by just a number.
1
3. Area of a triangle base height Examples:
2
Speed, volume, mass, temperature, power, energy, time, etc.
1
4. Area of trapezoid (distance between parallel sides) ×
2
(sum of parallel sides)
12.2 What is a vector?
Vector is a physical quantity which has magnitude as well as
5. Area enclosed by a circle = r2 (r = radius)
direction and follows the rule of vector addition.
6. Surface area of a sphere = 4r2 (r = radius)
Vector quantities are important in the study of physics.
7. Area of a parallelogram = base × height
8. Area of curved surface of cylinder
Examples:
2r r radius and length Force, velocity, acceleration, displacement, momentum, etc.
9. Area of ellipse = ab (a and b are semi major and semi
minor axes respectively) 12.3 Representation of Vectors
10. Surface area of a cube = 6 (side)2 A vector is drawn as an arrow with a head and a tail.
11. Total surface area of cone r 2 r where The magnitude of the vector is often described by the
r r r 2 h 2 lateral area length of the arrow.
The arrow points in the direction of the vector.
11.2 Formulae for determination of
volume:
1. Volume of a rectangular slab = length × breadth × height
= abt
Fig. 1.47
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 25
Vectors can be defined in two dimensional or three-
dimensional space
How to write a vector?
Vectors are generally written with an arrow over the
top of the letter. (Ex: a )
AB a
Magnitude:
AB a Fig. 1.49
x
x̂
x
It must be carefully noted that any two-unit vectors must not
be considered as equal, because they might have the same
magnitude, but the direction in which the vectors are taken
might be different
Fig. 1.48
12.4 Properties of Vectors
Vectors are mathematical objects, and we will now study
some of their mathematical properties.
(1). Equality of vectors
Two vectors are equal if they have the same magnitude and
the same direction.
(2). Negative Vector Fig. 1.50
A negative vector is a vector that has the opposite direction to
the reference positive direction but same magnitude. A unit vector is a vector that has a magnitude of 1.
Any vector can become a unit vector on dividing it by the
12.5 Types of Vectors vector's magnitude.
1. Zero Vector
Unit vector in the direction of a is â .
2. Unit Vector
| a || b || c | 1
3. Position Vector
4. Co-initial Vector
5. Like and Unlike Vectors
6. Coplanar Vector
7. Collinear Vector
8. Displacement Vector
12.6 Zero Vector:
A zero vector is a vector when the magnitude of the vector
is zero and the starting point of the vector coincides with
the terminal point.
Fig. 1.51
In other words, a vector AB coordinates of the point A
are the same as that of the point B then the vector is said
to be a zero vector and is denoted by O. a | a | 1 a i
b | b | 1 b ˆj
12.7 Unit Vector:
A vector which has a magnitude of unit length is called a unit c | c | 1 c k
vector.
Suppose if x is a vector having a magnitude x then the unit
vector is denoted by x̂ in the direction of the vector x and
has the magnitude equal to 1.
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
26 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
12.12 Collinear Vectors:
Vectors which lie along the same line are known to be
collinear vectors.
12.13 Displacement Vector:
If a point is displaced from position A to B, then the
displacement AB represents a vector AB which is known as
the displacement vector.
Fig. 1.52
12.14 Multiplication of a vector with a
12.8 Position Vector: scalar
If O is taken as reference origin and P is an arbitrary point in When a vector is multiplied by a scalar quantity, then the
space, then the vector OP is called as the position vector of magnitude of the vector changes in accordance with the
the point. magnitude of the scalar and the direction of the vector
Position vector simply denotes the position or location of a depends on whether scalar quantity is positive or negative.
point in the three-dimensional Cartesian system with respect Suppose we have a vector a, then if this vector is
to a reference origin. multiplied by a scalar quantity k, then we get a new vector
with magnitude as ka and the direction depends on
whether k is positive or negative.
12.15 Multiplication of vectors with
scalar
Fig. 1.53
12.9 Co-initial Vector:
The vectors which have the same starting point are called co-
initial vectors. Fig. 1.55
NOTE:
Multiplying the vector with a negative number inverts the
direction of vector.
Now let us understand visually the scalar multiplication of the
vector.
Fig. 1.54 Let us take the values of ‘k’ to be = 2, 3, -3, -1/2 and so on.
The vectors AB and AC are called co-initial vectors as they
have same starting point.
12.10 Like and Unlike Vectors: Fig. 1.56
The vectors having the same direction are known as like
vectors. On the contrary, the vectors having the opposite 12.16 Position Vector
direction with respect to each other are termed to be unlike A vector representing the straight-line distance and the
vectors. direction of any point or object with respect to the origin, is
called position vector.
12.11 Coplanar Vectors:
Three or more vectors lying in the same plane or parallel to
the same plane are known as coplanar vectors.
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 27
Fig. 1.57
OP xi yj
Fig. 1.60
OP x 2 y 2 r r
OP xi yj
12.17 Displacement Vector
OP x 2 y 2 r r
A vector representing the straight-line distance and the
direction of any point or object with respect to another point OA xi r cos OA
is called displacement vector.
OB yi r sin OB
OB
tan
OA
OA xiˆ
OB yiˆ AD
Fig. 1.58
OC zk̂ DP
OP x1 i y1 j In ODP
OP OD DP xî yĵ zk̂
OQ x 2 i y2 j
PQ OQ OP
x 2 x1 i y 2 y1 j
PQ x 2 x1 y 2 y1
2 2
Fig. 1.61
r xi yj zk
Fig. 1.59 | r | x 2 y2 z2
r r unit vector along r
OP x 2 y 2 z 2 r r
|r|
OA xiˆ, is the component of vector r in X-axis
12.18 Components of a Vector
In physics, when you break a vector into its parts, those parts OB yĵ, is the component of vector r in Y-axis
are called its components.
OC zk̂, is the component of vector r in Z-axis
Typically, a physics problem gives you an angle and a
magnitude to define a vector
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
28 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
12.19 Finding a Unit Vector (2D/3D) 13.2 Both Addition and Subtraction can
We have already studied about it in previous classes. Just be shown as:
to recall:
Unit vector in the direction of a is â
Fig. 1.62 Fig. 1.65
It will be more clear by solving some problems pertaining
13.3 Polygon Law of Vector Addition
2D/3D cases.
It states that if number of vectors acting on a particle at a time
are represented in magnitude and direction by the various
sides of an open polygon taken in same order, their resultant
vector R is represented in magnitude and direction by the
13. Rules of Vector Algebra closing side of polygon taken in opposite order. In fact,
polygon law of vectors is the outcome of triangle law of
vectors.
Fig. 1.63
Can we add these vectors directly as (8 m + 6 m) = 14 m ?
(a) Yes
(b) No Fig. 1.66
Sol: We add vectors considering their directions.
So, now we will learn about the addition of vectors. R A BC D E
OA AB BC CD DE OE
13.1 Triangle Law of Vector Addition
13.4 Polygon Law of Vector Addition
Resultant of two unequal vectors cannot be zero.
Resultant of three coplanar vectors may or may not be
zero.
Resultant of three non-coplanar vectors cannot be zero,
minimum number of non-coplanar vectors whose sum can
be zero is four.
Fig. 1.64 Polygon law should be used only for diagram purpose for
calculation of resultant vector (For addition of more than
2 vectors), we use components of vector.
Minimum no. of coplanar vector for zero resultant is 2 (for
equal magnitude) & 3 (for unequal magnitude).
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 29
13.5 Addition of Vectors components along the same axis, say the x-axis, are vectors
Adding Vectors Analytically along the same line and, thus, can be added to one another
like ordinary numbers. The same is true for components along
r1 x1 i y1 j the y-axis. So, resolving vectors into components along
r 2 x 2 i y2 j common axes makes it easier to add them. Now that the
components of R are known, its magnitude and direction can
r r1 r 2 be found.
1 1
x i y j x i y j
2 2
x1 i y1 j x 2 i y 2 j x1 i x 2 i y1 j y 2 j
x x i y y j
1 2 1 2
13.6 Addition of Vectors: Components
Step 1: Identify the x-and y-axes that will be used in the
problem.
Fig. 1.69
Step 3: To get the magnitude R of the resultant, use the
Pythagorean theorem.
R Rx2 Ry2
Step 4: To get the direction of the resultant.
Fig. 1.67 R
tan 1 y
Rx
Then, find the components of each vector to be added along
the chosen perpendicular axes. Use the equations Ax = A
cos𝜃, Ay = A sin𝜃 to find the components. In figure, these
components are Ax, Ay, Bx and By.
The angles that vectors A and B make with the x-axis are 𝜃A
and 𝜃B. respectively.
Step 2: Find the components of the resultant along each axis
by adding the components of the individual vectors along that
axis. That is, as shown in figure,
Rx = Ax + Bx
and Ry = Ay + By Fig. 1.70
13.7 Parallelogram Law of Vector
Addition
Fig. 1.68
Fig. 1.71
ALWAYS REMEMBER:
Suppose the magnitude of a a and that of b b .
A Vector can be changed either by changing its What is the magnitude of a b and what its direction?
magnitude or direction or by changing both of them. Suppose the angle between a and b is 𝜃.
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
30 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
a b a b ax i a y j bx i by j
a x bx i a y by j
Subtracting vectors geometrically
Fig. 1.72
It is easy to say from fig. that
AD 2 AB BE DE
2 2
a b cos b sin
2 2
a 2 2ab cos b 2 Fig. 1.75
Thus, the magnitude of is
a 2 b2 2ab cos 13.10 Change in Vectors
Its angle with a is 𝛼 where,
DE b sin
tan
AE a b cos
13.8 Some Properties of Vector Addition Fig. 1.76
Fig. 1.73
Fig. 1.77
14.PRODUCT OF TWO
VECTORS
A vector can be multiplied by another but may not be
Fig. 1.74 divided by another vector.
There are two kinds of products of vectors used broadly
13.9 Subtraction of Vectors in physics and engineering.
Subtracting vectors algebraically One kind of multiplication is a scalar multiplication of
two vectors. Taking a scalar product of two vectors
a ax i a y j results in a number (a scalar), as its name indicates.
b b i b j
x y
Scalar products are used to define work and energy
relations.
For example, the work that a force (a vector) performs
on an object while causing its displacement (a vector) is
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 31
defined as a scalar product of the force vector with the
a b a b cos a b
displacement vector.
A quite different kind of multiplication is a vector a b is minimum.
multiplication of vectors. Taking a vector product of two
vectors returns a vector, as its name suggests.
Vector products are used to define other derived vector
quantities.
For example, in describing rotations, a vector quantity
called torque is defined as a vector product of an applied Fig. 1.81
force (a vector) and its distance from pivot to force (a
vector).
It is important to distinguish between these two kinds of , a b 0
2
vector multiplication because the scalar product is a
scalar quantity and a vector product is a vector quantity.
14.2 Properties of Dot Product
14.1 Scalar Product or Dot Product a b a b cos
b a b a cos
Fig. 1.78
Dot product of vector a and b is denoted by a b Fig. 1.82
a b a b cos
Dot product is commutative.
0
b a a b
Dot product gives us a scalar quantity.
Dot product is distributive over addition or subtraction.
a b
Angle between vectors, cos
a b
a b c a b ac
When vectors are given in component form,
A Ax iˆ Ay ĵ and B Bx iˆ By ĵ
A B Ax iˆ Ay ĵ Bx iˆ By ĵ
We know that, î î ĵ ˆj 1 and î ˆj ˆj î 0
A B A x Bx Ay By
Thus, for 3D, when
A A x î A y ĵ A z k̂ and B Bx î By ĵ Bz k̂
Fig. 1.79
A B A x B x A y B y A z Bz
When 0,
a b a b cos a b 14.3 Application of Dot product in
physics
a b is maximum
Work done (W): It is defined as the scalar product of the
force F , acting on the body and the Displacement s
produced.
Thus W F s
Fig. 1.80
When ,
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
32 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
Instantaneous power (P): It is defined as the scalar product Direction of b a
of force F and the instantaneous velocity v of the
body.
Thus P F v
Magnetic flux (𝜙): The magnetic flux linked with a surface
is defined as the scalar product of magnetic intensity B
and the area A vector. Thus B A
Fig. 1.85
Note: As the scalar product of two vectors is a scalar
quantity, so work, power and magnetic flux are all scalar
quantities.
b a | b || a | sin n
14.4 Cross Product of Two Vectors 14.6 Properties of Vector Product
a b a b sin n̂ 0 180 Vector product is anti - commutative i.e.,
A B B A
n a b Vector of two parallel or antiparallel vectors is a null
ab vector. Thus
n̂ is the unit vector in direction normal to the a and b A B ABsin 0 or 180 n̂ 0
Vector product of a vector with itself is a null vector.
A A AA sin 0 n 0
i i j j k k 0
The magnitude of the vector product of two mutually
perpendicular vectors is equal to the product of their
magnitudes.
Fig. 1.83
| A B | ABsin 90 AB
It is also called Vector Product. Sine of the angle between two vectors. If 𝜃 is the angle
Vector product is distributive over addition i.e.,
between two vectors A and B , then
A B C AB AC
| A B || A || B | sin
AB
14.5 Direction of Cross Product sin
A B
Right Hand Thumb Rule: Curl the fingers of the right hand
in such a way that they point in the direction of rotation
If n̂ is a unit vector perpendicular to the plane of vectors
from vector a to b through the smaller angle, then the AB
A and B , then n
stretched thumb points in the direction of a b | AB|
Vector product of orthogonal unit vectors
î ˆj k̂, ĵ k̂ î, k̂ î ĵ
ĵ î k̂, k̂ ĵ î, î k̂ ĵ
Fig. 1.84
Fig. 1.86
Direction of a b
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 33
NCERT Corner Dimension
Dimensions of a physical quantity are the powers to
Important Points to Remember which the fundamental units must be raised in order to
Any quantity which can be measured is called a physical get the unit of derived quantity.
quantity.
Dimensional analysis is a tool to find or check relations
Fundamental Unit: among physical quantities by using their dimensions.
By using dimensional analysis, we can
1. Convert a physical quantity from one system of unit to
another.
Quantity Name of Units Symbol
2. Check the dimensional consistency of equations
3. Deduce relation among physical quantities.
Length Meter m
Limitations of Dimensional Analysis
Mass Kilogram kg In some cases, the constant of proportionality also
possesses dimensions. In such cases, we cannot use this
Time Second s system.
If one side of the equation contains addition or
Electric Current Ampere A subtraction of physical quantities, we cannot use this
method to derive the expression.
Temperature Kelvin K
Systematic Errors
Systematic error is a consistent, repeatable error
Amount of Substance Mole mol associated with faulty equipment or a flawed experiment
design. These errors are usually caused by measuring
Luminous Intensity Candela Cd instruments that are incorrectly calibrated.
These errors cause readings to be shifted one way (or the
other) from the true reading.
Supplementary Units:
Causes of Systematic Errors
1. Zero Error
Quantity Name of Units Symbol Example:
There is not any weight, and the weighing machines
Plane angle Radian rad are not showing zero.
Solid angle Steradian sr
System of Units:
2. Faulty Instrument
Example:
If a ruler is wrongly calibrated,
or if it expands, then all the
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
34 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
readings will be too low
(or all too high). Binomial Expansion
A binomial is a polynomial with two terms.
There are a few similarities between the sine and cosine
graphs. They are:
Both have the same curve which is shifted along the
x-axis.
Both have an amplitude of 1.
Have a period of 360o or 2𝜋 radians.
Vectors
Scalar and Vector
3. Personal Error Representation and Properties of Vectors
Example: Types of Vectors
If someone have a habit of taking measurements
always from above the reading, then due to parallax Negative Vector:
you will get a systematic error and all the readings A negative vector is a vector that has the opposite
direction to the reference positive direction.
will be too high.
Types of Vectors
(i) Zero Vector
(ii) Unit Vector
(iii) Position Vector
(iv) Co-initial Vector
(v) Like and Unlike Vectors
(vi) Coplanar Vector
(vii) Collinear Vector
(viii) Displacement Vector
A unit vector is a vector that has a magnitude of 1.
Now, let’s learn about some common terms used Any vector can become a unit vector on dividing it by
during, measurements and error analysis. the vector's magnitude.
A vector representing the straight-line distance and the
Accuracy and Precision direction of any point or object with respect to the origin,
Accuracy is an indication of how close a is called position vector.
measurement is to the accepted value.
An accurate experiment has a low systematic error. Polygon Law: It states that if number of vectors acting
Precision is an indication of the agreement among a on a particle at a time are represented in magnitude and
direction by the various sides of an open polygon taken
number of measurements.
in same order, their resultant vector R is represented in
A precise experiment has a low random error magnitude and direction by the closing side of polygon
taken in opposite order.
Quadratic Equation Addition of Vectors Components:
A quadratic equation is an equation of second degree, To get the magnitude R of the resultant, use the
meaning it contains at least one term that is squared. Pythagorean theorem:
The standard form of quadratic equation is
R Rx2 Ry2
ax 2 bx c 0 where a 0
To get the direction of the resultant.
Discriminant of a Quadratic Equation: R
tan 1 y
Discriminant of a quadratic ax 2 bx c 0 equation is Rx
represented by D.
D b2 4ac
b b2 4ac
The roots are given by x
2a
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 35
a b a b sin n̂ 0 180
n̂ is the unit vector in direction normal to the a and b
Properties of Cross Product:
Addition of vectors: Law of Parallelogram of vector Vector product is anti - commutative i.e.,
addition. Thus, the magnitude of A B B A
Vector product is distributive over addition i.e.,
a b is a 2 b2 2ab cos
A B C AB AC
Vector of two parallel or antiparallel vectors is a null
vector. Thus
A B ABsin 0 or 180 n̂ 0
Vector product of a vector with itself is a null vector.
A A AA sin 0 n 0
DE bsin
Its angle with a is 𝛼 where tan i i j j k k 0
AE a b cos
Vector Subtraction:
a b ba
a a x i a y j
a b c a b a c
b b x i b y j i i j j k k 0
a b a b a x i a y j b x i b y j i j k j i k
j k i k j i
a x b x i a y b y j
Scalar Product or Dot Product k i j i k j
If a a1 i a 2 j a 3 k and b1 i b 2 j b3 k,
then
a b a b cos
i j k
0
Dot product gives us a scalar quantity. a b a1 a 2 a 3
Angle between vectors,
b1 b 2 b3
a b
cos a 2 b3 a 3 b 2 i a1 b3 a 3 b1 j a1b 2 a 2 b1 k
a b
Dot product is commutative.
ba a b
Dot product is distributive over addition or subtraction.
a b c a b ac
Cross Product:
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
36 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
Dimensional Formulae of Physical Quantities
Relationship with other physical Dimensional
S. No. Physical quantity Dimensions
quantities formula
1. Area Length × breadth [L2] [M0L2 T0]
2. Volume Length × breadth × height [L3] [M0L3 T0]
[M]/[L3] or
3. Mass density Mass/volume [ML3T0]
[ML2]
4. Frequency 1/time period 1/[T] [M0L0T1]
5. Velocity, speed Displacement/time [L]/[T] [M0LT1]
6. Acceleration Velocity/time [LT1]/[T] [M0LT1]
7. Force Mass × acceleration [M][LT1] [MLT1]
8. Impulse Force × time [MLT1][T] [MLT1]
9. Work, Energy Force × distance [MLT1][L] [ML1T1]
10. Power Work/time [ML1T2]/[T] [ML1T1]
11. Momentum Mass × velocity [M][LT1] [MLT1]
12. Pressure, stress Force/area [MLT1]/[L2] [ML1T1]
Change in dim ension
13. Strain [L]/[L][L1]/ [L1] [M0L0T0]
Original dim ension
ML1T 2
14. Modulus of elasticity Stress/strain [ML1T2]
M 0 L0 T 0
15. Surface tension Force/length [MLT2]/[L] [ML0T2]
16. Surface energy Energy/area [ML2T2]/[L2] [ML0T2]
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 37
17. Velocity gradient Velocity/distance [LT1]/[L] [M0L0T1]
18. Pressure gradient Pressure/distance [M1L1T2]/[L2] [M1L2T2]
19. Pressure energy Pressure × volume [ML1T2][L3] [ML2T2]
MLT 2
20. Coefficient of viscosity Force/area × velocity gradient [ML1T1]
L2 LT 1 / L
Angle, Angular
21. Arc/radius [L]/[L] [M0L0T0]
displacement
Trigonometric ratio
22. Length/length [L]/[L] [M0L0T0]
sin , cos , tan , etc.
23. Angular velocity Angle/time [L0]/[T] [M0L0T1]
SCAN CODE
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
38 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
Solved Examples
Example 1 Ans. (b)
The unit of surface tension in SI system is Sol. According to principle of dimensional homogeneity
(a) Dyne / cm2
k =
(b) Newton/m x L
(c) Dyne/cm (d) Newton/m2 = −1 = T
v LT
Ans. (b) Example 6
Sol. From the formula of surface tension, E, m, l and G denote energy, mass, angular
force F momentum and gravitational constant respectively,
Surface tension = T=
length l El2
then the dimension of are
By substituting the S.I. units of force and length, we m5 G 2
will get the unit of surface tension = Newton/m (a) Angle (b) Length
Example 2 (c) Mass (d) Time
The unit of momentum is Ans. (a)
(a) Ns (b) Ns−1 Sol. [E]= energy = [ML2T-2], [m] = mass
(c) Nm (d) Nm−1 = [M], [l] = Angular momentum
Ans. (a) = [ML2T-1]
change in momentum [G] = Gravitational constant
Sol. Force = = [M-1L3T-2]
time
So, p = F dt Now substituting dimensions of above quantities in
2
Units of momentum N-sec El2 ML2 T −2 ML2 T −1
= = M0 L0 T0
Example 3 mG5 2
M M L T
5 − 1 3 −2 2
If x = at + bt , where x is the distance travelled by
2
i.e., the quantity should be angle.
the body in kilometre while t the time in seconds, Example 7
then the units of b are Each side of a cube is measured to be 7.203 m. The
(a) km/s (b) km-s volume of the cube up to appropriate significant
(c) km/s2 (d) km-s2 figures is
Ans. (c) (a) 373.714 (b) 373.71
Sol. From the principle of dimensional homogeneity (c) 373.7 (d) 373
x = bt 2 b =
x Ans. (c)
2
t Sol. Volume = a3 = ( 7.023) = 373.715m3
3
Unit of b = km/s2
In significant figures volume of cube will be
Example 4
Which relation is wrong? 373.7m3 because its side has four significant figures.
(a) 1 Calorie = 4.18 Joules Example 8
(b) 1Å =10–10 m Each side of a cube is measured to be 5.402 cm. The
(c) 1 MeV = 1.6 × 10–13 Joules total surface area and the volume of the cube in
(d) 1 Newton =10-5 Dynes appropriate significant figures are:
Ans. (d) (a) 175.1cm2 ,157cm2
Sol. Because 1 Newton = 105 Dyne. (b) 175.1cm2 ,157.6cm3
Example 5
(c) 175cm2 ,157cm2
The equation of a wave is given by
(d) 175.08cm2 ,157.639cm3
x
Y = A sin − k where is the angular velocity Ans. (b)
v
Sol. Total surface area
and v is the linear velocity. The dimension of k is
= 6 (5.402) = 175.09cm2 = 175.1cm2
2
(a) LT (b) T
-1
(c) T (d) T2 (Upto correct number of significant figure)
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 39
Total volume 1
Sol. S = ft 3 where, S is the distance and t is time
= (5.402) = 157.64cm
3 3
3
(Upto correct number of significant figure). According to principle of homogeneity
Example 9 M0 L1T0 = f M0 L0 T3
The SI unit of universal gas constant (R) is
f = M0 L1T−3
(a) Watt K-1 mol-1 (b) Newton K-1 mol-1
-1
(c) Joule K mol -1
(d) Erg K-1 mol-1 Example 13
Ans. (c) If the value of resistance is 10.845 ohms and the
Sol. Ideal gas equation PV = nRT value of current is 3.23 amperes, the potential
difference is 35.02935 volts. Its value in significant
R =
P V = ML−1T −2 L3 = ML2T −2 number would be
nT mole K mole K (a) 35 V (b) 35.0 V
So the unit will be Joule K-1 mol-1. (c) 35.03 V (d) 35.025 V
Example 10 Ans. (b)
Sol. Value of current (3.23 A) has minimum significant
The equation P + 2 (V − b ) = constant. The units
a
figure (3) so the value of potential difference
V
V(= IR) have only 3 significant figure. Hence its
of a is
(a) Dyne cm5 (b) Dyne cm4
value be 35.0 V.
Example 14
(c) Dyne cm3 (d) Dyne cm2
The value of 0.99 – 0.989 is
Ans. (b)
(a) 0.001 (b) 0.010 × 10−1
Sol. According to the principle of dimensional
homogeneity (c) 0.01 × 10−1 (d) 0.1 × 10−3
Ans. (c)
P =
a
2
Sol. X = 0.99 − 0.989
V
X = 0.001
a = P V 2 = ML−1T −2 L6 = ML5T −2 But in final answer digits after decimal should be
or unit of a = gm cm5 sec−2 = Dyne cm4 equal to the minimum digits after decimal in
subtracting values. So, final answer should be up to
Example 11
two decimal number.
Suppose we employ a system in which the unit of
mass equals 100 kg, the unit of length equals 1 km X = 0.0110−1
and the unit of time 100 s and call the unit of energy Example 15
eluoj (joule written in reverse order), then In C.G.S. system the magnitude of the force is 100
(a) 1 eluoj = 104 joule (b) 1 eluoj = 10-3 joule dynes. In another system where the fundamental
-4
(c) 1 eluoj = 10 joule (d) 1 joule = 103 eluoj physical quantities are kilogram, metre and minute,
Ans. (a) the magnitude of the force is
Sol. E = ML2T −2 (a) 0.036
(c) 3.6
(b) 0.36
(d) 36
1eluoj = 100kg 1km 100sec
2 −2
Ans. (c)
Sol. n1 = 100, M1 = g, L1 = cm, T1 = sec and M2 = kg, L2 =
= 100kg 106 m2 10−4 sec−2
meter, T2 = minute, x = 1, y = 1,z = - 2
= 104 kgm2 sec−2 = 104 Joule By substituting these values in the following
Example 12 conversion formula
1 x
M L T
y z
If S = ft 3 , f has the dimensions of
3 n2 = n1 1 1 1
M 2 L2 T2
(a) [M0L−1T3] (b) [MLT−3]
1 −2
gm cm sec
1
(c) [M0L1T−3] (d) [M0L−1T−3] n2 = 100
Ans. (c) kg meter minute
40 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
1 −2 Example 18
gm cm sec
1
n2 = 100 3 2 = 3.6 The potential energy of a particle varies with
10 gm 10 cm 60sec
A x
distance x from a fixed origin as U = , where
x2 + B
A and B are dimensional constants then dimensional
Example 16 formula for AB is
7/ 2 −2 11/ 2 −2
Conversion of 1 MW power on a new system having (a) ML T (b) ML T
2 9/ 2 −2 13/ 2 −3
basic units of mass, length and time as 10kg, 1dm (c) M L T (d) ML T
and 1 minute respectively is Ans. (b)
(a) 2.16 1012 unit (b) 1.26 1012 unit Sol. From the dimensional homogeneity
(c) 2.16 1010 unit (d) 2 1014 unit x2 = B B = L2
Ans. (a)
As well as
Sol. P = ML2T −3 A x1/ 2 A L1/ 2
U = ML2 −2
T =
x 2 + B
Using the relation
L2
x y z
M L T
n2 = n1 1 1 1 A = ML7/2T −2
M 2 L2 T2
Now AB = ML7/2T −2 L2 = ML11/2T −2
1
1kg 1m 1s
2 −3
= 110 6
Example 19
10kg 1dm 1min
6
[As 1 MW =10 W] If 3.8 10−6 is added to 4.32 10−5 giving due
−3 regard to significant figures, then the result will be
1kg 10dm 1sec
2
= 106 (a) 4.58 10−5 (b) 4.7 10−5
10kg 1dm 60sec
(c) 4.5 10−5 (d) None of these
= 2.16 1012 unit
Ans. (b)
Example 17
The equation of the stationary wave is Sol. X = 3.8 10−6 + 4.32 10−5
2 ct 2 x , which of the = 0.38 10−5 + 4.32 10−5
y = 2a sin cos
X = 4.70 10−5
following statements is wrong In final answer digits after decimal be one.
(a) The dimension of ct is same as that of Example 20
(b) The dimension of x is same as that of If velocity (V), force (F) and energy (E) are taken as
(c) The dimension of 2 c / is same as that of fundamental units, then dimensional formula for
2 x / t mass will be
(d) The dimension of c / is same as that of x / (a) VF 0 E (b) V 0 FE 2
Ans. (d) (c) VF −2 E 0 (d) V −2 F 0 E
2 ct 2 x Ans. (d)
Sol. Here, as well as are dimensionless
Sol. Let M = V a F b E c
(angle) Putting dimensions of each quantities in both side
2 ct 2 x
i.e., M = LT −1
a b c
MLT −2 ML2T −2
= = M LT
0 0 0
Equating powers of dimensions. We have
So (i) unit of c t is same as that of
b + c = 1, a + b + 2c = 0 and −a − 2b − 2c = 0
(ii) unit of x is same as that of
Solving these equations, a = −2, b = 0 and c = 1
2 ct 2 x
(iii)
x
= and (iv) is unit less. It is not So M = V −2 F 0 E
c Example 21
the case with .
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 41
V So maximum error in a is given by
The resistance R = where V= 100 5 volts and I
i a
100
= 10 0.2 amperes. What is the total error in R? a max
(a) 5% (b) 7% b c d e
= 100 + 100 + . 100 + 100
5 b c d e
(c) 5.2% (d) %
2 = ( b1 + c1 + d1 + e1 ) %
Ans. (b)
V R V I
R= 100 = 100 + 100 Example 24
I R max V I Error in the measurement of radius of sphere is 2%.
5 0.2 The error in the measurement of volume is
= 100 + 100 = ( 5 + 2 ) % = 7%
100 10 (a) 1% (b) 5%
Example 22 (c) 3% (d) 6%
If x = a – b, the maximum percentage error in the Ans. (d)
measurement of x will be 4
Sol. Volume of sphere V = r 3
a + b 3
(a) 100%
a−b V r
100 = 3 100
a b V r
(b) − 100%
a b = 3 ( 2% )
a b = 6%
(c) + 100%
a −a a −b Example 25
a b The length of a cylinder is measured with a meter rod
(d) − 100%
a − a a −b having least count 0.1 cm. Its diameter is measured
Ans. (a) with vernier callipers having least count 0.01 cm.
Sol. x = a − b Given that length is 5.0 cm. and radius is 2.0 cm. The
As we know percentage error in the calculated value of the
volume will be
x = a + b
(a) 1% (b) 2%
x a + b
= 100 = 100% (c) 3% (d) 4%
x a −b Ans. (c)
a b Volume of cylinder V = r 2l
= + 100%
Sol.
a −b a −b Percentage error in volume
Example 23 V 2r l
A physical parameter a can be determined by 100 = 100 + 100
V r l
measuring the parameters b, c, d and e using the
0.01 0.1
relation a = b c / d e .
= 2 100 + 100
2.0 5.0
If the maximum errors in the measurement of b, c, d
= (1 + 2 ) % = 3%
and e are b1 %, c1 %, d1 % and e1 % , then the Example 26
maximum error in the value of a determined by the
Young’s modulus of steel is 1.9 1011 N / m 2 . When
experiment is
expressed in CGS units of dyne/cm2. It will be equal
(a) ( b1 + c1 + d1 + e1 ) % to (1 N = 105 dyne, 1m2 = 104 cm2)
(b) ( b1 + c1 − d1 − e1 ) % (a) 1.9 1010 (b) 1.9 1011
(c) ( b1 + c1 − d1 − e1 ) % (c) 1.9 1012 (d) 1.9 1013
Ans. (c)
(d) ( b1 + c1 + d1 + e1 ) %
Sol. According to the problem,
Ans. (d) Young’s modulus, Y = 1.9 1011 N / m 2
Sol. a=b c /d e 1 N in SI system of unit = 105 dyne in C.G.S. system.
42 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
Hence, Y = 1.9 10 10 dyne / m
11 5 2
In C.G.S. length is measure in unit ‘cm’, so we
should also convert m into cm.
105 dyne
Y = 1.9 1011 4 2 1m = 100cm
10 cm
= 1.9 1012 dyne / cm2
Basic Mathematics Sol. A = 5, B = 4 and the angle between them
= 30 B A = B A sin
Example 27
The roots of the equation x2 − 2 2x +1 = 0 are A B = A B sin
(a) real and different
= 5 4 sin 30 = 10
(b) imaginary and different
Using the right hand-thumb rule, the direction of
(c) real and equal
(d) rational and different A B is along – z direction.
Ans. (a)
Sol. The discrimination of the equation ( A B ) = −10kˆ
( −2 2 ) − 4 (1)(1)
= 4 5 sin 30 = 10
2
Using the right hand-thumb rule, the direction of
= 8 – 4 = 4 > 0 and a perfect square
So roots and real and different
(
B A is along + z direction. B A = +10kˆ )
Example 28 Example 31
If the roots of the equation x + 2x + p = 0 are real
2
Find A B, where A = 2iˆ − 5 ˆj + 3kˆ and
then the value of P is B = 3iˆ + 4 ˆj − 9kˆ .
(a) P 2 (b) P 1
(c) P 3 (d) none of these Sol. ( ) (
A B = 2iˆ − 5 j + 3kˆ 3iˆ + 4 ˆj − 9kˆ )
Ans. (b)
Sol. Here a = 1, b = 2, c = P
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (
= 6 iˆ iˆ − 15 ˆj iˆ + 9 kˆ iˆ + 8 iˆ ˆj − 20 ˆj ˆj + )
discriminant = ( 2)2 − 4 (1)( P ) 0 (since roots are
real) 12 ( kˆ ˆj ) − 18 ( iˆ kˆ ) + 45 ( ˆj kˆ ) − 27 ( kˆ kˆ )
= 4 − 4P 0 = 4 4P P 1 A B = iˆ ( 45 − 12 ) − ˆj ( −18 − 9 ) + kˆ ( 8 + 15 )
Example 29
Comment on the magnitude and direction of the A B = 33iˆ + 27 ˆj + 23kˆ
following vector Example 32
(a) r1 = 2iˆ + 2 ˆj Determinant method, find A B , where
Sol. r1 = 2iˆ + 2 ˆj A = 2iˆ − 5 ˆj + 3kˆ and B = 3iˆ + 4 ˆj − 9kˆ
r1 = 22 + 22 = 2 2 iˆ ˆj kˆ
Sol. A B = 2 −5 3
2
tan = =1 3 4 −9
2
= tan −1 (1) = 45 A B = iˆ ( 45 − 12 ) − ˆj ( −18 − 9 ) + kˆ ( 8 + 15 )
Example 30 A B = 33iˆ + 27 ˆj + 23kˆ
Find the magnitude and direction of
Example 33
A B and B A , where A & B lies in x-y plane.
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 43
Calculate the area of the parallelogram when Find the average acceleration in 10 seconds. Given
adjacent sides are given by the vectors Vf − Vi
a= , where a is acceleration v is velocity.
A = iˆ + 2 ˆj + 3kˆ and B = 2iˆ − 3 ˆj + kˆ . t
We know that the area of parallelogram = A B 1
Sol. (a) 2N − W (b) N −W
2
( ) (
A B = 1iˆ + 2 ˆj + 3kˆ 2iˆ − 3 ˆj + 1kˆ ) (c)
1
N −E (d) 2N − E
A B = iˆ ( 2 + 9 ) − ˆj (1 − 6 ) + kˆ ( −3 − 4 ) 2
Ans. (b)
= 11iˆ + 5 ˆj − 7kˆ
Vf − Vi
Sol. a= ,
Area of parallelogram = A B = 11 + 5 + ( −7 ) t
2 2 2
A B = 195 sq. unit
Example 34
Calculate the area of the triangle determined by the
two vectors A = 3iˆ 4jˆ and B = −3iˆ + 7ˆj
1
Sol. We know that the area of triangle = A B
2
iˆ ˆj kˆ
A B = 3 4 0
5 ˆj − 5iˆ
−3 7 0 a=
10
A B = iˆ ( 0 − 0 ) − ˆj ( 0 − 0 ) + kˆ ( 21 + 12 ) 5 2 1
a = = m / s 2 Direction north west
A B = 33kˆ 10 2
A B = 332 = 33 Example 37
The unit vector parallel to the resultant of the vectors
Area of triangle =
1
A B =
33
sq.unit A = 4iˆ + 3 ˆj + 6kˆ and B = −iˆ + 3 ˆj − 8kˆ is
2 2
Example 35 (a)
7
(
1 ˆ
3i + 6 ˆj − 2kˆ ) (b)
1 ˆ
7
(
3i + 6 ˆj + 2kˆ )
If a and b are two vectors such that a = 4, b = 3
and a b = 6 , find the angle between a and b .
(c)
1 ˆ
49
(
3i + 6 ˆj − 2kˆ ) (d)
1 ˆ
49
(
3i − 6 ˆj + 2kˆ )
Ans. (a)
Sol. Given a = 4, b = 3 and a b = 6 Sol. Resultant of vectors A and B
Angle between the vectors: R = A + B = 4iˆ + 3jˆ + 6kˆ − ˆi + 3jˆ + 8kˆ
a b
sin = R = 3i + 6ˆj − 2kˆ
a b
3iˆ + 6jˆ − 2kˆ
R=
R
= = (
1 ˆ ˆ ˆ
3i + 6j − 2k )
6 1 32 + 62 + ( −2 ) 7
2
sin = = R
43 2
Example 38
1
= sin −1
The vectors from origin to the points A and B are
2
A = 3iˆ − 6 ˆj + 2kˆ and B = 2iˆ + ˆj − 2kˆ respectively.
= The area of the triangle OAB be
6
5 2
Example 36 (a) 17 sq. units (b) 17 sq. units
2 5
A particle is moving with velocity 5 m/s towards east
and its velocity changes to 5 m/s north in 10 second.
44 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
3 5 Example 41
(c) 17 sq. units (d) 17 sq. units
5 3 If the sum of two unit vectors is a unit vector, then
Ans. (a) magnitude of difference is
Sol. Given OA = a = 3iˆ − 6 ˆj + 2kˆ and (a) 2 (b) 3
1
OB = b = 2iˆ + ˆj − 2kˆ (c) (d) 5
2
iˆ ˆj kˆ Ans. (b)
( )
a b = 3 −6 2 Sol. Let n1 and n2 are the two unit vectors then the sum
2 1 −2 is
= (12 − 2 ) iˆ + ( 4 + 6 ) ˆj + ( 3 + 12 ) kˆ ns = n1 + n2 or ns2 = n12 + n22 + 2n1n2 cos
= 1 + 1 + 2cos
= 10iˆ + 10 ˆj + 15kˆ Since it is given that ns is also a unit vector, therefore
a b = 10 + 10 + 15 = 425 = 5 17
2 2 2 1 = 1 + 1 + 2cos
1
cos = −
1 5 17 2
Area of OAB = a b = sq.unit
2 2 = 120
Example 39 Now the difference vector is nˆd = nˆ1 − nˆ2 or
If a + b + c = 0 then a b is equal to nd2 = n12 + n22 − 2n1n2 cos
(a) b c (b) c b = 1 + 1 − 2cos (120 )
(c) a c (d) none of these nd2 = 2 − 2 ( −1/ 2 ) = 2 + 1 = 3 nd = 3
Ans. (a)
Example 42
Sol. a +b +c = 0 The resultant of two vectors A and B is perpendicular
a + c = −b to the vector A and its magnitude is equal to half the
magnitude of vector B. The angle between A and B is
( a + c ) b = −b b = 0 (a) 120o (b) 150o
( ) ( )
o
(c) 135 (d) none of these
or a b + c b = 0 Ans. (b)
B
or a b = b c Sol. = A2 + B 2 + 2 AB cos
2
Example 40
B sin
A + B cos = 0
If for two vector A and B . Sum A + B is ( ) tan 90 =
A + B cos
( )
A
perpendicular to the difference A − B . The ratio of cos = −
B
their magnitude is B2 B
Hence, from (i) = A2 + B2 − 2 A2 A = 3
(a) 1 (b) 2 4 2
(c) 3 (d) none of these A 3
Ans. (a) cos = − = −
B 2
Sol. ( A + B ) is perpendicular to ( A − B ) . Thus = 150
Example 43
( A + B )( A − B ) = 0 or A + B A − A B − B
2 2
=0 Resolve a weight of 10 N in two directions which are
parallel and perpendicular to a slope inclined at 30 o to
Because of commutative property of dot product the horizontal
A B = B A
A2 − B2 = 0 or A = B
A
Thus the ratio of magnitudes =1
B
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 45
Sol. Component perpendicular to the plane
W⊥ = W cos30
3
= (10 ) = 5 3N and component parallel to the
2
1
plane W|| = W sin 30 = (10 ) 5 N
2
Example 44
If the resultant of n forces of different magnitudes
acting at a point is zero, then the minimum value of n
is
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4
Ans. (c)
Sol. If vectors are of equal magnitude then two vectors
can give zero resultant, if they works in opposite
direction. But if the vectors are of different
magnitudes then minimum three vectors are required
to give zero resultant.
Example 45
The sum of the magnitudes of two forces acting at
point is 18 and the magnitude of their resultant is 12.
If the resultant is at 90° with the force of smaller
magnitude, what are the magnitudes of forces
(a) 12, 5 (b) 14, 4
(c) 5, 13 (d) 10, 8
Ans. (c)
Sol. Let P be the smaller force and Q be the greater force
then according to problem?
P + Q = 18 ... ( i )
R = P2 + Q2 + 2PQcos = 12 ... ( ii )
Qsin
tan = = tan 90 =
P + Q cos
P + Qcos = 0 ... ( iii )
By solving (i), (ii) and (iii) we will get P = 5 and Q =
13
46 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
EXERCISE – 1: Basic Objective Questions
Fundamental and derived Units and 8. If velocity v, acceleration A and force F are chosen as
Measurements fundamental quantities, then the dimensional formula
of angular momentum in terms of v, A and F would
1. A suitable unit for gravitational constant is be
(a) kg metre sec−1 (b) Newton metre−1 sec (a) FA−1v (b) Fv3A−2
−2
(c) Newton metre2 kg (d) kg metre sec−1 (c) Fv2A−1 (d) F2v2A−1
2. A force F is given by F = at + bt 2 , where t is time. 9. The largest mass (m) that can be moved by a flowing
What are the dimensions of a and b river depends on velocity (v), density (ρ) of river
(a) MLT−3 and ML2T−4 (b) MLT−3 and MLT−4 water and acceleration due to gravity (g). The correct
(c) MLT−1 and MLT0 (d) MLT−4 and MLT1 relation is
n 2 − n1 2 v 4 v 6
3. Number of particles is given by n = −D (a) m (b) m
x 2 − x1 g2 g2
crossing a unit area perpendicular to X-axis in unit v 4 v 6
time, where n1 and n2 are number of particles per unit (c) m (d) m
g3 g3
volume for the value of x meant to be x 2 and x1
respectively. Find dimensions of D called as diffusion 10. If the velocity of light (c), gravitational constant (G)
constant and Plank’s constant (h) are chosen as fundamental
(a) M0LT2 (b) M0L2T−4 units, then the dimensions of mass in new system is
1 1 1 1 1 −1
(c) M0LT−3 (d) M0L2T−1
(a) c 2 G 2 h 2 (b) c 2 G 2 h 2
4. A physical quantity is measured and its value is found 1 −1 1 −1 1 1
to be nu where n = numerical value and u = unit.
(c) c 2 G 2 h 2 (d) c 2 G 2 h 2
Then which of the following relations is true
11. If the time period (T) of vibration of a liquid drop
(a) n u2 (b) nu depends on surface tension (S), radius (r) of the drop
and density (ρ) of the liquid, then the expression of T
1
(c) n u (d) n is
u
1
To determine the Young’s modulus of a wire, the
(a) T = K r (b) T = K r
5. 3 2 3
F L S S
formula is Y = . ; where L = length, A = area of
A l
(c) T = K r
3
cross – section of the wire, ΔL = Change in length of (d) None of these
1
the wire when stretched with a force F. The S2
conversion factor to change it from CGS to MKS 12. The dimensional formula of torque is
system is (a) [ML2T−2] (b) [MLT−2]
−1 −2
(a) 1 (b) 10 (c) [ML T ] (d) [ML−2T−2]
(c) 0.1 (d) 0.01 13. Of the following quantities, which one has dimension
6. If the present units of length, time and mass (m, s, kg) different from the remaining three?
(a) Energy per unit volume
1 (b) Force per unit area
are changed to 100m, 100s and kg then
10 (c) Product of voltage and charge per unit volume
(a) The new unit of velocity is increased 10 times (d) Angular momentum.
14. The dimensional formula of pressure is
1 (a) [MLT 2] (b) [ML 1T2]
(b) The new unit of force is decreased times
1000 1
(c) [ML T ] 2
(d) [MLT2]
(c) The new unit of energy is increased 10 times 15. The centripetal force (F) acting on an object that is
(d) The new unit of pressure is increased 1000 times rotating in a circular path depends upon the mass of
7. If 1gm cms−1 = x Ns, then number x is equivalent to object (m), radius of the circular path (r), and velocity
(v) of the object. Derive the formula for the
−1 −2
(a) 110 (b) 3 10 centripetal force.
−4 −5 (a) kmv2r−1 (b) kmv3
(c) 6 10 (d) 110
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 47
(c) kmv2r1 (d) kmv2 (a) Work and torque.
16. Expression for time in terms of G (universal (b) Angular momentum and Planck’s constant.
gravitational constant), h (Planck constant) and c (c) Tension and surface tension.
(speed of light) is proportional to (d) Impulse and linear momentum.
27. If E and G respectively denote energy and
hc5
c3 gravitational constant, then E/G has the dimensions
(a) (b) of:
G Gh
(a) [M] [L0] [T0] (b) [M2] [L–2] [T–1]
–1
(c) Gh (d) Gh
2
(c) [M ] [L ] [T ] 0
(d) [M] [L–1] [T–1]
c5 c3 28. The dimensions of universal gravitational constant
17. Let l, r, c and v represent inductance, resistance, are
capacitance and voltage, respectively. The dimension (a) M−2L2T−1 (b) M−1L3T−2
2 −1
of 1/rcv in SI units will be (c) ML T (d) M−2L3T−2
(a) [LA−2] (b) [A−1] 29. The velocity v of a particle at time t is given by
(c) [LTA] (d) [LT2] b
18. If force [F], acceleration [A] and time [T] are chosen v = at + , where a, b and c are constant. The
as the fundamental physical quantities. Find the t +c
dimensions of energy. dimensions of a, b and c are respectively
(a) L2, T and LT2 (b) LT2, LT and L
(a) [F][A][T−1] (b) [F][A−1][T] 2
(c) L, LT and T (d) LT 2, L and T
(c) [F][A][T] (d) [F][A][T2]
30. Dimensions of resistance in an electrical circuit, in
19. Time (T), velocity (C) and angular momentum (h) are
terms of dimension of mass M, of length L, of time T
chosen as fundamental quantities instead of mass,
and of current I, would be
length and time. In terms of these, the dimensions of
mass would be: (a) ML2T−2 (b) ML2T−1I−1
2 −3 −2
(a) [M] = [T–1 C–2h] (b) [M] = [T C–2h] (c) ML T I (d) ML2T−3I−1
–1 –2 –1
(c) [M] = [T C h ] (d) [M] = [T–1 C2h] 31. Which of the following is not represented in correct
20. The dimensional formula for permeability μ is given unit
by
(a) MLT−2A−2
Stress
(b) M0L1T (a) = N / m2 (b) Surface tension = N/m
0 2 −1 2
(c) M L T A (d) None of the above. Strain
21. P represents radiation pressure, c represents speed of (c) Energy = kg-m/sec (d) Pressure = N/m2
light and S represents radiation energy striking unit 1
area per sec. The non zero integers x, y, z such that 32. The dimension of 0 E 2 is
2
P x Sy c z is dimensionless are
(0: permittivity of free space, Electric field)
(a) x = 1, y = 1, z = 1 (b) x = −1, y = 1, z = 1
(c) x = 1, y = −1, z = 1 (d) x = 1, y = 1, z = −1 (a) MLT−1 (b) ML2T−2
22. The time dependence of a physical quantity p is given (c) ML−1T−2 (d) ML2T−1
(
by p = po exp −at
2
) , where a is a constant and t is Significant figures
the time. The constant a
(a) is dimensionless (b) has dimensions T−2 33. How many significant figures will be there in the
2
(c) has dimensions T (d) has dimensions of p calculated solution of following problem:
( 29.2 − 20.2 ) (1.97 105 )
23. In a particular system, the unit of length, mass and
time are chosen to be 10 cm, 10 g and 0.1 s
respectively. The unit of force in this system will be 1.39 ?
equivalent to (a) 3 (b) 1
(a) 0.1 N (b) 1 N (c) 4 (d) 2
(c) 10 N (d) 100 N 34. The mass of a box is 2.3 kg. Two marbles of masses
24. Which of the following is a dimensional constant? 2.15 g and 12.39 g are added to it. The total mass of
(a) Refractive index (b) Poissons ratio the box to the correct number of significant figures is
(c) Relative density (d) Gravitational constant (a) 2.340 kg (b) 2.3145 kg
25. The dimensions of Planck’s constant are same as (c) 2.3 kg (d) 2.31 kg
(a) energy (b) power 35. The length of a rectangular sheet is 1.5 cm and
(c) momentum (d) angular momentum breadth is 1.203 cm. The area of the face of
26. Which of the following pairs of physical quantities rectangular sheet to the correct no of significant
does not have same dimensional formula? figures is:
48 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
(a) 1.8045 cm2 (b) 1.804 cm2 47. The number of significant figures in 3400 is
2
(c) 1.805 cm (d) 1.8 cm2 (a) 7 (b) 6
36. Each side of a cube is measured to be 5.402 cm. The (c) 12 (d) 2
total surface area and the volume of the cube in
48. Taking into account of the significant figures, what is
appropriate significant figures are:
the value of 9.99 m – 0.0099 m?
(a) 175.1 cm2, 157 cm2 (b) 175.1 cm2, 157.6 cm3
(a) 9.980 m (b) 9.9 m
(c) 175 cm2, 157 cm2 (d) 175.08 cm2, 157.639 cm3
(c) 9.9801 m (d) 9.98 m
37. Taking into account the significant figures, what is
49. A certain body weighs 22.42 gm and has a measured
the value of 9.99 m + 0.0099 m
volume of 4.7 cc. The possible error in the
(a) 10.00 m (b) 10 m measurement of mass and volume are 0.01 gm and
(c) 9.9999 m (d) 10.0 m 0.1 cc. Then maximum error in the density will be
38. The value of the multiplication 3.124 × 4.576 correct (a) 22% (b) 2%
to three significant figures is (c) 0.2% (d) 0.02%
(a) 14.295 (b) 14.3
(c) 14.295424 (d) 14.305 Errors Analysis
39. The number of significant figures in 3400 is
(a) 7 (b) 6 50. The length, breadth and thickness of a block are
measured as 125.5 cm, 5.0 cm and 0.30 cm
(c) 12 (d) 2 respectively. Which one of the following
40. The length and breadth of a metal sheet are 3.124 m measurements is most accurate
and 3.002 m respectively. The area of this sheet upto
correct significant figure is (a) Length (b) Breadth
(a) 9.378 m2 (b) 9.37 m2 (c) Thickness (d) Height
2
(c) 9.378248 m (d) 9.3782 m2 51. The pressure on a square plate is measured by
41. The significant figures in the number 6.0023 are measuring the force on the plate and the length of the
(a) 2 (b) 5 sides of the plate. If the maximum error in the
(c) 4 (d) 1 measurement of force and length are respectively 4%
42. The number of the significant figures in and 2%, The maximum error in the measurement of
11.118 10 −6 V is pressure is
(a) 1% (b) 2%
(a) 3 (b) 4
(c) 6% (d) 8%
(c) 5 (d) 6
52. The period of oscillation of a simple pendulum in the
43. The mass and volume of a body are 4.237 g and 2.5
experiment is recorded as 2.63 s, 2.56 s, 2.42 s, 2.71 s
cm3, respectively. The density of the material of the
and 2.80 s respectively. The average absolute error is
body in correct significant figures is
(a) 0.1 s (b) 0.11 s
(a) 1.6048 g cm−3 (b) 1.69 g cm−3
(c) 0.01 s (d) 1.0 s
(c) 1.7 g cm−3 (d) 1.695 g cm−3
53. In an experiment, the following observation’s were
44. The numbers 2.745 and 2.735 on rounding off to 3 recorded: L = 2.820 m, M = 3.00 kg, l = 0.087 cm,
significant figures will give Diameter D = 0.041 cm Taking g = 9.81 m/s 2 using
(a) 2.75 and 2.74 (b) 2.74 and 2.73 4Mg
the formula, Y = , the maximum permissible
(c) 2.75 and 2.73 (d) 2.74 and 2.74 D2 l
45. The length and breadth of a rectangular sheet are 16.2 error in Y is
cm and 10.1 cm, respectively. The area of the sheet in (a) 7.96% (b) 4.56%
appropriate significant figures and error is
(c) 6.50% (d) 8.42%
(a) 164 ± 3 cm2 (b) 163.62 ± 2.6 cm2
54. According to Joule’s law of heating, heat produced H
(c) 163.6 ± 2.6 cm2 (d) 163.62 ± 3 cm2 = I2 Rt, where I is current, R is resistance and t is
46. The diameter and height of a cylinder are measured time. If the errors in the measurement of I, R and t are
by a meter scale to be 12.6 ± 0.1 cm and 34.2 ± 0.1 3%, 4% and 6% respectively then error in the
cm, respectively. What will be the value of its volume measurement of H is
in appropriate significant figures? (a) ± 17% (b) ± 16%
(a) 4264 ± 81 cm3 (b) 4264.4 ± 81.0 cm3 (c) ± 19% (d) ± 25%
(c) 4260 ± 80 cm3 (d) 4300 ± 80 cm3
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 49
1 63. Which of the following will have the dimensions of
A3 B 2 time
55. A physical quantity P is given by P = 3
. The
−4 2
R
C D
quantity which brings in the maximum percentage (a) LC (b) L
error in P is L C
(a) A (b) B (c) R (d) L
(c) C (d) D 64. If the error in the measurement of radius of a sphere
56. The density of a cube is measured by measuring its is 2%, then the error in the determination of volume
mass and length of its sides. If the maximum error in of the sphere will be:
the measurement of mass and length are 4% and 3% (a) 4% (b) 6%
respectively, the maximum error in the measurement (c) 8% (d) 2%
of density will be 65. In a series of successive measurements in an
(a) 7% (b) 9% experiment, the readings of the period of oscillation
of a simple pendulum were found to be 2.63 s, 2.56 s,
(c) 12% (d) 13% 2.42 s, 2.71 s and 2.80 s. Find the time period of the
57. The heat generated in a circuit is dependent upon the simple pendulum.
resistance, current and time for which the current is (a) 2.62 ± 4% (b) 2.52 ± 4%
flown. If the error in measuring the above are 1%, 2% (c) 3.62 ± 4% (d) 5.62 ± 4%
and 1% respectively. The maximum error in 66. In an experiment, four quantities a, b, c and d are
measuring the heat is measured with percentage errors 1%, 2%, 3% and 4%
3 2
(a) 8% (b) 6%
respectively. Quantity P is calculated as, P = a b .
(c) 18% (d) 12% cd
58. If the error in the measurement of the radius of a Find the percentage error in P.
sphere is 1%, what will be the error in the (a) 14% (b) 10%
measurement of volume? (c) 7% (d) 4%
67. Measure of two quantities along with the precision of
(a) 1% (b) 1/3 %
respective measuring instrument is
(c) 3% (d) 10% A = 2.5 m s−1 ± 0.5 m s−1
59. A physical quantity P is described by the relation P = B = 0.10 s ± 0.01 s
a1/2 b2 c3 d–4 If the relative errors in the measurement The value of AB will be
of a,b,c and d respectively, are 2%, 1%, 3% and 5%, (a) (0.25 ± 0.08) m (b) (0.25 ± 0.5) m
then the relative error in P will be- (c) (0.25 ± 0.05) m (d) (0.25 ± 0.135) m
(a) 12% (b) 8% 68. A simple pendulum is being used to determine the
(c) 25% (d) 32% value of gravitational acceleration g at a certain place.
60. A force F is applied on a square plate of side L If the The length of the pendulum is 25.0 cm and a
percentage error in the determination of L is 2% and stopwatch with 1s resolution measures the time taken
that in F is 4%. What is the permissible error in for 40 oscillations to be 50 s. The accuracy in
pressure? measurement of g is
(a) 8% (b) 6% (a) 5.40% (b) 3.40%
(c) 4% (d) 2% (c) 4.40% (d) 2.40%
61. The heat generated in a circuit is dependent upon the 69. The following observations were taken for
resistance, current and time for which the current is determining surface tension T of water by capillary
flown. If the error in measuring the above are 1%, 2% method:
and 1% respectively. The maximum error in Diameter of capillary, D = 1.25 × 10–2 m
measuring the heat is Rise of water, h = 1.45 × 10–2 m.
(a) 8% (b) 6% Using g = 9.80 m/s2 and the simplified relation T=
(c) 18% (d) 12% (rhg/2) × 103 N/m, the possible error in surface
62. A student measures the time period of 100 tension is closest to
oscillations of a simple pendulum four times. The (a) 2.4% (b) 10%
data set is 90 s, 91 s, 95 s and 92 s. If the minimum (c) 0.15% (d) 1.5%
division in the measuring clock is 1 s, then the
reported mean time should be: Basic Algebra
(a) 92 ± 2 s (b) 92 ± 5.0 s
(c) 92 ± 1.8 s (d) 92 ± 3 s 70. Identify the quadratic equation from the following.
50 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
1 1 78. If A : B = 5 : 3, then what is the value of
(a) m + = 1, m 0 (b) m + = 1, m 0
2
m m ( A + B) : ( A − B) ?
1 (a) 4 : 1 (b) 2 : 1
(c) x − = 1, x 0
2
(d) x2 + 2 x −1 = 0
x (c) 4 : 3 (d) 8 : 3
71. Maximum value of p ( x ) = −3x 2 + 5x − 12 is 79. If (
6x + 4y ) 8 x2
= then what is the value of 2 ?
( 6x − 4y ) 6 y
15 11
(a) (b) −9 78 64
12 12 (a) (b)
9 13
5 5
(c) − (d) 196 125
6 6 (c) (d)
9 9
1
Find the value of a for which m =
If 3x − 5y = 2x + y, find the value of (
72. is a root of the 3x + 5y )
3 80. ?
( 3x − 5y )
equation am +
2
( )
3 − 2 m − 1 = 0.
13 11
(a) (b)
(a) 2 (b) 2 23 23
(c) 6 (d) 5 23 24
(c) (d)
73. Which of the following equations has no real roots? 13 13
(a) x2 − 4x + 3 2 = 0 (b) x2 + 2x − 6 2 = 0 81: If x y = ex − y . Find
dy
dx
(c) x2 − 4x − 3 2 = 0 (d) 3x2 − 4 3x − 4 = 0
log x log x
74. Using componendo and dividendo find out the value (a) (b)
of x. (1 + log x )
2
(1 + log x )
3x + 4 + 3x − 5 (c)
x
(d) x
=9
3x + 4 − 3x − 5 1 + log x (1 + log x )
2
(a) 5 (b) 3 82. The period of sin2 is
(c) 7 (d) 9
(a) 2 (b)
75. If ( 4a + 9b ) ( 4c − 9d ) = ( 4a − 9b )( 4c + 9d ) , then the
value of a : b can be equal to: (c) 2 (d)
2
(a) c : d (b) 2
4 5
(c) ab : c (d) bc : a 83. Let cos ( + ) = and sin ( −) = where
5 13
If
( 5x + 3) + ( 5x − 3) 5 then find the value
76. = , 0 , . Then tan 2 =
( 5x + 3) − ( 5x − 3) 3 4
of 25x. 56 19
(a) (b)
(a) 25 (b) 1 33 12
(c) 17 (d) 13 20 25
(c) (d)
5+x 7 16
77. If = 5. Find the value of x.
5−x
1 Scalar and Vector
(a) (b) 1
3 5
84. Which one of the following is a scalar quantity?
5 2 5
(c) (d) (a) Displacement (b) Electric field
3 3
(c) Acceleration (d) Work
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 51
85. Which one of the following is not the vector quantity? (a) 60° (b) 90°
(a) Torque (b) Displacement (c) 120° (d) 180°
(c) Velocity (d) Speed 94. The resultant of two vectors of magnitudes 2A and
86. A vector is not changed if 2A acting at an angle q is 10A. The correct value
(a) it is rotated through an arbitrary angle of q is:
(b) it is multiplied by an arbitrary scalar (a) 30° (b) 45°
(c) it is cross multiplied by a unit vector (c) 60° (d) 90°
(d) it is slid parallel to itself 95. If A + B = C and A = 3, B = 3 and C = 3, then the
angle between is
Vector Operations (a) 0° (b) 30°
(c) 60° (d) 90°
87. What is the numerical value of vector 3iˆ + 4jˆ + 5kˆ ? 96. If the magnitude of the sum of the two vectors is
equal to the difference of their magnitudes, then the
(a) 3 2 (b) 5 2
angle between vectors is
(c) 7 2 (d) 9 2 (a) 0° (b) 45°
88. The x and y components of a force are 2 N and –3N. (c) 90° (d) 180°
The force is
97. The resultant of two forces at right angle is 5 N.
(a) 2iˆ − 3jˆ (b) 2iˆ + 3jˆ When the angle between them is 120°, the resultant is
(c) −2iˆ − 3jˆ (d) 3iˆ + 2ˆj 13. Then the forces are
89. One of the rectangular components of a velocity of 60 (a) 12 N, 13 N (b) 20 N, 5N
kmh−1 is 30 km h−1. The other rectangular component (c) 3 N, 4 N (d) 40 N, 15 N
is
98. If the sum of the two unit vectors is also a unit vector,
(a) 30 km h−1 (b) 30 3 km h −1 then magnitude of their difference
(c) 30 2 km h −1 (d) zero (a) 2 (b) 3
90. If 0.5 ˆi + 0.8 ˆj + ckˆ is a unit vector, then the value of (c) 4 (d) 7
c is
99. Given that A + B + C = 0 out of three vectors, two are
(a) 0.11 (b) 0.22 equal in magnitude and the magnitude of third vector
(c) 0.33 (d) 0.89 2 times that of either of the two having equal
magnitude. Then the angles between vectors are
91. What is the unit vector along ˆi + ˆj ?
given by:
( )
ˆi + ˆj
(a) (b) 2 ˆi + ˆj (a) 45°, 45°, 90° (b) 90°, 135°, 135°
2
(c) 30°, 60°, 90° (d) 45°, 60°, 90°
(c) ˆi + ˆj (d) k 100. Two vectors a and b are at an angle of 60° with each
92. Two forces F1 and F2 are acting at right angles to other. Their resultant makes an angle of 45° with a. If
each other. Then magnitude of their resultant is | b |= 2 unit, then a is:
(a) F1 + F2 (b) F12 + F22 (a) 3 (b) 3 −1
F1 + F2 3
(c) 3 +1 (d)
(c) F −F
1
2 2
2 (d) 2
2
101. Two equal forces (F each) act a point inclined to each
93. Given R = A + B and R = A = B. The angle between other at an angle of 120°. The magnitude of their
A and B is resultant is
52 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
(a) F/2 (b) F/4 (c) 2iˆ − kˆ (d) 2iˆ + kˆ
(c) F (d) 2F 110. What vector must be added to the sum of two vectors
102. If A and B are two vectors such that ˆ and 3iˆ − 2ˆj − 2k
2iˆ − ˆj + 3k ˆ so that the resultant is a
A + B = A−B the angle between vectors A and B unit vector along Z-axis
is: (a) 5iˆ + kˆ (b) −5iˆ + 3jˆ
(a) 0° (b) 60° (c) 3jˆ + 5kˆ (d) −3jˆ + 2kˆ
(c) 90° (d) 120°
111. Following forces start acting on a particle at rest at
103. Two vectors A and B are such that A + B = C and the origin of the co-ordinate system simultaneously
A2 + B2 = C2. If is the angle between the vectors F1 = 5iˆ − 5jˆ + 5kˆ F2 = 2iˆ + 8jˆ + 6kˆ F3 = −6iˆ + 4ˆj − 7kˆ
then the correct statement is F4 = −ˆi − 3jˆ − 2k.
ˆ The particle will move
2
(a) = π (b) = (a) in x–y plane (b) in y–z plane
3
(c) in x–z plane (d) along x–axis
(c) = 0 (d) = 112. The X and Y components of vector A have
2 numerical values 6 and 6 respectively and that of
104. Given that P = 12, Q = 5 and R = 13 also P + Q = R,
( A + B) have numerical values 10 and 9. What is
then the angle between P and Q will be
the numerical value of B ?
(a) π (b) π/2
(a) 2 (b) 3
(c) zero (d) π/4
(c) 4 (d) 5
105. The angle between P + Q and P − Q will be
113. A vector A when added to the vector B = 3iˆ + 4ˆj
(a) 90° (b) between 0° and 180°
yields a resultant vector that is in the positive y
(c) 180° only (d) None of these
direction and has a magnitude equal to that of B .
106. Two vectors of equal magnitude have a resultant
equal to either of them, then the angle between them Find the magnitude of A ?
will be (a) 10 (b) 10
(a) 30° (b) 120° (c) 5 (d) 15
(c) 60° (d) 45° 114. The resultant of two vectors A and B is
107. Given A = ˆi + 2ˆj − 3kˆ When a vector B is added to perpendicular to the vector A and its magnitude is
A, we get a unit vector along x–axis. Then, B is equal to half of the magnitude of vector B. Then the
(a) − 2jˆ + 3kˆ (b) −ˆi − 2ˆj angle between A and B is
(a) 30° (b) 45°
(c) −ˆi + 3kˆ (d) 2jˆ − 3kˆ
(c) 150° (d) 120°
108. The magnitude of the X and Y components of A are 115. Unit vector parallel to the resultant of vectors
7 and 6. Also the magnitudes of X and Y components
A = 4 ˆi − 3 ˆj and B = 8 ˆi + 8 ˆj will be
of A + B are 11 and 9 respectively. What is the
24 ˆi + 5 ˆj 12 ˆi + 5 ˆj
magnitude of B ? (a) (b)
13 13
(a) 5 (b) 6
6 ˆi + 5 ˆj
(c) 8 (d) 9 (c) (d) None of these
13
( )(
109. If the resultant of the vectors ˆi + 2jˆ − kˆ , ˆi − ˆj + 2kˆ ) 116. A car travelling north at 20 m/s turns and then travels
and C is a unit vector along the y-direction, then C is south at 20 m/s. The change in its velocity is
(a) zero (b) 40 m/s north
(a) −2iˆ − kˆ (b) −2iˆ + kˆ
(c) 40 m/s south (d) 20 m/s north
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 53
117. If vectors A and B have an angle between them, (c) 60° (d) 90°
ˆ −B
then value of | A ˆ | will be: 126. Projection of P on is Q
(a) P Q (b) P Q
(a) 2 cos (b) 2 tan
2 2 (c) P Qˆ (d) P Q
(c) 2sin
2
(d) none of these 127. The component of vector A = a x ˆi + a y ˆj + a z kˆ along
118. If P = 4iˆ − 2ˆj + 6kˆ and Q = ˆi − 2ˆj − 3kˆ then the angle ( )
the direction of ˆi − ˆj is
which P + Q makes with x-axis is
(a) (ax – ay + az) (b) (ax + ay)
3 4
(a) cos −1 (b) cos −1 (c) (ax – ay)/ 2 (d) (ax – ay + az)
50 50
128. Given θ is the angle between A and B . Then is
5 12
(c) cos −1 (d) cos −1 ˆ B
ˆ | equal to
|A
50 50
119. Given P = 3jˆ + 4kˆ and Q = 2ˆj + 5k.
ˆ The magnitude of (a) sin θ (b) cos θ
the scalar product of these vector is (c) tan θ (d) cot θ
(a) 20 (b) 23 129. If P Q = 0, then | P Q | is
(c) 26 (d) 5 33 (a) | P | | Q | (b) zero
120. If P = 2iˆ − 3jˆ + kˆ and Q = 3iˆ − 2ˆj, then P Q is (c) 1 (d) PQ
(a) zero (b) 6 130. The vector having initial and terminal points as (2,
(c) 12 (d) 15 5, 0) and (–3, 7, 4), respectively is
121. If A B = AB, then the angle between A and B is (a) −i + 12j + 4k (b) 5i + 12j − 4k
(a) 0° (b) 45°
(c) −5i + 2j + 4k (d) i + j+ k
(c) 90° (d) 180°
( )
122. A force of 10iˆ − 3jˆ + 6kˆ N acts on a body of mass 131. The angle between two vectors a and b with
magnitudes 3 and 4, respectively, and a.b = 2 3
100 g and displaces it from ( )
6iˆ + 5jˆ − 3kˆ m to is
(10iˆ − 2jˆ + 7kˆ ) m. The work done is (a)
6
(b)
3
(a) 21 J (b) 121 J
5
(c) 361 J (d) 1000 J (c) (d)
2 2
123. A force F = 2iˆ + 2ˆj N displace a particle through
132. Find the value of λ such that the vectors
S = 2iˆ + 2kˆ m in 16 s. The power developed by F is
a = 2i + j + k and b = i + 2j + 3k are orthogonal
(a) 0.25 J s−1 (b) 25 J s−1
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 225 J s−1 (d) 450 J s−1
3 −5
124. If A = B, then which of the following is not correct (c) (d)
2 2
ˆ =B
(a) A ˆ (b) A B = AB
133. The value of λ for which the vectors 3i − 6j + k
(c) | A | = | B | (d) AB ˆ
ˆ || BA
and 2i − 4j + k are parallel is
125. The angle between the z–axis and the vector
ˆi + ˆj + 2 k
ˆ is
2 3
(a) (b)
(a) 30° (b) 45° 3 2
54 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
5 2 (c) 60 (d) 90
(c) (d)
2 5
142. If A = 2i + 3j + 4k and B = 4i + 3j + 2k, then angle
134. If P = 4i − 2j + 6k and Q = i − 2j − 3k, then the between A and B is
angle which P + Q makes with x-axis is 25 29
(a) sin −1 (b) sin −1
3 4 29 25
(a) cos −1 (b) cos −1
50 50 25 29
(c) cos −1 (d) cos −1
5 12 29 25
(c) cos −1 (d) cos −1
50 50
( )
143. What is the angle between i + 2 j + 2k and i
135. Given P = 3j + 4k and Q = 2j + 5k. The magnitude
(a) 0 (b)
of the scalar product of these vector is 6
(a) 20 (b) 23
(c) (d) None of these
(c) 26 (d) 5 33 3
136. If P = 2i − 3j + k and Q = 3i − 2j, then P Q is 144. The unit vector perpendicular to i − 2 j + k and
(a) zero (b) 6 3i + j − 2k is
(c) 12 (d) 15 5i + 3j + 7k 3i + 5 j + 7k
(a) (b)
137. If A B = AB, then the angle between A and B is 83 83
(a) 0 (b) 45 5i + 3j − 7k 3i − 5 j + 7k
(c) (d)
(c) 90 (d) 180 83 83
( )
138. A force of 10i − 3j + 6k N acts on a body of mass 145. The magnitude of a given vector with end points (4,
−4, 0) and (−2, −2, 0) must be
100 g and displaces it from ( 6i + 5j − 3k ) m to
(a) 6 (b) 5 2
(10i − 2 j + 7k ) m. The work done is (c) 4 (d) 2 10
(a) 21 J (b) 121 J 146. Which of the following is not true? If A = 3i + 4 j and
(c) 361 J (d) 1000 J B = 6i + 8j where A and B are the magnitudes of A
139. For what value of a, A = 2i + a j + k will be and B
perpendicular to B = 4i − 2j − k (a) A B = 0 (b)
A 1
=
B 2
(a) 4 (b) zero
(c) A.B = 48 (d) A = 5
(c) 3.5 (d) 1
140. The vector sum of two forces is perpendicular to their 147. Three vectors a.b and c satisfy the relation a.b = 0
vector differences. In that case, the forces and a.c = 0. The vector a is parallel to
(a) are not equal to each other in magnitude (a) b (b) c
(b) cannot be predicted
(c) b.c (d) b c
(c) are equal to each other
148. The angles which a vector i + j + 2k makes with X,
(d) are equal to each other in magnitude
Y and Z axes respectively are
141. The angle between the z-axis and the vector
(a) 60, 60, 60 (b) 45, 45, 45
i + j + 2k is
(c) 60, 60, 45 (d) 45, 45, 60
(a) 30 (b) 45
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 55
149. The vector i + x j + 3k is rotated through an angle
and doubled in magnitude, then it becomes
4i + ( 4x − 2) j + 2k. The possible positive value of x
is
2 1
(a) − (b)
3 3
2
(c) (d) 2
3
150. If 0.5i + 0.8j + ck is a unit vector, then the value of c
is
(a) 0.11 (b) 0.22
(c) 0.33 (d) 0.89
56 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
EXERCISE – 2: Previous Year Questions
(c) LT , LT and LT
Note: In this exercise, you will find some questions with −2 −3 −1
quantities/concepts that will be taught in upcoming
chapters of Class XI and Class XII. Please revisit
(d) LT , LT and LT
−1 −3 −2
those questions after finishing the full syllabus.
RT −V/ RT
Units and Measurements 7. If p = e , then dimensional formula of is
V−b
1. A uniform wire of length L, diameter D and density [UP CPMT 2011]
is stretched under a tension T. The correct relation
(a) p (b) R
between its fundamental frequency f, the length L and (c) T (d) V
the diameter D is [KCET 2011]
−kZ
8. The relation p = e , where p is pressure, Z is
1 1
(a) f (b) f
LD L D distance, k is Boltzmann constant and is temperature.
1 1 The dimensional formula of will be [AFMC 2011]
(c) f (d) f
D2 LD 2 (a) M L T (b) ML T
0 2 0 2
2. If E, M, L and G denote energy, mass, angular
(c) ML T (d) M L T
0 −1 0 2 −1
momentum and gravitational constant respectively,
then the quantity (E 2 L2/M 5G 2) has the dimensions of
9. If C be the capacitance and V be the electric potential,
[AMU 2011] then the dimensional formula of CV 2 is
(a) angle (b) length [KCET 2011]
(c) mass (d) None of these
(a) ML T A (b) MLT A
2 −2 0 −2 −1
3. From the dimensional consideration, which of the
following equations is correct?
(c) M LT T (d) ML TA
0 −2 0 −3
[Haryana PMT 2011]
R3 GM 10. The dimensions of impulse are [NEET 2011]
(a) T = 2 (b) T = 2
(a) MLT (b) ML T
GM R3 −1 2 −1
GM R2
(c) T = 2 (c) ML T (d) MT
(d) T = 2 −1 −1 −1
R2 GM
4. Dimensions of capacitance are [Manipal 2011] 11. What is the dimensions of surface tension?
(a) M L T A (b) MLT A
−1 −2 4 −2 −3 −1 [NEET 2011]
(a) MLT (b) MLT
0 −4
(c) ML T A (d) M L T A
2 −3 −1 −1 −2 3 −1
(c) ML T (d) ML T
0 −2 0 −1
5. The dimensions of electromotive force in terms of
current are [ BVP 2011] 12. Surface tension has the same dimensions as that of
(a) ML A (b) ML T A
−2 −2 −2 −2 −2
[KERALA CEE 2011]
(a) coefficient of viscosity (b) impulse
(c) ML T A (d) ML T A
2 −2 −2 2 −3 −1
(c) momentum (d) spring constant
6. Velocity v is given by v = at 2 + bt + c, where t is time. 13. The density of a material in the CGS system of units
is 4 g cm–3. In a system of units in which unit of
What are the dimensions of a, b and c respectively?
length is 10 cm and unit of mass is 100 g, the value of
[UP CPMT 2011] density of material will be: [PMT 2011]
(a) LT , LT and LT
−3 −2 −1 (a) 0.04 (b) 0.4
(c) 40 (d) 400
(b) LT , LT and LT
−1 −2 −3
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 57
2k 3 l2 1
14. A physical quantity x is given by x = . The 22. The dimensions of 0 E 2 (e0 is permittivity of free
m n 2
percentage error in the measurements of k, l, m and n space, E is electric field) are [UK PMT 2013]
are 1%, 2%, 3% and 4% respectively. The value of x
(a) MLT (b) ML T
−1 2 −3
is uncertain by [AMU 2012]
(a) 8% (b) 10%
(c) ML T (d) ML T
−1 −2 2 −1
(c) 12% (d) None of these
15. The error in the measurement of radius of sphere is 23. A physical quantity Q is found to depend on
0.3%, what is the percentage error in the x 3 y2
measurement of its volume? [UP CMT 2012] observables x, y and z obeying relation Q = .
z
(a) 0.3% (b) 0.6% The percentage error in the measurements of x, y and
4 z are 1%, 2% and 4% respectively. What is the
( 0.3)
3
(c) 0.9% (d) percentage error in the quantity Q? [PMT 2013]
3
(a) 4% (b) 3%
16. In an experiment, four quantities a, b, c and d are
(c) 11% (d) 1%
measured with percentage error 1%, 2%, 3% and 4%
respectively. Quantity P is calculated as follows 24. In an experiment four quantities a, b, c and d are
a 3 b2 measured with percentage error 1%, 2%, 3% and 4%
P= , % error in P is [NEET 2012] a 3b2
cd respectively. Quantity P is calculated as P = %
cd
(a) 14% (b) 10%
error in P is: [PMT 2013]
(c) 7% (d) 4%
(a) 14% (b) 10%
17. SI unit of permittivity is [AIMS, MANIPAL 2012]
(c) 7% (d) 4%
(a) C 2 m 2 N 2 (b) C2 m −2 N −1 25. The dimensional formula for electric field is
2 2 −1 −1 2 −2
(c) C m N (d) C m N [Guj CET 2014]
(a) ML T A (b) ML T A
18. The damping force on an oscillator is directly 2 −3 −1 2 −3 −2
proportional to the velocity. The unit of the constant
of proportionality is [CBSE AIPMT 2012]
(c) MLT A (d) M L T A
−3 −1 0 0 0 0
−1
(a) kgms (b) kgms−2
(c) kgs−1 (d) kgs 26. The dimensional formula of magnetic flux is
19. The damping force on an oscillator is directly [Guj CET 2014]
proportional to the velocity. The units of the constant
(a) ML T A (b) ML T A
2 −2 −1 2 −3 −1
of proportionality are: [PMT 2012]
(a) kg ms–1 (b) kg ms–2
(c) M L T A
−1 −2 −2
(d) 0
(c) kg s–1 (d) kg s
20. If C and R stands for capacitance and resistance, then 27. What is the dimensional formula of gravitational
the dimensions of CR is [UP CPMT 2013] constant G? [UK PMT 2014]
(a) M L T (b) M L T
−1 3 −2 2 −3 −2
(a) M L T
0 0
(c) M L T (d) M L T
−1 2 −2 −1 3 −1
(b) ML T
0
28. In which of the following pairs, the two physical
(c) M L T
0 0 2
quantities have different dimensions?
(d) not expressible in terms of M, L and T [WB JEE 2014]
21. The displacement of an oscillating particle is given by (a) Planck’s constant and angular momentum
y = Asin (Bx +Ct + D). The dimensional formula for (b) Impulse and linear momentum
(ABCD) is [UP CPMT 2013] (c) Moment of inertia and moment of a force
(a) M L T (b) M L T
0 −1 0 0 0 −1
(d) Energy and torque
29. The relation between force F and density d is
(c) M L T (d) M L T
0 −1 −1 0 0 0
x
F= . The dimensions of x is [MHT CET 2014]
d
58 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
(a) M L T (b) M L T
3/2 −1/2 −2 1/2 −1/2 −2 1/ 2
1 e2 2
(c) (d) 12 G e
c2 G4 0 c 4 0
(c) M L T (d) M L T
3/2 −1 −2 1/2 −1 −2
37. If the formula, X = 3YZ2, X and Z have dimensions
30. The dimensional formula for Reynold’s number is of capacitance and magnetic induction.
[MHT CET 2014] The dimensions of Y in MKSQ system are
(a) M L T [AIIMS 2018]
0 0 0
(b) MLT
(a) M L T Q (b) ML T Q
−3 −2 4 4 2 8 4
(c) ML T (d) MLT
−1 −1
(c) M L T Q (d) M L TQ
−2 −3 2 4 −2 −2 2
31. If force (F), velocity (v) and time (T) are taken as
fundamental units, then the dimensions of mass is 38. Dimensions of force is [JIPMER 2018]
[CBSE AIPMT 2014]
(a) M LT (b) M LT
2 1 −1 1 1 −2
(a) FvT (b) FvT
−1 −2
(c) M L T (d) M LT
2 −1 −2 1 1 −1
(c) Fv T (d) Fv T
−1 −1 −1
39. In an experiment to measure, the height of a bridge by
32. If the unit of force is kN, the length is 1 km and time dropping stone into water underneath. If the error in
100 s, then what will be the unit of mass? measurement of time is 0.2s at the end of 4s, then the
[KCET 2014] error in estimation of height of bridge will be (neglect
the water resistance, i.e. thrust) [AIIMS 2018]
(a) 1000 kg (b) 1 kg
(c) 10000 kg (d) 100 kg
33. Unit of emf is [WBJEE 2014]
(a) joule/ampere (b) volt/ampere
(c) henry-ampere/second (d) joule/coulomb
34. If energy (E), velocity (v) and time (T) are chosen as
(a) ± 19.68m (b) ± 17.22m
the fundamental quantities, the dimensional formula
of surface tension will be [AIPMT 2015] (c) ± 7.84 m (d) ± 12.22m
40. R = 65 ± 1W L, l = 5 ± 0.1mm and d = 10 ± 0.5mm.
(a) Ev T (b) Ev T
−2 −1 −1 −2
Find error in calculation of resistivity.
[JIPMER 2018]
(c) Ev T (d) E v T
−2 −2 −2 −1 −3
(a) 21% (b) 13%
35. Planck’s constant (h), speed of light in vacuum (c) (c) 16% (d) 41%
and Newton’s gravitational constant (G) are three
41. What is dimensions of energy in terms of linear
fundamental constants. Which of the following
momentum [p], area [A] and time [T]?
combinations of these has the dimensions of length?
[JIPMER 2019]
[NEET 2016]
(a) p A T (b) p A T
1 1 1 2 2 −1
hG hG
(a) 3/ 2 (b) 5/ 2
c c
(c) p A T (d) p A T
1 1/2 −1 1/2 1/2 −1
hc Gc
(c) (d) 42. If mass [M], distance [L] and time [T] are
G h 3/ 2
fundamental quantities, then find the dimensions of
36. A physical quantity of the dimensions of length that torque. [JIPMER 2019]
2
can be formed out of c, G and e
(a) ML T (b) MLT
is [c is velocity 2 −2 −2
4 0
of light, G is universal constant of gravitation and e is
(d) ML T
2
charge] [NEET 2017] (c) MLT
1/ 2 1/ 2
1 e2 e2
2
43. Calculate the mean percentage error in five
(a) 2 G (b) c G observations, 80.0, 80.5, 81.0, 81.5 and 82.
c 4 0 40 [NEET 2019]
(a) 0.74% (b) 1.74%
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 59
(c) 0.38% (d) 1.38%
44. In an experiment, the percentage of error occurred in
the measurement of physical quantities A, B, C and D
are 1%, 2%, 3% and 4% respectively. Then the
maximum percentage of error in the measurement X,
A 2 B1/ 2
where, X = 1/3 3 will be [NEET 2019]
C D
(a) 16% (b) -10%
3
(c) 10% (d) %
13
45. The SI unit of thermal conductivity is [NEET 2019]
(a) Jm −1K −1 (b) WmK −1
(c) Wm −1K −1 (d) JmK −1
46. Taking into account of the significant figures, what is
the value of 9.99 m – 0.0099m? [NEET 2020]
(a) 9.980 m (b) 9.9 m
(c) 9.9801 m (d) 9.98 m
47. A screw gauge has least count of 0.01 mm and there
are 50 divisions in its circular scale.
The pitch of the screw gauge is: [NEET 2020]
(a) 0.5 mm (b) 1.0 mm
(c) 0.01 mm (d) 0.25 mm
48. Dimensions of stress are [NEET 2020]
(a) ML T (b) ML T
0 −2 −1 −2
(c) MLT (d) ML T
−2 2 −2
49. If E and G respectively denote energy and
gravitational constant, then E/G has dimensions of:
[NEET 2021]
(a) M L T (b) M L T
0 0 −2 −2 1
(c) M L T (d) M L T
2 −1 0 −1 −1
50. If force [F], acceleration [A] and time [T] are chosen
as the fundamental physical quantities.
Find the dimensions of energy [NEET 2021]
(a) F A T (b) F A T
−1 −1
(d) FA T
2
(c) F A T
60 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
Basic Mathematics
51. Given, A = 2i + 3j and B = i + j . The component of 59. If a = 2i − 3j+ k and b = 3i + j − 2k, then the cosine of
vector A along vector B is [2011 Kerala CEE] angle between them is equal to
1 3 [2012 UP CPMT]
(a) (b)
2 2 (a) 5/14 (b) 1/7
5 7
(c) (d) (c) 3/14 (d) 1/14
2 2
60. The square of resultant of two equal forces is three
52. If vectors i − 3 j + 5k and i − 3 j − ak are equal vectors, times their product. Angle between the forces is
then the value of a is [2011 Kerala CEE] [2013 UP CPMT]
(a) 5 (b) 2 (a) (b) / 2
(c) -3 (d) -5 (c) / 4 (d) / 3
53. Which of the following is correct relation between an
arbitrary vector A and vector O? [2011 DUMET] 61. The angle between the vector p = i + j + k and unit
(a) A + O+ AO = A (b) A + O+ AO A vector along X-axis is [2014 MHT CET]
(c) A + O+ AO = O (d) None of these (a) cos −1 1 (b) cos −1 1
3 2
54. The value of for which two vectors a = 5i + j+ k 3
−1 1
(c) cos (d) cos −1
and b = i − 2j + k are perpendicular to each other is 2 2
[2011 NEET] 62. Two equal vectors have a resultant equal to either of
(a) 2 (b) -2 the two. The angle between them is
(c) 3 (d) -3 [2014 UK PMT]
55. For any two vectors A and B, if A B = A B , the (a) 90 (b) 60
magnitude of C = A + B is equal to (c) 120 (d) 0
[2011 Haryana PMT] 63. Which of the following is not a vector quantity?
(a) A2 + B2 (b) A + B [2014 KCET]
(a) Weight (b) Nuclear spin
(c) A2 + B2 +
AB (d) A2 + B2 + 2AB (c) Momentum (d) Potential energy
2
64. A force F = 5i + 2j- 5k acts on a particle whose
56. Find the torque of force, F = −3i + 2j + k acting at the
position vector is r = i - 2j + k . What is the torque
point r = 8i + 2j + 3k . (torque = r × F)
about the origin? (torque = r × F) [2014 KCET]
[2011 AMU]
(a) 8i + 10j +12k (b) 8i +10j-12k
(a) 14i - 38j +16k (b) 4i + 4j + 6k
(c) 8i -10j-12k (d) 10i -10j- k
(c) −14i + 38j−16k (d) −4i −17 j + 22k
65. If the magnitude of sum of two vectors is equal to the
57. At what angle must the two forces (x + y) and (x - y) magnitude of difference of the two vectors, the angle
act, so that the resultant may be x 2 + y2 ? ( ) between these vectors is [2016 NEET]
(a) 90 (b) 45
[2011 JCECE]
(c) 180 (d) 0
(a) cos −1 −
(
x 2 + y2 ) (
2 x 2 − y2
(b) cos −1 − 2
) 66. If the figure below represents a parabola, identify the
(
2 x 2 − y2 )
x + y2
physical quantities representing Y and X for constant
acceleration. [2013 KCET]
(c) cos −1 −
(x 2
)
+ y2
(d) cos −1 −
(x 2
)
− y2
(x 2
)
− y 2
(x 2
)
+ y 2
58. Three vectors satisfy the relation A B = 0 and
A C = 0 , then A is parallel to [2012 AFMC]
(a) C (b) B
(c) B C (d) B.C
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 61
(a) X= time, Y= velocity
(b) X= velocity, Y= time
(c) X= time, Y= displacement
(d) X= time, Y= acceleration
67. If the magnitude of sum of two vectors is equal to the
magnitude of difference of the two vectors, the angle
between these vectors is [2016 NEET]
(a) 0 (b) 90
(c) 45 (d) 180
62 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
EXERCISE – 3: Achiever’s Section
Which of the following can be the angles between
1. If a unit vector is represented by 0.5i + 0.8j + ck these vectors?
the value of c is (a) 90°, 135°, 135° (b) 45°, 45°, 90°
(a) 1 (b) 0.11 (c) 30°, 60°, 90° (d) 45°, 90°, 135°
(c) 0.01 (d) 0.39 9. The angle between P + Q and P − Q will be
2. The vector sum of two forces is perpendicular to
their vector differences. In that case, the forces (a) 90° (b) between 0° and 180°
(a) are not equal to each other in magnitude (c) 180° only (d) None of these
(b) cannot be predicted 10. Two vectors of equal magnitude have a resultant
(c) are equal to each other equal to either of them, then the angle between
(d) are equal to each other in magnitude them will be
3. Which one of the following is a scalar quantity? (a) 30° (b) 120°
(a) Displacement (b) Electric field (c) 60° (d) 45°
(c) Acceleration (d) Work 11. A force ( 3i + 4 j) newton acts on a body and
4. What is the dot product of two vectors of
magnitude 3 and 5, if angle between them is 60°? displaces it by ( 3i + 4 j) metre. The work done by
(a) 5.2 (b) 7.5 the force is
(c) 8.4 (d) 8.6 (a) 5 J (b) 25 J
5. Two vectors A and B are such that A + B = C and (c) 10 J (d) 30 J
A2 + B2 = C2 . If 0 is the angle between positive 12. If the vectors P = ai + a j + 3k and Q = ai − 2j − k
direction of A and B then the correct statement is are perpendicular to each other then the positive
2 value of a is
(a) = (b) =
3 (a) zero (b) 1
(c) 2 (d) 3
(c) =0 (d) =
2
13. The angles which the vector A = 3i + 6j + 2k makes
6. Which one is a vector quantity?
with the co-ordinate axes are
(a) Time
3 6 2
(b) Temperature (a) cos−1 , cos−1 and cos −1
7 7 7
(c) Flux density
4 5 3
(d) Magnetic field intensity (b) cos−1 , cos−1 and cos −1
7 7 7
7. Given that P = 12, Q = 5 and R = 13 also
3 4 1
(c) cos−1 , cos−1 and cos −1
P + Q = R, then the angle between P and Q will be 7 7 7
(d) none of the above
(a) π (b)
2 14. Unit vector parallel to the resultant of vectors
A = 4i − 3j and B = 8i + 8j will be
(c) zero (d)
4
24i + 5j 12i + 5 j
8. Given that P + Q + R = 0. Two out of the three (a) (b)
13 13
vectors are equal in magnitude. The magnitude of
the third vector is 2 times that of the other two. 6i + 5j
(c) (d) None of these
13
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 63
15. The value of n so that vectors (c) B C (d) B C
2i + 3j − 2k, 5i + n j + k and −i + 2j + 3k may be 23. The sum of two forces at a point is 16 N. If their
coplanar, will be resultant is normal to the smaller force and has a
magnitude of 8 N. Then two forces are
(a) 18 (b) 28
(a) 6N, 10N (b) 8 N, 8 N
(c) 9 (d) 36
(c) 4 N, 12N (d) 2 N, 14N
16. If a and b are two vectors then the value of
If A B = 3A B, then the value of A + B is
( a + b) (a − b) is 24.
(a) 2 ( b a ) (
(b) −2 b a ) AB 2
1
(a) ( A + B + AB )
2 2 2 (b) A 2 + B2 +
3
(c) b a (d) a b
( )
1
(d) A + B + 3AB
2 2
(c) ( A + B) 2
17. The angle between the two vectors A = 3i + 4j + 5k
25. If the angle between the vectors A and B is ,
and B = 3i + 4j − 5k is
(a) 60° (b) 0°
( )
the value of the product B A A is equal to
(c) 90° (d) None of these (a) BA2 cos θ (b) BA2 sin θ
18. Maximum and minimum values of the resultant of (c) BA2 sin θ cos θ (d) zero
two forces acting at a point are 7 N and 3 N
respectively. The smaller force will be equal to 26. If a vector 2i + 3j + 8k is perpendicular to the
(a) 5 N (b) 4 N vector 4j − 4i + k, then the value of α is
(c) 2 N (d) 1 N
1
(a) –1 (b)
19. The component of vector A = 2i + 3j along the 2
i + j is 1
vector (c) − (d) 1
2
5 10 27. The (x, y, z) coordinates of two points A and B are
(a) (b)
2 2 given respectively as (0, 3, −1) and (−2, 6, 4). The
(c) 5 2 (d) 5 displacement vector from A to B is given by
20. The resultant of two forces 3P and 2P is R. If the (a) −2i + 6j + 4k (b) −2i + 3j + 3k
first force is doubled then the resultant is also
doubled. The angle between the two forces is (c) −2i + 3j + 5k (d) 2i − 3j − 5k
(a) 60° (b) 120°
28. The sum of two vectors A and B is at right
(c) 70° (d) 180°
angles to their difference. Then
21. The resultant of two forces, one double the other
(a) A = B
in magnitude, is perpendicular to the smaller of
the two forces. The angle between the two forces (b) A = 2B
is (c) B = 2A
(a) 120° (b) 60° (d) A and B have the same direction
(c) 90° (d) 150°
29. The vector in the direction of the vector i − 2j + 2k
22. Three vectors satisfy the relation A B = 0 and
that has magnitude 9 is
A C = 0, then A is parallel to
i − 2j + 2k i − 2 j + 2k
(a) C (b) B (a) (b)
3
64 UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
(
(c) 3 i − 2 j + 2k ) (
(d) 9 i − 2 j + 2k )
30. The position vector of the point which divides the
join of points 2a − 3b and a + b in the ratio 3 : 1 is
3a − 2b 7a − 8b
(a) (b)
2 4
3a 5a
(c) (d)
4 4
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS 65
Notes:
Find Answer key and Detailed Solutions at the end of this book
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS &
BASIC MATHEMATICS
65
02
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 66
Chapter 02
Motion In a Straight Line
Important Terms
1. Mechanics 3. While Studying this
It is the branch of Physics, which deals with the study of
motion of physical objects. Mechanics can be broadly Chapter
classified into following branches • We will treat the object as Point mass object
• An object can be considered as a point mass object if
1.1 Statics during the course of motion, it covers distances much
It is the branch of mechanics, which deals with the study of greater than its own size.
physical objects at rest. • We shall confine ourselves to the study of rectilinear
motion
1.2 Kinematics • Rectilinear motion is the study of motion of objects
It is the branch of mechanics, which deals with study of along a straight line.
motion of physical bodies without taking into account the
4. Position, Distance &
factors, which causes motion.
Displacement
1.3 Dynamics
It is the branch of mechanics, which deals with the study of 4.1 Position
motion of physical bodies taking into account the factors • Position of an object is always defined with respect to
which causes motion. some reference point which we generally refer to as
origin.
2. States of Objects
2.1 Rest 4.2 Distance
• An object is said to be at rest if it does not change its • It is the actual path traversed by the body during the
position with respect to the surrounding. course of motion
• The white board in the classroom is at rest with respect • SI unit is ‘m’.
to the classroom • Dimension is [M0L1T0]
2.2 Motion
• An object is said to be in motion if it changes its 4.3 Displacement
position with respect to the surrounding. • It is the shortest path joining initial and final position
• When we walk, run or ride a bike we are in motion of the object.
with respect to the ground. • SI unit is ‘m’
• Dimension is [M0L1T0]
NOTE: • It is a vector quality.
Rest and Motion are relative
Rest and motion depend upon the observer. The Table 2.1: Difference between Distance &
object in one situation may be at rest whereas Displacement
the same object in another situation may be in Distance Displacement
motion. For Example, the driver of a moving car
It is the actual path It is the difference
is in motion with respect to an observer standing
on the ground whereas, the same driver is at rest traversed by the between the initial and
with respect to the man (observer) in the object during the the final positions
passenger’s seat. course of motion. x = x 2 – x1 where,
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Straight line
68 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
x 2 and x1 are final
6. Average velocity and
and initial position
respectively. Average Speed
It is a scalar
It is a vector quantity. 6.1 Average Velocity
quantity.
• It is defined as the change in position or displacement
The distance
travelled by an object
The displacement of an ( x ) divided by the time intervals ( t ) in which the
object may be positive, displacement occurs.
during the course of
negative or, zero
motion is never • SI unit of velocity is m/s, although km/hr is used in
during the course of
negative or zero and many everyday applications
motion.
is always positive • Dimension is [M0L1T-1]
NOTE: 6.2 Average Speed
The distance travelled is never less than • It is defined as the total path length travelled divided
displacement (in magnitude). by the total time interval during which the motion has
Displacement Distance . taken place.
• SI unit is m/s.
• Dimension [M0L1T-1]
NOTE:
If the motion of an object is along a straight line
and in the same direction, the magnitude of 7. Instantaneous Velocity and
displacement is equal to the total path length. In
that case, the magnitude of average velocity is Instantaneous Speed
equal to the average speed. This is not always
the case. 7.1 Instantaneous Velocity
The average velocity tells us how fast an object • It is velocity at an instant of time t. The velocity at an
has been moving over a given interval but does instant is defined as the limit of the average velocity as
not tell us how fast it moves at different instants the time interval t becomes infinitesimally small.
of time during that interval. x
• Instantaneous velocity = lim = dx/dt
t → 0 t
5. Scalar and Vector • The quantity on the right-hand side of equation is the
differential coefficient of x with respect to t and is
Quantities •
denoted by dx/dt.
It is the rate of change of position with respect to time
5.1 Scalar Quantities at that instant.
The physical quantities which have only magnitude but no • SI unit is m/s
direction, are called scalar quantities. • Dimension is [M0L1T-1]
Example: - mass, length, time, distance, speed, work,
temperature. 7.2 Instantaneous Speed
• Instantaneous speed or speed is the magnitude of
5.2 Vector Quantities velocity at any particular instant of time.
The physical quantities which have magnitude as well as • SI unit is m/s
direction, are called vector quantities. • Dimension is [M0L1T-1]
Example: - displacement, velocity, acceleration, force,
momentum, torque
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Straight line
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 69
Table 2.2: Difference between Speed & Velocity • Like velocity, acceleration can also be positive,
negative or zero.
Speed Velocity
It is defined as the total It is defined as the change
path length travelled in position or
NOTE: -
divided by the total displacement divided by We will restrict ourselves to the study of
time interval during the time intervals, in constant acceleration for this chapter. In this
which the motion has which displacement case average acceleration equals the constant
taken place. occurs of. value of acceleration during the interval.
It is a scalar quantity. It is a vector quantity.
It is always positive It may be positive, 9. Kinematics Equations:
during the course of the negative or zero during
motion. the course of the motion.
9.1 Equations of Uniformly Accelerated
It is greater than or Motion
It is less than or equal to If a body starts with velocity (u) and after time t its velocity
equal to the magnitude
the speed. changes to v, if the uniform acceleration is a and the
of velocity.
distance travelled in time t in s, then the following relations
are obtained, which are called equations of uniformly
8. Acceleration accelerated motion.
(i) v = u + at
8.1 Average Acceleration 1
(ii) S = ut + at 2
• The average acceleration over a time interval is 2
defined as the change of velocity divided by the time 2 2
(iii) v = u + 2as
( v2 − v1 ) (iv) Distance travelled in nth second
interval: a = where, v2 and v1 are velocities
( t 2 − t1 ) a
Sn = u + ( 2n − 1)
at time t2 & t1. 2
• It is the average change of velocity per unit time. If a body moves with uniform acceleration and velocity
• SI unit is m/s2. changes from u to v in a time interval, then the velocity at
• Dimension is [M0L1T-2].
the mid point of its path
(u 2
+ v2 )
.
2
8.2 Instantaneous Acceleration
• Instantaneous acceleration is defined in the same way
as the instantaneous velocity:
10. Vertical Motion Under
a = lim
v
Gravity
t → 0 t
If an object is falling freely (u = 0) under gravity, then
= dv / dt
equations of motion
(for very small interval of time dt)
(i) v = u + gt
• SI unit is m/s2
1
• Dimension is [M0L1T-2] (ii) h = ut + gt 2
2
• When the acceleration is uniform, obviously,
(iii) v2 = u2 + 2gh
instantaneous acceleration equals the average
acceleration over that period.
NOTE:
• Since velocity is a quantity having both magnitude and
If an object is thrown upward then g is replaced
direction, a change in the velocity may involve either
by – g in above three equations. It thus follows
or both of these factors.
that
• Acceleration, therefore, may result from a change in
(i) Time taken to reach maximum height
the speed (magnitude), a change in direction or
T=u/g
changes in both.
(ii) Maximum height reached by the body
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Straight line
70 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
h max = u 2 / 2g Graphically it is tangent of curve on given point.
(iii) A ball is dropped from a building of height
h and it reaches after t seconds on earth. From
the same building if two ball are thrown (one
upwards and other downwards) with the same
velocity u and they reach the earth surface after
t1 and t2 seconds respectively, then
t = t1 t 2
(iv) When a body is dropped freely from the top
of the tower and another body is projected
horizontally from the same point, both will reach
the ground at the same time. Fig. 2.2
dy
= slope of tangent on curve between y and x at one
11. Calculus
dx
point. Mathematically that is called differentiation of y with
11.1 Differentiation of a Function respect to x =
dy
If we say y as a function of x then we write dx
y = f (x)
x = Independent variable
y = Dependent variable.
In physics we study variation of a quantity y with respect to
quantity x and we also study rate at which y changes when x
changes.
In physics, first we will study the linear motion of an object
where position of object is represented by x which changes
with time t, then
Fig. 2.1 and that is equal to velocity (magnitude of velocity)
dx
One simple way to see variation of y with x v=
dt
y
Rate of change of y with change in x = v=
dx
x dt
y Above expression will give speed.
Graphically one can see that = tan
x Similarly, when velocity changes with time then we say
Now let’s say x1 approaches to x2 then x → 0 or it will dv
= a acceleration
be very-very small, we write it dx. In that way, y approaches dt
to y2 and y → 0 , written as dy. So, so, we can define
dy Velocity that is rate of change of position with respect
Rate of change of y with respect to x = (at one point)
dx to t.
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Straight line
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 71
Acceleration
respect to t.
that is rate of change of velocity with
12. Increasing and Decreasing
Function
Tips:
If x = f ( t ) 12.1 Increasing Function
Suppose y = f (x) and if x is increasing, y also increases,
dx
v= = x = f (t ) then the function is increasing function. There are two types
dt
of possible graphical variations.
dv d dx d 2 x
a= = = = x = f ( t )
dt dt dt dt 2
11.2 Standard Rules and Formulae of
Differentiation:
1. y = x n y = nx n −1
2. y = c y = cx 0 y = 0
3. y = sin x y = cos x
4. y = cos x y = − sin x
5. y = tan x y = sec 2 x
Fig 2.3
6. y = cot x y = − cosec 2 x 2 1
1 tan 2 tan 1
7. y = n ( x ) y=
x dy dy
8. y = e x y = ex
dx 2 dx 1
9. y = a x y = ax n (x) If slope is increasing that mean first derivative is also
d2 y
increasing, so second derivative should be +ve, 0
Rules dx 2
1. y = f1 ( x ) + f 2 ( x ) y = f1 ( x ) + f 2 ( x )
2. y = cf ( x ) y = cf ( x )
3. y = f1 ( x ) f 2 ( x ) y = f1 ( x ) f 2 ( x ) + f1 ( x ) f 2 ( x )
f1 ( x ) f 2 ( x ) f1 ( x ) − f1 ( x ) f 2 ( x )
4. y = y=
f2 ( x ) f 2 ( x )
2
11.3 Chain Rule
If y = f(z) and z = f(x), then differentiation of y with respect
to x can be given by: Fig. 2.4
dy dy dz 2 1
= f '(z) f '(x ) = tan 2 tan 1
dx dz dx
dy dy
dx 2 dx 1
If slope decreasing that means first derivative is decreasing
that means second derivative will be negative.
d2 y
0
dx 2
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Straight line
72 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
NOTE: 13.1 Applications in Physics:
(i) Increasing graph with decreasing slope will 1.
be Concave downward.
(ii) Increasing graph, with increasing slope will
be Concave upward.
13. Decreasing Graphs
On increasing value of x, y decreases.
There also two types of graphs.
Fig. 2.7
2.
Fig. 2.5
1 2
2
tan 2 tan 1
d2 y
Slope is negative but increasing so 0
dx 2
dy d2 y Fig. 2.8
0, 2 0
dx dx NOTE:
If the graph is parabola, then second derivative
will be constant
x = at 2 + bt + c if a 0
x = 2at + b x 0 and constant
x = 2a if a 0
x 0 and constant
So if acceleration is constant then x and t graph
will be parabola.
(ii) Increasing graph, with increasing slope will
be Concave upward.
Fig. 2.6
1 2
tan 1 tan 2
Slope decreasing and negative so second derivative is
negative.
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Straight line
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 73
14. Maxima Minima of a dy
dx
0
Function d2 y
=0
dx 2
16. Integration
Integration of a function. Let y = f (x) Area of shaded region
of curve is dA = ydx. Total area bounded by curve y = f (x)
x = x2 x2
A= dA = dA
x = x1 x1
That is called area of graph with integration from x1 to x 2 .
x1 = lower limit of integration
Fig. 2.9
x 2 = upper limit of integration
Maxima
(Condition to locate and check point of maxima)
dy
=0
dx
d2 y
0
dx 2 x
1
where x1 is the point of maxima.
Minima
(Condition to locate and check point to minima)
Fig 2.11
dy
=0 x2
dx
d2 y
ydx = Definite Integral
x1
0
dx 2 x
2
where x1 is the point of maxima.
ydx = Indefinite Integral (without limit)
Integration is reverse process of differentiation in which we
find a function for which the given function is the derivative
15. Point of Inflexion of function.
Concavity change at A is known as the point of inflexion.
16.1 Formulae
x n +1
1. x n dx = +c
n +1
1
2. dx = n ( x ) + c
x
3. sin xdx = − cos x + c
4. cos xdx = sin x + c
5. tan xdx = n ( sec x ) + c
6. e x dx = e x + c
Fig. 2.10
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Straight line
74 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
16.2 Rule of Integration
1. dx = x + c
2. cf ( x ) dx = c f ( x ) dx
3. f ( x ) + g ( x ) dx = f ( x ) dx + g ( x ) dx
NOTE:
Like differentiation, rules of substitution are also
applicable to integration as well in a similar
way.
16.3 Applications in Physics
dx
v=
dt
x2 t2
dx = vdt
x1 t1
t2
x 2 − x1 = vdt = Change in position or displacement.
t1
(Area under the curve of v and t graph is displacement)
dv
a=
dt
v t2
dv = adt
u t1
t2
v − u = adt = Change in velocity.
t1
(Area under the curve of a and t graph is change in velocity)
17. Graphs
17.1 Uniform Motion
• In a uniform motion a body covers equal distance in
equal intervals of time.
• Velocity is constant during the course of motion.
• Acceleration is zero during the course of motion.
If we try to represent the same on the number line with
x, v, a on the Y-axis and t on the X-axis then we will
have
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Straight line
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 75
Velocity – Time graph Acceleration – Time graph
Displacement – Time
S.No velocity = Slope of x – t Acceleration = Slope of v – t
graph
graph graph
(i)
nature of slope: zero nature of slope of a – t: zero
nature of slope: positive
magnitude of slope: magnitude of slope: constant
magnitude of slope:
constant
constant
t
(ii)
nature of slope: negative nature of slope: zero
magnitude of slope: nature of slope: zero
magnitude of slope:
constant magnitude of slope: Constant
constant
17.2 Non-Uniform Motion
• In a non-uniform motion, a body covers unequal distances in equal intervals of time.
• Uniformly accelerated motion
• Accelerated motion
• Magnitude of velocity increases or decreases with time
Velocity – Time graph Acceleration – Time graph
Displacement – Time
S. No velocity = Slope of x – Acceleration = Slope of v – t
graph
t graph graph
(i)
(ii)
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Straight line
76 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
(iii)
nature of slope: positive Slope of a - t graph
nature of slope: positive
magnitude of slope: da
magnitude of slope: gives jerk, i.e., J = =0
Increasing constant dt
(iv)
Slope of a - t graph
nature of slope: negative
da
nature of slope: positive magnitude of slope: J= =0
constant gives jerk, i.e., dt
magnitude of slope:
decreasing
(v)
Nature of slope: negative Nature of slope: negative
Nature of slope: negative Magnitude of slope: Magnitude of slope: constant
magnitude of slope: constant
decreasing
(vi)
nature of slope: positive
nature of slope: negative nature of slope: positive magnitude of slope: constant
magnitude of slope: magnitude of slope:
decreasing constant
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Straight line
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 77
NCERT Corner a = lim a = lim
v dv
=
t →0 t
Important Points to Remember
t →0 dt
The acceleration of an object at a particular time is the
slope of the velocity-time graph at that instant of time.
1. An object is said to be in motion if its position changes For uniform motion. acceleration is zero and the x-t
with time. The position of the object can be specified graph is a straight line inclined to the time axis and the
with reference to a conveniently chosen origin. For
v − t graph is a straight line parallel to the time axis.
motion in a straight fine. position to the right of the
For motion with uniform acceleration. x - t graph is a
origin is taken as positive and to the left as negative.
parabola while the v − t graph is a straight line
2. Path length is defined as the total length of the path inclined to the time axis.
traversed by an object.
10. The area under the velocity-time curve between times
3. Displacement is the change in position: x = x 2 − x1 t1 and t2 is equal to the displacement of the object
during that interval of time.
Path length is greater or equal to the magnitude of the
displacement between the same points.
11. For objects in uniformly accelerated rectilinear
motion. the five quantities, displacement x, time taken
4. An object is said to be in uniform motion in a straight
t. Initial velocity v0 , final velocity v and acceleration
line if its displacement is equal in equal intervals of
time. Otherwise, the motion is said to be nonuniform a are related by a set of simple equations called
kinematic equations of motion:
5. Average velocity is the displacement divided by the v = v 0 + at
time Interval in which the displacement occurs: 1 2
x = v0 t + at
x 2
v=
t v 2 = v 02 + 2ax
On an x-t graph. the average velocity over a time
Interval is the slope of the line connecting the initial
and final positions corresponding to that interval.
6. Average Speed is the ratio of total path length
traversed and the corresponding time Interval.
7. Instantaneous velocity or simply velocity is defined as
the limit of the average velocity as the time interval
t becomes infinitesimally small
x dx
v = lim v = lim =
t →0 t →0 t dt
The velocity at a particular instant is equal to the slope
of the tangent drawn on position-time graph at that
instant.
8. Average acceleration is the change in velocity divided
by the time interval during which the change occurs:
v
a=
t
9. Instantaneous acceleration is defined as the limit of
the average acceleration as the time interval at goes to
zero:
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Straight line
78 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
Solved Examples
though average speed over a finite interval of time is
greater or equal to the magnitude of the average
velocity, instantaneous speed at an instant is equal to
Example 1
the magnitude of the instantaneous velocity at that
Figure gives a speed-time graph of a particle in motion
instant.
along a constant direction. Three equal intervals of
time are shown. In which interval is the average
Example 3
acceleration greatest in magnitude? In which interval is
A car moving along a straight highway with speed of
the average speed greatest? Choosing the positive
126 km h-1 is brought to a stop within a distance of 200
direction as the constant direction of motion, give the
m. What is the retardation of the car (assumed
signs of v and in the three intervals. What are the
uniform), and how long does it take for the car to stop?
accelerations at the points A, B, C and D?
[NCERT]
[NCERT]
5
Sol. Given u = 126km / h = 126 m / s = 35m / s
18
S = 200 and v = 0
As v 2 − u 2 = 2as
0 − ( 35) = 2a 200
2
− ( 35)
2
a= = −3.06 m / s 2
400
Sol. Acceleration magnitude greatest in 2; speed greatest in Also, v = u + at
3; v > 0 in 1, 2 and 3; a > 0 in 1 and 3, a < 0 in 2; a = 0 v − u 0 − 35
t= = = 11.4s
at A, B, C, D. a −3.06
Example 2 Example 4
The position of an object moving along x-axis is given The position-time (x-t) graphs for two children A and
by x = a + bt2 , where a = 8.5 m, b = 2.5 ms–2 and t is B returning from their school O to their homes P and
measured in seconds. What is its velocity at t = 0 s and Q respectively are shown in Figure. Choose the correct
t = 2.0 s.? What is the average velocity between t = 2.0 entries in the brackets below.
s and t = 4.0 s?
[NCERT]
Sol. In notation of differential calculus, the velocity is
v=
dx d
=
dt dt
( )
a + bt 2 = 2bt = 5.0tms −1
At t = 0 s, v = 0 m s −1 and at t = 2.0 s,
x(4.0) − x(2.0)
v = 10 m s −1 . Average veloctty = From
4.0 − 2.0
a + 16b − a − 4b
= = 6.0 b
2.0 (a) (A/B) lives closer to the school than (B/A)
= 6.0 2.5 = 15 m s −1 (b) (A/B) starts from the school earlier than (B/A)
this we note that during the period t =10 s to 18 s the (c) (A/B) walks faster than (B/A)
velocity is constant. Between the period t =18 s to t = (d) A and B reach home at the (same/different) time
20 s, it is uniformly decreasing and during the period t (e) (A/B) overtakes (B/A) on the road (once/twice).
= 0 s to t = 10 s, it is increasing. Note that for uniform [NCERT]
motion, velocity is the same as the average velocity at Sol. (a) A....B, (b) A....B, (c) B....A, (d) Same, (e)
all instants. Instantaneous speed or simply speed is the B....A....once.
magnitude of velocity. For example, a velocity of +
24.0 m s–1 and a velocity of – 24.0 ms–1, both have an
associated speed of 24.0 ms-1. It should be noted that
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 79
Example 5 v A = 72 km / hr
Explain clearly, with examples, the distinction = 20 m / s
between:
v B = 72 km / hr
(a) Magnitude of displacement (sometimes called
= 20 m / s
distance) over an interval of time, and the total length
of path covered by a particle over the same interval; a A = 0 m / s 2 , a B = 1m / s 2
Let initially A is ahead of B by distance d.
(b) Magnitude of average velocity over an interval of time, Let SB and SA are the distance travelled by trains B
and the average speed over the same interval. (Average
and A in 50 s .
speed of a particle over an interval of time is defined
as the total path length divided by the time interval). SB − SA = d
Show in both (a) and (b) that the second quantity is Now,
either greater than or equal to the first. When is the 1
SA = v A t + a A t 2
equality sign true? [For simplicity, consider one 2
dimensional motion only] 1
[NCERT] = 20 50 + 0 50 2
2
Sol. (a) Suppose a particle goes from point A to B along a = 1000 m
straight path and returns to A along the same path. The
and,
magnitude of the displacement of the particle is zero,
1
because the particle has returned to its initial position. SB = v B t + a B t 2
2
The total length of path covered by the particle is AB
1
+ BA = AB + AB = 2 AB. Thus, the second quantity is = 20 50 + 1 502
2
greater than the first,
= 2250 m
(b) Suppose, in the above example, the particle takes
time t to cover the whole journey. Then, the magnitude d = SB − S A
of the average velocity of the particle over time- = 2250 − 1000
interval t is = Magnitude of displacement /Time- = 1250 m
interval =0/t =0 While the average speed of the particle d = 1250 m
over the same time- interval is = Total path length
/Time-interval = 2 AB /t. Again, the second quantity Example 7
(average speed) is greater than the first (magnitude of Figure shows the x-t plot of one-dimensional motion
average velocity). of a particle. Is it correct to say from the graph that the
NOTE: particle moves in a straight line for t < 0 and on a
In both the above cases, the two quantities are parabolic path for t > 0? If not, suggest a suitable
equal if the particle moves from one point to physical context for this graph.
another along a straight path in the same [NCERT]
direction only.
Example 6
Two trains A and B of length 400 m each are moving
on two parallel tracks with a uniform speed of 72 km
h–1 in the same direction, with A ahead of B. The
driver of B decides to overtake A and accelerates by 1
m s–2. If after 50 s, the guard of B just brushes past the
driver of A, what was the original distance between
them?
Sol. It is not correct to say that the particle moves in a
[NCERT]
straight line for t < 0 (i.e., -ve) and on a parabolic path
Sol. Given,
for t > 0 (i.e., + ve), because the x-t graph cannot show
the path of the particle. For the graph, a suitable
80 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
physical context can be the particle thrown from the
top of a tower at the instant t =0.
Example 8
A player throws a ball upwards with an initial speed of
29.4 m s–1.
(a) What is the direction of acceleration during the
upward motion of the ball?
(b) What are the velocity and acceleration of the ball at
the highest point of its motion?
(c) Choose the x = 0 m and t = 0 s to be the location
and time of the ball at its highest point, vertically
downward direction to be the positive direction of x-
axis, and give the signs of position, velocity and
acceleration of the ball during its upward, and Sol. All the four graphs are impossible.
downward motion. (a) a particle cannot have two different positions at the
(d) To what height does the ball rise and after how same time.
long does the ball return to the player’s hands? (Take g (b) a particle cannot have velocity in opposite
= 9.8 m s–2 and neglect air resistance). directions at the same time.
[NCERT] (c) speed is always non-negative.
Sol. (a) Vertically downwards. (d) total path length of a particle can never decrease
(b) zero velocity, acceleration of 9.8 ms-2 downwards. with time. (Note, the arrows on the graphs are
(c) x > 0 (upward and downward motion); v < 0 meaningless).
(upward), v > 0 (downward), a > 0 throughout; (d)
44.1 m, 6 s. Example 11
What is common between the two graphs shown in
Example 9 figs. (a) and (b)?
Read each statement below carefully and state with
reasons and examples, if it is true or false.
A particle in one-dimensional motion
(a) with zero speed at an instant may have non-zero
acceleration at that instant
(b) with zero speed may have non-zero velocity,
(c) with constant speed must have zero acceleration,
(d) with a positive value of acceleration must be Sol. Both these graphs represent that the velocity is
speeding up. negative.
[NCERT]
Sol. (a) True; (b) False; (c) True (if the particle rebounds Example 12
instantly with the same speed, it implies infinite A particle is moving with velocity of 4 m/s along +ve
acceleration which is unphysical); (d) False (true only X direction, an acceleration of 1 m/s2 is acted on the
when the chosen positive direction is along the particle along –ve X direction. Find the distance
direction of motion). travelled by the A particle is moving with velocity of 4
m/s along +ve X direction, an acceleration of 1 m/s2 is
Example 10 acted on the particle along –ve X direction. Find the
Look at the graphs (a) to (d) (Fig.) carefully and state, distance travelled by the particle in 10 s
with reasons, which of these cannot possibly represent (a) 10 m (b) 26 m
one-dimensional motion of a particle. (c) 16 m (d) 8 m
[NCERT] Ans. (b)
Sol. v = u + at
a = –1 m/s2 ; u = 4
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 81
Using v = u + at; Example 15
v = 4 + (–1) t = 0 At t = 4 it stops A car travels 40 km at an average speed of 80 km/h
v = 4 – t ; for graph t < 0, v = 4 and then travels 40 km at an average speed of 40 km/h.
t = 4, v = 0 The average speed of the car for the whole 80 km trip,
t < 10, v = – 6 is
We know that distance is equal to the area under v-t (a) 60 km/h
curve as shown: (b) 53 km/h
(c) 80 km/h
(d) 48 km/h
Ans: (b)
Sol. Time for first 40 km distance,
distance
Time =
speed
Time t 2 for second 40 km distance
40
1 1 t2 = t2
Distance = 4 4 + 6 6 40
2 2 t 2 = 1h
= 8 +18
Total time,
S = 26 m
t = t1 + t 2
1
Example 13 t= +1
Under what condition the magnitude of the average 2
velocity of a particle is equal to the average speed? 3
t= h
2
Sol. The magnitude of the average velocity of a particle is Average speed of car for 80 km distance,
equal to the average speed if it moves with constant
velocity. total distance
=
total time
Example 14 80
=
A body falls freely from rest. It covers as much 3
distance in the last second of its motion as covered in 2
the first three seconds. The body has fallen for a time 160
=
of 3
(a) 3 s (b) 5 s = 53.33kmh −1
(c) 7 s (d) 9 s
Ans: (b) Example 16
a 1 2 Is the acceleration of a car greater when the accelerator
Sol. Sn = ut + (2n − 1);S = ut + at
2 2 is pushed to the floor or when the brake pedal is
g 1 pushed hard?
u + (2n − 1) = u(3) + g(3) 2
2 2
Sol. The acceleration of the car is greater when the brake
u=0 pedal is pushed hard because the car comes to rest
10 10 suddenly i. e. the rate of change of velocity of the car
(2n − 1) = 9
2 2 is large in this case, so the acceleration.
2n = 10 n = 5sec
82 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
Example 17 dv dv dx
A stone is thrown vertically upwards from the surface a= =
dt dx dt
of Earth. What is the direction of the velocity and
dx
acceleration of the stone? =v
(a) on its upward motion dt
(b) on its downward motion? vdv
a=
dx
Sol. (a) Velocity is vertically upward and acceleration is dv
vertically downward. = 2x − 5;
dx
(b) Both velocity and acceleration are vertically
a = (2x − 5)v
downward.
if v = o, then a = o
Example 18
Why is the following graph not possible for the motion Example 21
of a particle moving along a straight line? A draw velocity-time graph for a body which
(i) accelerates uniformly from rest,
(ii) then moves with a uniform velocity and
(iii) finally retarded uniformly.
Sol. The required velocity-time graph is shown in Fig. here
Sol. This is because here the path length decreases with
time while it must either increase or must remain
constant.
Example 19
Prove that the average velocity of a particle over an
interval of time is either smaller than or equal to the (i) OA part of the graph represents the uniformly
average speed of the particle over the same interval. accelerated motion of the body.
Sol. Average velocity is defined as the ratio of the total (ii) AB part of the graph represents motion with
displacement to the total time. Average speed is uniform velocity.
defined as the ratio of the total distance to the total (iii) BC part of the graph represents motion with
time. Since displacement is less than or equal to the uniform retardation of the body.
distance, therefore the average velocity is less than or
equal to the average speed. Example 22
Assertion: Plotting the acceleration–time graph from a
Example 20 given position–time graph of a particle moving along a
The velocity of a particle moving along the x–axis is straight line is possible.
given as v = x2 – 5x + 4 (in m/s) where x denotes the Reason: From position–time graph only the sign of
x–coordinate of the particle in metres. Find the acceleration can be determined but no information can
magnitude of acceleration of the particle when the be concluded about the magnitude of acceleration.
velocity of the particle is zero? (a) Assertion is True, Reason is True; Reason is a
(a) 0 m/s2 correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) 2 m/s2 (b) Assertion is True, Reason is True; Reason is NOT
(c) 3 m/s2 a correct explanation for Assertion.
(d) none of these (c) Assertion is True, Reason is False.
Ans: (a) (d) Assertion is False, Reason is True.
Ans: (d)
Sol. v = x 2 − 5x + 4
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 83
Sol. The slope of a position time graph will give the x1 (t) = 3.5 – 2.7 t3
velocity of the particle, (slope is first derivative). By x2 (t) = 3.5 + 2.7 t3
finding the second derivative, we will find the x3 (t) = 3.5 – 2.7 t2
minima/maxima of the curve, which will be a point x4 (t) = 3.4 – 2.4 t – 2.7 t2
above or below the X-axis (gives the sign of the Which of these particles is/are speeding up for t > 0?
acceleration). No other information can be derived (a) All the four
about acceleration from the position time graph. (b) only 1
(c) only 2 and 3
(d) 2, 3 and 4 only
Example 23 Ans: (a)
What do you understand about positive and negative dx
times? Sol. Check for v =
dt
dv d 2 x
Check for acceleration a = =
Sol. The origin of time is called zero time. The instant of
for all the
time which is after the origin of time is called positive dt dt 2
time and the instant of, which is taken before the origin equations:
of time is called negative time. If both v and a have the same sign, then the particle is
accelerating
Example 24 dx
A person travels along a straight road for the first half v1 = 1 = −8.1t 2 ;
dt
d ( −8.1t 2 )
time with a velocity v1 and the next half time with a
dv
velocity v2. The mean velocity of the man is a1 = 1 = = −16.2t
2 1 1 dt dt
(a) = + dx
V v1 v 2 v 2 = 2 = 8.1t 2 ;
dt
v1 + v 2 d ( 8.1t 2 )
(b) V = dv
2 a2 = 2 = = 16.2t
dt dt
(c) V = v1 v 2 dx
v3 = 3 = −5.4t;
dt
v1
(d) V = dv d
a 3 = 3 = (−5.4t) = −5.4
v2 dt dt
Ans: (b) dx
v 4 = 4 = −2.4 − 5.4t;
dt
Sol. In first half time, distance, dv 4 d
a4 = = (−2.4 − 5.4t) = −5.4
dt dt
In second half time,
Now mean velocity,
Example 25
Four particles are moving along X–axis. Their
coordinates (in meters) as function of time (in seconds)
are given by
84 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
EXERCISE – 1: Basic Objective Questions
Distance and Displacement 1
(c) m (d) 8 m
2
1. Which of the following is one-dimensional motion?
(a) Motion of train running on a straight track 7. A particle moves along the X–axis from xi to xf. Of the
(b) Motion of satellite following values of the initial and final coordinates,
(c) Motion of air particle which results in the displacement with the largest
(d) Motion of snake magnitude?
(a) xi = 4 m, xf = 6 m
2. If the displacement of a particle is zero, then what can (b) xi = –4 m, xf = – 8 m
we say about its distance covered (c) xi = 4 m, xf = – 2 m
(a) It must be zero (d) xi = –4 m, xf = 4 m
(b) It cannot be zero
(c) It is negative 8. A body moves 6 m north, 8 m south. What is its
(d) It may or may not be zero resultant displacement from initial position (only
magnitude)?
3. Assertion: Displacement of a body may be zero when (a) 14 m (b) 10 m
distance travelled by it is not zero. (c) 6 m (d) 2m
Reason: The displacement is the longest distance
between initial and final position. 9. The location of a particle has changed. What can we
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the say about the displacement and the distance covered
Reason is the correct explanation of the Assertion by the particle?
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason (a) Both cannot be zero
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion (b) One of the two may be zero
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false (c) Both must be zero
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false (d) If one is positive, the other is negative and vice
versa
4. Assertion: Displacement of a body is the vector sum
of the area under velocity– time graph. 10. A boy stops after travelling 3 km towards east and then
Reason: Displacement is a vector quantity. goes 4 km towards north along a plane road. The
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the resultant displacement of the boy is (only magnitude)
Reason is the correct explanation of the Assertion (a) 7 km (b) 4 km
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason (c) 5 km (d) 15 km
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false 11. A man goes 10 m towards north, then 20 m towards
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false east then displacement is
(a) 22.5 m (b) 25 m
5. The numerical ratio of displacement to distance for a (c) 25.5 m (d) 30 m
moving object is
(a) equal to or less than 1 12. An athlete completes one round of a circular track of
(b) always equal to 1 radius R in 40 sec. What will be his displacement at
(c) always less than 1 the end of the round?
(d) always more than 1 (a) Zero (b) 2R
(c) 2πR (d) 7πR
6. A Body moves 6 m north and 2 m south, what is its
resultant displacement from initial position?
(a) 3 2m (b) 4 m
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 85
13. An athlete completes one round of a circular track of 19. Assertion: The speed of a body can be negative.
radius R in 40 seconds. What will be his displacement Reason: If the body is moving in the opposite
at the end of 2 minutes 20 seconds? direction of positive motion, then its speed is negative.
(a) Zero (b) 2R (a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the
(c) 2πR (d) 7πR Reason is the correct explanation of the Assertion
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason
14. A body moves over one fourth of a circular arc in a is not the correct explanation of the Assertion
circle of radius R. The distance travelled will be (c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false
respectively: (d) Both Assertion and Reason are false
R
(a) (b) πR
2 20. The distance travelled by a body is directly
(c) R (d) R proportional to the time taken, its speed
(a) remains constant
15. A body moves over one fourth of a circular arc in a (b) decreases
circle of radius R. The magnitude of displacement will (c) increases
be respectively (d) becomes zero
R
(a) R 2 (b) 21. The ratio of the numerical values of the average
4
velocity and average speed of a body is
R (a) unity or less
(c) (d) R
2 (b) less than unity
(c) unity
16. A wheel of radius 1 meter rolls forward a revolution (d) unity or more
on a horizontal ground. The magnitude of the
displacement of the point of the wheel initially in 22. The dimensional formula for speed is
contact with the ground is (a) T-1 (b) LT-1
(a) 2π (b) 2 -1 -1
(c) L T (d) L-1T
(c) +42
(d) 0
23. The average speed of a moving object during a given
interval of time is always
Speed and Velocity (a) the magnitude of its average velocity over the
interval
17. Velocity (b) one–half its speed at the end of the interval
(a) can be zero
(c) distance covered during the time interval divided
(b) cannot be zero
by the time interval
(c) is always zero (d) its acceleration multiplied by the time interval
(d) None of the above
24. One car moving on a straight road covers one third of
18. Assertion: An object can have constant speed but
the distance with 20 km/hr and the rest with 60 km/hr.
variable velocity.
The average speed is
Reason: Speed is a scalar, but velocity is a vector (a) 40 km/hr (b) 80 km/hr
quantity.
2
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the (c) 46 km/hr (d) 36 km/hr
Reason is the correct explanation of the Assertion 3
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion 25. A train has a speed of 60 km/h for the first one hour
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false and 40 km/h for the next half hour. Its average speed in
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false km/h is
(a) 50 (b) 53.33
(c) 48 (d) 70
86 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
26. A car travels half the distance with constant velocity of 31. If a car covers 2/5th of the total distance with v1 speed
40 kmph and the remaining half with a constant and 3/5th distance with v 2 then average speed is
velocity of 60 kmph. The average velocity of the car in
kmph is 1 v1 + v 2
(a) v1 v 2 (b)
(a) 40 (b) 45 2 2
(c) 48 (d) 50 2v1 v 2 5v1 v 2
(c) (d)
v1 + v 2 3v1 + 2v 2
27. Consider the following statements and select the
incorrect statements. 32. A car travels first half the distance between two places
I. The magnitude of instantaneous velocity of a with a speed of 30 km/h and the remaining half with a
particle is equal to its instantaneous speed. speed of 80 km/h. The average speed of the car is
II. The magnitude of the average velocity in an (a) 35 km/h (b) 43.6 km/h
interval is equal to its average speed in that (c) 37.5 km/h (d) 48 km/h
interval.
III. It is possible to have a situation in which the 33. Mark the correct statements:
speed of the particle is never zero but the average (a) The magnitude of the velocity of a particle is equal
speed in an interval is zero. to its speed.
IV. It is possible to have a situation in which the (b) The magnitude of average velocity in an interval is
speed of the particle is zero but the average speed equal to its average speed in that interval.
in not zero. (c) It is possible to have a situation in which the speed
(a) II, III and IV (b) II and III of a particle is always zero, but the average speed is
(c) I and II (d) IV only not zero.
(d) It is possible to have a situation in which the speed
28. A car travels first half the distance between two places of the particle is never zero but the average speed
with a speed of 30km/h and the remaining half with a in an interval is zero.
speed of 50km/h. The average speed of the car is:
(a) 45 km/h (b) 42.8 km/h 34. A person completes half of journey with speed v1 and
(c) 37.5 km/h (d) km/h
rest half with speed v 2 . The average speed of the
29. A body moves over one fourth of a circular arc in a person is
circle of radius R with 4 m/s, second fourth with 6 m/s, v1 + v 2 2v1 v 2
(a) v = (b) v =
third fourth with 2 m/s and the last fourth with 3 m/s. 2 v1 + v 2
What is his average velocity?
(d) v = v1 v 2
v1 v 2
(a) 0 (b) 7.5 m/s (c) v =
v1 + v 2
(c) 3.9 m/s (d) None of these
30. In 1.0 s, a particle goes from point A to point B, Acceleration
moving in a semicircle (as shown in the figure). The
magnitude of the average velocity is 35. Assertion: A positive acceleration of a body can be
associated with a ‘slowing down’ of the body.
Reason: Acceleration is a vector quantity.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the
Reason is the correct explanation of the Assertion
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false
(a) 3.14 m/s (b) 2.0 m/s
(c) 1.0 m/s (d) zero
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 87
36. Assertion: A negative acceleration of a body can be (c) True for non-uniform motion
associated with a ‘speeding up’ of the body. (d) False
Reason: Increase in speed of a moving body is
independent of its direction of motion. Kinematic Equations
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the
Reason is the correct explanation of the Assertion 41. If a particle has negative velocity and negative
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason acceleration, its speed
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion (a) increases (b) decreases
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false (c) remains same (d) zero
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false
42. A block is released from rest at the top of a frictionless
37. Assertion: Straight line motion is the natural tendency inclined plane 16 m long. It reaches the bottom 4 sec
of the body. later. The acceleration of each block on the incline is :
Reason: Motion in a straight line is an example of (a) 1 m/s2 (b) 2 m/s2
motion in one dimension. (c) 4 m/s 2
(d) 9.8 m/s2
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the
Reason is the correct explanation of the Assertion 43. A block starts accelerating at 5 m/s2 from rest on the
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason frictionless surface. Calculate the distance travelled by
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion the block in the first 4 seconds?
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false (a) 20 m (b) 40 m
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false (c) 80 m (d) 120 m
38. Assertion: A body can have acceleration even if its 44. Find the total displacement of a body in 8 s starting
velocity is zero at a given instant of time. from rest with an acceleration of 20 cm/s2 :
Reason: A body is at rest when it reverses its direction (a) 64 m (b) 64 cm
of motion. (c) 640 cm (d) 0.064 m
(a) If both assertion and reason are correct and reason
is the correct explanation of assertion 45. The instantaneous velocity of a body can be measured
(b) If both assertion and reason are true but reason is (a) Graphically (b) Vectorially
not the correct explanation of assertion. (c) By speedometer (d) Both (a) and (c)
(c) If assertion is true but reason is false
(d) If both assertion and reason are false 46. The initial velocity of the particle is 10 m/sec and its
(e) If assertion is false but reason is true retardation is 2m / sec2. The distance moved by the
particle in 5th second of its motion is
39. Assertion: A body with constant acceleration always (a) 1m (b) 19m
moves along a straight line. (c) 50m (d) 75m
Reason: A body with constant acceleration may not
speed up. 47. A particle covers 150 m in 8th second starting from
(a) If both assertion and reason are correct and reason rest, its acceleration is :
is the correct explanation of assertion (a) 15 m/s2 (b) 20 m/s2
(b) If both assertion and reason are true but reason is (c) 10 m/s 2
(d) 8 m/s2
not the correct explanation of assertion.
(c) If assertion is true but reason is false 48. A particle moves in a straight line with a constant
(d) If both assertion and reason are false acceleration. It changes its velocity from 10 m/s to 20
(e) If assertion is false but reason is true m/s while passing through a distance 135 m in t
second. The value of t is
40. A positive acceleration always corresponds to the (a) 10 (b) 1.8
speeding up and a negative acceleration always (c) 12 (d) 9
corresponds to the speeding down.
(a) True
(b) False only when motion is uniform.
88 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
49. Find the total displacement of a body in 10 s starting (c) infinite (d) none of these
from rest with an acceleration of 0.4 cm/s2:
(a) 14 m (b) 4 cm 56. A bullet fired into a fixed target loses half of its
(c) 20 cm (d) 0.02 cm velocity after penetrating 3 cm. How much further it
will penetrate before coming to rest assuming that it
50. A ball is thrown vertically upwards with a velocity of faces constant resistance to motion?
20 ms-1 from the top of a multi storey building. The (a) 1.5 cm (b) 1.0 cm
height of the point where the ball is thrown 25 m from (c) 3.0 cm (d) 2.0 cm
the ground. How high will the ball rise from the
ground? Take g = 10 ms-2. 57. The initial velocity of a particle is u (at t = 0) and the
(a) 45 cm (b) 20 cm acceleration is given by f = at. Which of the following
(c) 10 cm (d) 25 cm relations is valid?
t2
51. A ball is thrown vertically upwards with a velocity of (a) v = u + at 2 (b) v = u + a
2
20 ms-1 from the top of a multi storey building. The
(c) v = u + at (d) v = u
height of the point where the ball is thrown 25 m from
the ground. How long will it be before the ball hits the
58. An alpha particle enters a hollow tube of 4 m length
ground? Take g = 10 ms-2.
with an initial speed of 1 km/s. It is accelerated in the
(a) t = 5s (b) t = 10s
tube and comes out of it with a speed of 9 km/s. The
(c) t = 15s (d) t = 20s
time for which it remains inside the tube is
52. A 150 m long train is moving with a uniform velocity (a) 8 10 −3 s (b) 80 10 −3 s
of 45 km/h. The time taken by the train to cross a (c) 800 10−3 s (d) 8 10 −4 s
bridge of length 850 meters is
(a) 56 sec (b) 68 sec 59. The engine of a motorcycle can produce a maximum
(c) 80 sec (d) 92 sec acceleration of 5 m/s2. Its brakes can produce a
maximum retardation of 10 m/s2. What is the
53. A boogie of a uniformly moving train is suddenly minimum time in which it can cover a distance of 1.5
detached from the train and stops after covering some km
distance. The distance covered by the boggy and (a) 30 sec (b) 15 sec
distance covered by the train in the same time has (c) 10 sec (d) 5 sec
relation
(a) Both will be equal 60. A car accelerates from rest at a constant rate for the
(b) First will be half of second first 10 s and covers a distance x. It covers a distance y
(c) First will be 1/4 of second in next 10 s at the same acceleration. Which of the
(d) No definite ratio following is true?
(a) x = 3y (b) y = 3x
54. A bucket is placed in the open where the rain is falling (c) x = y (d) y = 2x
vertically. If a wind begins to blow at double the
velocity of the rain, how will the rate of filling of the 61. The displacement of the body is given to be
bucket change? proportional to the cube of time elapsed. The
(a) Remains unchanged magnitude of the acceleration of the body is:
(b) Doubled (a) decreasing with time
(c) Halved (b) increasing with time
(d) Becomes four times (c) constant but not zero
(d) zero
55. A particle is moving along the X–axis whose
acceleration is given by a = 3x – 4, where x is the
location of the particle. At t = 0, the particle is at rest at
x = 4/3. The distance travelled by the particle in 5 s is
(a) zero (b) 42m
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 89
62. Body A starts from rest with an acceleration a1. After 2 70. The mass of the ship is 2 × 107 kg. On applying a force
s, another body B starts from rest with an acceleration of 25 × 105 N, it is displaced through 25 m. After this
a2. If they travel equal distances in 5 s after the start of displacement, the ship acquires a speed of:
A, the ratio a1 : a2 will be equal to : (Hint: a = F/m)
(a) 9 : 25 (b) 5 : 7 (a) 15.5 m/s (b) 5.8 m/s
(c) 5 : 9 (d) 7 : 9 (c) 3.7 m/s (d) 2.5 m/s
63. A particle starts its motion from rest under the action Vertical Motion Under Gravity
of a constant force. If the distance covered in first 10 s
is s1 and that covered in the first 20 s is s2, then 71. A stone is dropped from a certain height which can
(a) s2 = 2s1 (b) s2 = 3s1 reach the ground in 5 s. While falling its speed will
(c) s2 = 4s1 (d) s2 = s1 ____ time.
(a) increase (b) decrease
64. Speed of two identical cars are u and 4u at a specific (c) remains same (d) depends on its mass
instant. The ratio of the respective distances in which
the two cars are stopped from that instant is 72. A hollow iron ball (A) and a solid iron ball (B) and
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 4 cricket ball (C) are dropped from the same height.
(c) 1 : 8 (d) 1 : 16 Which among the three balls reaches the ground first?
Assuming there is no resistance due to air.
65. What determines the nature of the path followed by a (a) A
particle? (b) B
(a) Velocity (b) Speed (c) C
(c) Acceleration (d) None of these (d) All the three balls reach ground simultaneously
66. A particle is moving on the X–axis. When the X– 73. When a body is dropped from a tower, then there is an
component of its acceleration is +ve and increasing increase in its
(a) X–component of its velocity must be +ve (a) mass (b) speed
(b) X–component of its velocity must be –ve (c) acceleration (d) potential energy
(c) it may be speeding up
(d) it must be slowing down 74. A ball thrown upward reaches a height and comes back
downward. Out of the following statements, which one
67. A bus is moving at a speed of 10 ms–1 on a straight is true for displacement?
road. A scooterist wishes to overtake the bus in 100 s. (a) It varies continuously but never changes the sign
If the bus is at a distance of 1 km from the scooterist, (b) It varies continuously with being maximum in the
with what speed should the scooterist chase the bus? beginning, in the beginning and being zero at the
(a) 20 ms–1 (b) 40 ms–1 top.
–1
(c) 25 ms (d) 10 ms–1 (c) It remains constant throughout the course of the
journey
68. A particle covers 150 m in 8th second starting from (d) It only changes the sign when the ball is at the top
rest, its acceleration is:
(a) 15 m/s2 (b) 20 m/s2 75. The total vertical distance covered by a freely falling
(c) 10 m/s2 (d) 8 m/s2 body in a given time is directly proportional to
(a) time
69. A bus starts from rest with an acceleration of 1 m/s2. A (b) square of time
man who is 48 m behind the bus starts with a uniform (c) square of acceleration due to gravity
velocity of 10 m/s. Then the minimum time after (d) product of the time and acceleration due to gravity
which the man will catch the bus:
(a) 4 s (b) 10 s 76. If an object is shown vertically up with the initial
(c) 12 s (d) 8 s speed u from the ground, then the time taken by the
object to return back to ground is
(a) u2/2g (b) u2/g
90 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
(c) u/2g (d) 2u/g (a) 25 m (b) 45 m
(c) 90 m (d) 125 m
77. A ball of mass m is thrown straight upward from the
top of a multi-storey building with an initial velocity of 85. A body projected vertically upwards with a velocity u
+15 m/s . Find out the time taken by the ball to reach returns to the starting point in 4 seconds. If g = 10
its maximum height? m/sec2, the value of u is
(a) 25 s (b) 15 s (a) 5 m/sec (b) 10 m/sec
(c) 10 s (d) 1.5 s (c) 15 m/sec (d) 20 m/sec
78. When a ball is thrown vertically upwards, it reaches a 86. If a body is thrown up with the velocity of 15 m/s then
maximum height of 5m. The initial velocity of the ball maximum height attained by the body is
was? (g = 10 m/s2)
(a) 5 m/s (b) 50 m/s (a) 11.25 m (b) 16.2 m
(c) 10 m/s (d) 25 m/s (c) 24.5 m (d) 7.62 m
79. A man slides down a snow-covered hill along a curved 87. If a ball is thrown vertically upwards with speed u, the
path and falls 20 m below his initial position. The distance covered during the last t seconds of its ascent
velocity in m/sec with which he finally strikes the is
ground is? (g = 10 m/sec2) 1 2 1 2
(a) 20 (b) 400 (a) gt (b) ut − gt
2 2
(c) 200 (d) 40
(c) ( u – gt ) t (d) ut
80. A ball is thrown vertically upwards with a velocity of
20 m/s from ground. Take g = 10m/sec 2 during the 88. A man drops a ball down from the roof of a tower of
motion. Find out the acceleration of the ball during the height 400 meters. At the same time another ball is
motion? thrown upside with a velocity 50 meter/sec from the
(a) 0 m / sec2 (b) 10 m / sec2 surface of the tower, then they will meet at which
(c) 20 m / sec 2
(d) 30 m / sec2 height from the surface of the tower
(a) 100 meters (b) 320 meters
81. A ball is thrown vertically upwards with a speed of (c) 80 meters (d) 240 meters
30ms-1. The equation for velocity is(Take g = 10ms-2 )
(a) v = 30 + 10t (b) v = 30 – 10t 89. By which velocity can a ball be projected vertically
(c) v = – 10t (d) v = 10t upwards if the distance covered by it in 5th second is
twice the distance it covers in its 6th second?
82. By what velocity, a ball be projected vertically (g = 10 m/s2)
upwards so that the distance covered in 5th second is (a) 58.8 m/s (b) 49 m/s
twice of that covered in 6th second? (c) 65 m/s (d) 19.6 m/s
(g = 10 m/s2)
(a) 40 m/s (b) 65 m/s 90. A body falls from rest, its velocity at the end of first
(c) 50 m/s (d) 60 m/s second is ( g = 32 ft / sec2 )
(a) 16 ft/sec (b) 32 ft/sec
83. A ball is thrown vertically upwards with a velocity of (c) 64 ft/sec (d) 24 ft/sec
20 m/s from ground. Take g = 10m/sec 2 during the
motion. Find out the time taken by the ball to reach at 91. A body is thrown vertically up from the ground. It
maximum height. reaches the maximum height of 100 m in 5 sec. After
(a) 1 sec (b) 3 sec what time it will reach the ground from the maximum
(c) 2 sec (d) 4 sec height position
(a) 1.2 sec (b) 5 sec
84. A body falls from rest freely under gravity. The (c) 10 sec (d) 25 sec
distance travelled in the fifth second of its motion is (g
= 10 m/s2)
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 91
92. A body freely falling from the rest has a velocity ‘v’ 99. A stone is dropped from a certain height which can
after it falls through a height ‘h’. The distance it has to reach the ground in 5 s. If the stone is stopped after 3 s
fall down for its velocity to become double, is of its fall and then allowed to fall again, then the time
(a) 2h (b) 4h taken by the stone to reach the ground for the
(c) 6h (d) 8h remaining distance is:
(a) 3 s (b) 4 s
93. A stone is shot straight upward with a speed of 20 (c) 2 s (d) none of these
m/sec from a tower 200 m high. The speed with which
it strikes the ground is approximately 100. A ball is dropped from a bridge 10 m high. After the
(a) 60 m/sec (b) 65 m/sec first ball has fallen for 1 s, a second ball is thrown
(c) 70 m/sec (d) 75 m/sec straight down after it, what must the initial velocity of
the second ball be, so that both the balls hit the surface
94. From the top of a tower, a particle is thrown vertically on water at the same time? (Use g = 9.8 m/s–2)
downwards with a velocity of 10 m/s. The ratio of the (a) 17.6 m/s (b) 9.8 m/s
distances, covered by it in the 3rd and 2nd seconds of (c) 55.5 m/s (d) 49 m/s
the motion is
(Take g = 10 m/s2) 101. The water drops fall at regular intervals from a tap 5 m
(a) 5 : 7 (b) 7 : 5 above the ground. The third drop is leaving the tap at
(c) 3 : 6 (d) 6 : 3 the instant the first drop touches the ground. How far
above the ground is the second drop at that instant?
95. A body sliding on a smooth inclined plane requires 4 (a) 1.25 m (b) 2.50 m
seconds to reach the bottom starting from rest at the (c) 3.75 m (d) 4.00 m
top. How much time does it take to cover one-fourth
distance starting from rest at the top? 102. A stone falls freely under gravity. It covers distance h 1,
(a) 1 s (b) 2 s h2 and h3 in the first 5 seconds, the next 5 seconds and
(c) 4 s (d) 16 s the next 5 seconds respectively. The relation between
h1, h2 and h3 is:
96. A stone thrown upward with a speed u from the top of (a) h1 = h2 = h3 (b) h1 = 2h2 = 3h3
the tower reaches the ground with a speed 3u. The h 2 h3
height of the tower is (c) h1 = = (d) h2 = 3h1 and h3 = 3h2
3 5
2 2
3u 4u
(a) (b)
g g 103. A ball is dropped from a high-rise platform at t = 0
6u 2 9u 2 starting from rest. After 6s another ball is thrown
(c) (d)
g g downwards from the same platform with a speed v.
The two balls meet at t = 18s. What is the value of v?
97. A stone is thrown vertically upwards. When stone is at (Take g = 10 ms–2)
a height half of its maximum height, its speed is 10 (a) 60 ms–1 (b) 75 ms–1
m/s; then the maximum height attained by the stone is: (c) 55 ms–1 (d) 40 ms–1
(g = 10 m/s2)
(a) 8 m (b) 10 m 104. Assertion: If a body is thrown upwards, the distance
(c) 15 m (d) 20 m covered by it in the last second of upward motion is
about 5 m irrespective of its initial speed.
98. When a ball is thrown up vertically with velocity v 0, it Reason: The distance covered in the last second of
reaches a maximum height of h. If one wishes to triple upward motion is equal to that covered in the first
the maximum height, then the ball should be thrown second of downward motion when the particle is
with velocity: dropped.
(a) 3v 0 (b) 3v0 (a) If both assertion and reason are correct and reason
is the correct explanation of assertion
3 (b) If both assertion and reason are true but reason is
(c) 9v0 (d) v0
2 not the correct explanation of assertion.
92 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
(c) If assertion is true but reason is false
(d) If both assertion and reason are false (a) 18 m/s2 (b) 32 m/s2
(e) If assertion is false but reason is true (c) 24 m/s2 (d) 14 m/s2
105. A ball is dropped from a bridge 122.5 m high. After 111. A particle moves along a straight-line OX. At a time, t
the first ball has fallen for 2 s, a second ball is thrown (in seconds), the distance x (in metres) of the particle
straight down after it, what must the initial velocity of from O is given by x = 40 + 12t – t3 . How long would
the second ball be, so that both the balls hit the surface the particle travel before coming to rest?
on water at the same time? (a) 24 m (b) 40 m
(a) 26.1 m/s (b) 9.8 m/s (c) 12 m (d) 16 m
(c) 55.5 m/s (d) 49 m/s
112. The position x of a particle with respect to time t along
106. A body is released from the top of the tower H metre x-axis is given by x = 9t 2 − t 3 , where x is in meters
high. It takes t second to reach the ground. Where is and t is in second. What will be the position of this
t particle when it achieves maximum speed along the +x
the body s after release?
2 direction?
3H (a) 32 m (b) 54 m
(a) At m from the ground (c) 81 m (d) 24 m
4
H 113. A particle moves along x-axis as
(b) At m from the ground
2
x = 4 ( t − 2) + a ( t − 2) .Which of the following is
2
H
(c) At m from the ground true?
6
(a) The initial velocity of particle is 4
H
(d) At m from the ground (b) The acceleration of particle is 2a
4 (c) The particle is at origin at t = 0
Differential Calculus (d) None of these
107. The velocity of a body depends on time according to
114. A particle moves along a straight line such that its
the equation v = 20 + 0.1t2. The body is undergoing
displacement at any time t is given by
(a) Uniform acceleration
s = 3t3 + 7t2 + 14t + 5. The acceleration of the particle
(b) Uniform retardation
at t = 1s is:
(c) Non-uniform acceleration
(a) 18 m/s2 (b) 32 m/s2
(d) Zero acceleration 2
(c) 29 m/s (d) 24 m/s2
108. The distance travelled by a particle is proportional to
115. The displacement x of a particle varies with time t as
the squares of time, then the particle travels with
(a) Uniform acceleration x = ae −t + bet , where a, b, α and β are positive
(b) Uniform velocity constants. The velocity of the particle will:
(c) Increasing acceleration (a) go on decreasing with time
(d) Decreasing velocity (b) be independent of α and β
(c) drop to zero when α = β
109. The displacement x of a particle moving along a (d) go on increasing with time
straight line at time t is given by x = a 0 + a1t + a 2 t 2 .
116. A particle moves a distance x in time t according to
The acceleration of the particle is:
equation x = (t + 5)–1. The acceleration of particle is
(a) 4a2 (b) 2a2
proportional to:
(c) 2a1 (d) a2
(a) (Velocity)2/3
(b) (Velocity)3/2
110. A particle moves along a straight line such that its
(c) (Distance)2
displacement at any time t is given by
(d) (Distance)-2
s = 2t3 + t2 + 4t + 5
The acceleration of the particle at t = 1s is:
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 93
117. The motion of a particle along a straight line is (a) v > 0, a > 0
described by equation: x = 8 + 12t – t3 where x is in (b) v < 0, a > 0
metre and t in second. The magnitude of the (c) v > 0, a < 0
acceleration when its velocity becomes zero, is (d) v > 0, a = 0
(a) 12 ms–2 (b) 24 ms–2
(c) zero (d) 6 ms–2 123. The position of a particle moving along the x-axis at
certain times is given below:
118. The displacement x of a particle moving along a t (s) 0 1 2 3
straight line at time t is given by x (m) –2 0 6 16
x = a0 + a1t Which of the following describes the motion correctly?
The acceleration of the particle is: (a) Uniform, accelerated
(a) a0 (b) a1 (b) Uniform, decelerated
(c) 2a1 (d) 0 (c) Non-uniform, accelerated
(d) There is not enough data for generalization
119. The displacement of the body is given to be
proportional to the cube of time elapsed. The 124. Consider the acceleration, velocity and displacement
magnitude of the velocity of the body is: of a tennis ball as it falls to the ground and bounces
(a) decreasing with time back. Directions of which of these changes in the
(b) increasing with time process, (here consider the motion in y-direction):
(c) constant but not zero (a) Velocity only
(d) increasing with square of time (b) Displacement and velocity
(c) Acceleration, velocity and displacement
Integral Calculus (d) Displacement and acceleration
120. The acceleration of a particle is increasing linearly 125. Of the following situations, which one is impossible?
with time t as bt. The particle starts from the origin (a) A body is having zero velocity and non–zero
with an initial velocity v0. The distance travelled by acceleration
the particle in time t will be: (b) A body is having constant acceleration and variable
velocity
1 1
(a) v0 t + bt (b) v0 t + bt
3 3
(c) A body is having constant speed and variable
6 3
acceleration
1 (d) A body is having constant velocity and variable
(d) v 0 t + bt
2
(c) bt
2 acceleration
121. A particle moving along x-axis has acceleration f, at Graphs of Motion in a Straight Line
t
time t, given by f = f 0 1 − , where f0 and T are
T 126. The acceleration of a moving body can be found from
constants. The particle at t = 0 has zero velocity. At the (a) slope of the velocity – time graph
instant when f = 0, the particle’s velocity (v) is (b) slope of distance – time graph
1 (c) area under distance – time graph
(a) f0T (b) f0T 2 (d) area under gravity – time graph
2
1 127. The following graph can be interpreted as:
(c) f0T2 (d) f0T
2
Non-Uniform Motion
122. At any instant, the velocity and acceleration of a
particle moving along a straight-line is v and a. The
(a) Particle is at rest
speed of the particle is increasing if
(b) Particle is moving but the time is constant
94 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
(c) Both particle and time are constant 133. Assertion: The position-time graph of a uniform
(d) Particle falling from the top of a building motion in one dimension of a body can have negative
slope.
128. The slope of velocity – time graph for motion with Reason: When the speed of the body decreases with
uniform velocity is equal to time, the position-time graph of the moving body has a
(a) zero (b) final velocity negative slope.
(c) initial velocity (d) none of these (a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the
Reason is the correct explanation of the Assertion.
129. The velocity time graph of motion of an object starting (b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason
from rest with uniform acceleration is a straight line is not the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(a) parallel to time axis (c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false.
(b) parallel to velocity axis (d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.
(c) inclined and passing through origin
(d) none of the above 134. The graph between displacement and time for a
particle moving with uniform acceleration is a/an
130. If the displacement-time graph of an object is parallel (a) parabola
to the time-axis, then it represents that the object is: (b) ellipse
(a) at rest (c) straight line parallel to time axis
(b) in uniform motion (d) straight line with a positive slope
(c) in acceleration motion
(d) none of the above 135. Graph: Line with negative slope
131. Which of the following graph represents uniform
motion
(a) particle is moving away the point of reference with
(a) (b) uniform velocity
(b) particle returns towards the point of reference with
decreasing velocity
(c) particle returns towards the point of reference with
increasing velocity
(d) particle returns towards the point of reference with
(c) (d) uniform velocity
132. The displacement-time graph of a moving particle is 136. Which of the following options is correct for the object
shown in figure. The instantaneous velocity of the having a straight-line motion represented by the
particle is negative at the point: following graph
(a) C (b) D
(c) E (d) F
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 95
(a) The object moves with constantly increasing (c) 1 and 3 (d) 1, 2 and 3
velocity from O to A and then it moves with
constant velocity. 142. A train moves from one station to another in 2 hours
(b) Velocity of the object increases uniformly time. Its speed-time graph during this motion is shown
(c) Average velocity is zero in the figure. The maximum acceleration during the
(d) The graph shown is impossible journey is
137. The path of a particle moving under the influence of a
force fixed in magnitude and direction is
(a) Straight line (b) Circle
(c) Parabola (d) Ellipse
138. A particle starts from rest. Its acceleration (a) versus
time (t) is as shown in the figure. The maximum speed
of the particle will be
(a) 140 km h–2 (b) 160 km h–2
(c) 100 km h–2 (d) 120 km h–2
143. The displacement-time graph for two particles A and B
are straight lines inclined at angles of 30o and 600 with
the time axis. The ratio of velocities of vA : vB is
(a) 110 m/s
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 1: 3
(b) 55 m/s
(c) 550 m/s (c) 3 :1 (d) 1 : 3
(d) 660 m/s
144. A body starts from rest moves along a straight line
139. Under what condition the magnitude of the average with constant acceleration. The variation of speed V
velocity of a particle is equal to the average speed? with distance s is given by graph
(a) If motion is circular
(b) If motion is parabolic
(c) If motion is in a straight line
(d) If motion is unidirectionally in a straight line
(a) (b)
140. An object moving along a straight line has a constant
acceleration of 4 m/s2. The position–time graph for this
object has a slope that
(a) is constant
(b) decreases with time
(c) increases with time (c) (d)
(d) first increases and then decreases with time
141. The velocity–displacement curve for an object moving
along a straight line is shown in the figure below.
At which of the points marked, the object is speeding
up?
(a) 1 (b) 2
96 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
145. The graph of displacement v/s time is 148. The graph below shows the velocity versus time graph
for a body
Its corresponding velocity-time graph will be
Which of the following graphs represents the
corresponding acceleration versus time graph?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
(a)
146. The variation of quantity A with quantity B, plotted in
figure. Which of the following motions of a particle in
a straight line, cannot be described from this graph:
(b)
(a) Quantity B may represent time.
(b) Quantity A is velocity if motion is uniform.
(c) Quantity A is displacement if motion is uniform.
(d) Quantity A is velocity if motion is uniformly (c)
accelerated.
147. The adjoining curve represents the velocity-time graph
of a particle, its acceleration values along OA, AB and
BC in metre/sec2 are respectively
(d)
(a) 1, 0, – 0.5 (b) 1, 0, 0.5
(c) 1, 1, 0.5 (d) 1, 0.5, 0
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 97
149. Which of the following velocity-time graphs shows a 150. The area of the acceleration-displacement curve of a
realistic situation for a body in motion? body gives:
(a) impulse
(b) change in momentum per unit mass
(c) change in KE per unit mass
(d) total change in energy
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
98 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
EXERCISE – 2: Previous Year Questions
1. If the velocity of a particle is = At + Bt 2 , where A 6. A metro train starts from rest and in 5 s achieves
and B are constants, then the distance travelled by it 108kmh −1. After that it moves with constant velocity
between 1s and 2s is and comes to rest after travelling 45 m with uniform
[NEET 2011] retardation. If total distance travelled is 395 m, find
3 7 total time of travelling.
(a) 3A + 7B (b) A+ B [DUMET 2011]
2 3
(a) 12.2 s (b) 15.3 s
A B 3
(c) + (d) A + 4B (c) 9 s (d) 17.2 s
2 3 2
7. A body is projected vertically upwards with a velocity
2. A body is moving with velocity 30 ms-1 towards east. u. It crosses a point in its journey at a height h twice
After 10 s, its velocity becomes 40 ms-1 towards north. just after 1s and 7 s. The value of u in ms −1 is
( take,g = 10 ms )
The average acceleration of the body is −2
[AIPMT 2011]
(a) 7 ms-2 (b) 7 ms-2 [EAMCET 2011]
(c) 5 ms-2 (d) 1 ms-2 (a) 50 (b) 40
(c) 30 (d) 20
3. A body is moving with velocity 30 ms–1 towards east.
After 10s its velocity becomes 40 ms–1 towards north. 8. A body falls from a height h = 200m. The ratio of
The average acceleration of the body is distance travelled in each 2 s, during t = 0 to 6s of the
[AIPMT 2011] journey is
–2 –2 [Manipal 2011]
(a) 5 ms (b) 1 ms
(c) 7 ms–2 (d) 7ms−2 (a) 1:4:9 (b) 1:2:4
(c) 1:3:5 (d) 1:2:3
4. An object travels North with a velocity of 10 ms−1
9. A ball thrown vertically upwards with an initial
And then speeds upto a velocity of 25 ms−1 in 5s.
velocity of 1.4 ms −1 returns in 2 s. The total
The acceleration of the object in these 5 s is
displacement of the ball is
[JCECE 2011]
[Manipal 2011]
(a) 12 ms−2 in North direction
(a) 22.4 cm (b) zero
(b) 3ms −2 in North direction (c) 44.8 m (d) 33.6 m
(c) 15ms−2 in North direction
(d) 3ms −2 in South direction 10. The sign ( + ve or − ve ) of the average velocity
depends only upon
5. From the top of a tower two stones, whose masses are [BHU 2011]
in the ratio 1 : 2 are thrown on straight up with an (a) the sign of displacement
initial speed u and the second straight down with the (b) the initial position of the object
same speed u. Then, neglecting air resistance (c) the final position of the object
[KCET 2011] (d) None of the above
(a) the heavier stone hits the ground with a higher
speed 11. Select the incorrect statements and mark the correct
(b) the lighter stone hits the ground with a higher option given below.
speed [JCECE 2011]
(c) Both the stones will have the same speed when I. Average velocity is path length divided by the time
they hit the ground interval.
(d) the speed can’t be determined with the given data II. In general, speed is greater than the magnitude of
the velocity.
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 99
III. A particle moving in a given direction with a non- 2v ( n + 1) v ( n + 1)
zero velocity can have zero speed. (a) (b)
n n
IV. The magnitude of an average velocity is the
v ( n − 1) 2v ( n − 1)
average speed. (c) (d)
(a) II and III (b) I and IV n n
(c) I, III and IV (d) All of these
18. A ball is thrown upwards. Its height varies with time as
12. A stone is thrown vertically upwards. When the stone follows:
is at a height equal to the half of its maximum height,
its speed will be 10ms-1 , then the maximum height
attained by the stone is (take, g = 10 ms−2 )
[Punjab PMET 2011]
(a) 5 m (b) 150 m
(c) 20 m (d) 10 m
13. The ratios of the distance travelled in successive If the acceleration due to gravity is 7.5 m/s2, then the
intervals of time by a body falling from rest are height h is:
[AMU 2011] [AFMC 2011]
(a) 1 : 3 : 5 : 7 : 9 : … (a) 10m (b) 15m
(b) 2 : 4 : 6 : 8 : 10 : … (c) 20m (d) 25m
(c) 1 : 4 : 7 : 10 : 13 : …
(d) None of these 19. The displacement of a car is given as -240 m, here,
negative sign indicates
14. A body A is thrown up vertically from the ground with [AIPMT 2011]
a velocity v0 and another body B is simultaneously (a) direction of displacement
dropped from a height H. They meet at a height H/2, if (b) negative path length
v0 is equal to (c) position of car is at point whose coordinate is -120
[AMU 2011] (d) no significance of negative sign
(a) 2gH (b) gH
20. A particle moves along the X-axis. The position x of a
1 2g
(c) gH (d) particle with respect to time from origin given by
2 H
x = b0 + b1t + b2 t 2 . The acceleration of particle is
[AIIMS 2012]
15. A body falls freely from the top of a tower. It covers
(a) b0 (b) b1
36% of the total height in the last second before
striking the ground level. The height of the tower is (c) b 2 (d) 2 b 2
[Haryana PMT 2011]
(a) 50m (b) 75m 21. A ball is released from the top of a tower of height h
(c) 100m (d) 123m meters. It takes T seconds to reach the ground. What is
T
16. A stone falls freely from rest and the total distance the position of the ball at second
3
covered by it in the last second of its motion equals the [AIIMS 2012]
distance covered by it in the first three seconds of its
8h
motion. The stone remains in the air for (a) meters from the ground
9
[WB JEE 2011]
(a) 6 s (b) 5 s 7h
(b) meters from the ground
(c) 7 s (d) 4 s 9
h
17. A body starts from rest with a uniform acceleration. If (c) meters from the ground
9
its velocity after n second is v, then its displacement in
the last 2 s is [WB JEE 2011]
100 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
17h 27. A stone falls freely under gravity. It covers distances
(d) meters from the ground h1, h2 and h3 in the first 5 second. the next 5 second
18
and the next 5 second respectively. The relation
22. A cyclist moving on a circular track of radius 40 m between h1, h2 and h3 is
completes half a revolution in 40 s. Its average [NEET 2013]
velocity is h 2 h3
(a) h1 = 2h 2 = 3h3 (b) h1 = =
[JCECE 2012] 3 5
(a) zero (b) 2 ms−1 (c) h3 = 3h1 and h3 = 3h 2 (d) h1 = h2 = h3
−1 −1
(c) 4 ms (d) 8 ms
28. A body of mass 10 kg is moving with a constant
23. A particle is travelling along a straight-line OX. The velocity of 10 ms-1. When a constant force acts for 4s
distance x (in meter) of the particle from O at a time t on it, it moves with a velocity 2 ms-1 in the opposite
is given by x = 37 + 37t – t3, where t is time in second. direction. The acceleration produced in it is
The distance of the particle from O when it comes to [OHJEE 2014]
rest is (a) 3 ms-2 (b) -3 ms-2
[WB JEE 2012] (c) 0.3 ms-2 (d) -0.3 ms-2
(a) 81 m (b) 91 m
(c) 101 m (d) 111 m 29. A particle moves with constant acceleration along a
straight line starting from rest. The percentage increase
24. The coordinates of a moving particle at any time t are in its displacement during the 4th second compared to
given by x = at2 and y = bt2. The speed of particle is that in the 3rd second is
[AIIMS 2012] [WB JEE 2014]
(a) 33% (b) 40%
(a) 2t ( a + b ) (b) 2t (a 2
+ b2 )
(c) 66% (d) 77%
(c) 2t (a 2
− b2 ) (d) (a 2
+ b2 )
30. Assertion: In a free fall, weight of a body becomes
effectively zero.
25. Which of the following can be zero, when a particle is Reason: Acceleration due to gravity acting on a body
in motion for some time? having free fall is zero
[WB JEE 2013] [AIIMS 2014]
(a) Distance (a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the
(b) Displacement Reason is the correct explanation of the Assertion
(c) Speed (b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason
(d) None of these is not the correct explanation of the Assertion
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false
26. Assertion: Two balls of different masses are thrown (d) Both Assertion and Reason are false
vertically upward with same speed. They will pass
through than point of projection in the downward 31. Assertion: The two bodies of masses M and m (M >
direction with the same speed. m) are allowed to fall from the same height if the air
Reason: The maximum height and downward velocity resistance for each be the same then both the bodies
attained at the point of projection are independent of will reach the earth simultaneously.
the mass of the ball. Reason: For same air resistance, acceleration of both
[AIIMS 2013] the bodies will be same.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the [AIIMS 2014]
Reason is the correct explanation of the Assertion (a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason Reason is the correct explanation of the Assertion
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion (b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false is not the correct explanation of the Assertion
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false (c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 101
32. Assertion: Velocity time graph for an object in f −a a −f
(c) (d)
uniform motion along a straight path is a straight line 2 (1 + b ) 1+ b
parallel to the time axis.
Reason: In uniform motion of an object velocity
37. If the velocity of a particle is v = At + Bt2, where A
increases as the square of time
and B are constants, then the distance travelled by it
[AIIMS 2015]
between 1s and 2s is:
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the
[NEET 2016]
Reason is the correct explanation of the Assertion
3 7 A B
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason (a) A+ B (b) +
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion 2 3 2 3
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false 3
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false (c) A + 4B (d) 3A + 7B
2
33. A particle of unit mass undergoes one-dimensional 38. Which of the following statements is true for a car
motion such that its velocity varies according to the moving on the road?
equation v(x) = βx–2n where β and n are constants and [Manipal 2017]
x is the position of the particle. The acceleration of the (a) With respect to the frame of reference attached to
particle as a function of x is given by : the ground, the car is at rest.
[NEET 2015] (b) With respect to the frame of reference attached to
2 –4n–1 2 –2n+1
(a) –2nβ x (b) –2β x the person sitting in the car, the car is at rest.
(c) –2nβ2e–4n+1 (d) –2nβ2x–2n–1 (c) With respect to the frame of reference attached to
the person outside the car, the car is at rest.
34. A particle of unit mass undergoes one-dimensional (d) None of the above
motion such that its velocity varies according to
v ( x ) = x −2n , Where and n are constants and x is 39. A body is projected vertically upwards. The times
the position of the particle. The acceleration of the corresponding to height h while ascending and while
particle as a function of A is given by: descending are t1 and t2, respectively. Then, the
[NEET 2015] velocity of projection will be (take g as acceleration
(a) −2n2 x −4n +1 (b) −2n2 x −2n −1 due to gravity)
(c) −2n2 x −4n −1 (d) −2n2 x −2n +1 [JIPMER 2017]
g t1 t 2 g ( t1 + t 2 )
(a) (b)
35. Two bodies begin a free fall from the same height at a 2 2
time interval of Ns. If vertical separation between the t1 t 2
(c) g t1 t 2 (d) g
two bodies is 1 after n second from the start of the first ( t1 + t 2 )
body, then n is equal to
[AIIMS 2016] 40. From a balloon moving upwards with a velocity of 12
1 ms-1, a packet is released when it is at a height of 65 m
(a) nN (b)
gN from the ground The time taken by it to reach the
1 N 1 N ground is (g = 10 ms-2)
(c) + (d) −
gN 2 gN 4 [AIIMS 2017]
(a) 5 s (b) 8 s
(c) 4 s (d) 7 s
36. Two cars P and Q start from a point at the same time in
a straight line and their positions are represented by
41. Preeti reached the metro station and found that the
xp(t) = at + bt2 and xq(t) = ft – t2. At what time do the
escalator was not working. She walked up the
cars have the same velocity
stationary escalator in time t1 . On other days, if she
[NEET 2016]
a+f a+f remains stationary on the moving escalator, then the
(a) (b)
2 ( b − 1) 2 (1 + b ) escalator takes her up in time t 2 . The time taken by her
to walk up on the moving escalator will be
102 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
[NEET 2017]
u 2 + 2gh
t1 + t 2 tt (c) (d) u + 2h
(a) (b) 1 2 g g g
2 t 2 − t1
t1 t 2 46. Velocity is given by = 4t (1 − 2t ) , then find the
(c) (d) t1 − t 2
t 2 + t1
value of time at which velocity is maximum.
[AIIMS 2018]
42. Preeti reached the metro station and found that the (a) 0.25 s
escalator was not working. She walked up the (b) 1 s
stationary escalator in time t1. On other days, if she (c) 0.45 s
remains stationary on the moving escalator, then the (d) 4 s
escalator takes her up in time t2. The time taken by her
to walk up on the moving escalator will be: 47. Assertion A body is momentarily at rest at the instant,
[NEET 2017] if it reverses the direction.
t1 t 2 t1 t 2 Reason A body cannot have acceleration, if its
(a) (b)
t 2 − t1 t 2 + t1 velocity is zero at a given instant of time.
t1 + t 2 [AIIMS 2018]
(c) t1 – t2 (d) (a) Assertion and Reason both are correct, and Reason
2
is correct explanation of Assertion.
(b) Assertion and Reason both are correct, but Reason
43. The x- and y-coordinates of the particle at any time are
is not the correct explanation of Assertion.
x = 5t –2t2 and y = 10t, respectively, where x and y are
(c) Assertion is correct, but Reason is incorrect.
in meters and t in seconds. The acceleration of the
(d) Assertion is incorrect, but Reason is correct.
particle at t = 2s is:
[NEET 2017]
–2 –2 48. Speeds of a particle at 3rd and 8th second are 20 ms-1
(a) 5 ms (b) –4 ms
and zero respectively, then average acceleration
(c) –8 ms–2 (d) 0
between 3rd and 8th second will be
[JIPMER 2019]
44. A runner starts from O and goes to O following path
(a) 3 ms-2 (b) 4 ms-2
OQRO in 1 h. What is net displacement and average
(c) 5 ms-2 (d) 6 ms-2
speed?
[JIPMER 2018]
49. Find the average velocity when a particle completes
the circle of radius 1m in 10 s.
[JIPMER 2019]
−1 −1
(a) 2 ms (b) 3.14 ms
(c) 6.28 ms −1 (d) Zero
50. A person travelling in a straight line moves with a
constant velocity 1 for certain distance x and with a
constant velocity 2 for the next equal distance. The
(a) 0,3.57 kmh −1 (b) 0, 0 kmh −1
average velocity v is given by the relation
(c) 0, 2.57 kmh −1 (d) 0,1kmh −1
[NEET 2019]
1 1 1
45. A ball is thrown upwards with a speed u from a height (a) = +
1 2
h above the ground. The time taken by the ball to hit
the ground is 2 1 1
(b) = +
[JIPMER 2018] 1 2
(a) 2h / g (b) 8h / g 1 + 2
(c) =
2 2
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 103
(d) = 1 2
52. A small block slides down on a smooth inclined plane,
starting from rest at time t = 0. Let Sn be the distance
51. A ball is thrown vertically downward with a velocity travelled by the block in the interval t = n – 1 to t = n,
of 20 m/s from the top of a tower. It hits the ground Sn
after some time with a velocity of 80 m/s/. The height Then, the ratio is:
Sn + 1
of the tower : (g = 10 m/s2)
[NEET 2021]
[NEET 2020]
(a) 320m (b) 300m 2n + 1 2n
(a) (b)
(c) 360m (d) 340m 2n − 1 2n − 1
2n − 1 2n − 1
(c) (d)
2n 2n + 1
104 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
EXERCISE – 3: Achiever’s Section
1. A wheel with radius 45 cm rolls without slipping along (a) 8.3 m (b) 9.3 m
a horizontal floor as shown in figure. P is a dot pointed (c) 10.3 m (d) None of above
on the rim of the wheel. At time t1, P is at the point of
contact between the wheel and the floor. At a later 7. An object moves along the x–axis. Its x coordinate is
time t2, the wheel has rolled, through one–half of a given as a function of time as x = 7t – 3t2 where x is in
revolution. What is the displacement of P during this metre and t is in second. Its average speed over the
interval? interval t = 0 to t = 4 s is
(a) 5 m/s (b) – 5 m/s
169 169
(c) − m/s (d) m/s
24 24
8. At a distance of 500 m from the traffic light, brakes are
applied to an automobile moving at a velocity of
(a) 90 cm (b) 168 cm 20m/s. The position of automobile relative to traffic
(c) 40 cm (d) data insufficient light 50 s after applying the brakes, if its acceleration
is –0.5 m/s2, is
2. A particle moving in a straight line covers half the (a) 125 m (b) 375 m
distance with speed of 3 m/s. The other half of the (c) 400 m (d) 100 m
distance is covered in two equal time intervals with
speed of 4.5 m/s and 7.5 m/s respectively. The average 9. From the top of a tower two stones, whose masses are
speed of the particle during this motion is in the ratio 1 : 2 are thrown, one straight up with an
(a) 4.0 m/s (b) 5.0 m/s initial speed u and the second straight down with the
(c) 5.5 m/s (d) 4.8 m/s same speed u. Then, neglecting air resistance
(a) The heavier stone hits the ground with a higher
3. A body starts from rest. What is the ratio of the speed.
distance travelled by the body during the 4th and 3rd (b) The lighter stone hits the ground with a higher
second? speed.
(a) 7/5 (b) 5/7 (c) Both the stones will have the same speed when
(c) 7/3 (d) 3/7 they hit the ground.
(d) The speed can’t be determined with the given data.
4. A body moving with a uniform acceleration has
velocities of u and v when passing through points A 10. A stone is released from an elevator going up with an
and B in its path. The velocity of the body midway acceleration a. The acceleration of the stone after the
between A and B is release is
u+v u 2 + v2
(a) a upward
(a) (b) (b) (g–a) upward
2 2
(c) (g–a) downward
(c) uv (d) None of these (d) g downward
5. A bird flies for 4s with a velocity of (t–2) m/s in a 11. A balloon starts rising from the ground with an
straight line, where t = time in seconds. It covers a acceleration of 1.25 m/s2 after 8s, a stone is released
distance of from the balloon. The stone will (g = 10 m/s2)
(a) 2 m (b) 4 m (a) Reach the ground in 4 second
(c) 6 m (d) 8 m (b) Begin to move down after being released
(c) Have a displacement of 50 m
6. A particle travels 10 m in first 5 sec and 10 m in next 3 (d) Cover a distance of 40 m in reaching the ground
sec. Assuming constant acceleration, what is the
distance travelled in next 2 sec?
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 105
12. A particle is dropped under gravity from rest from a 18. An object starts from rest at x = 0 when t = 0. The
height h and it travels a distance 9h/25 in the last object moves in the x direction with positive velocity
second, the height h is after t = 0. The instantaneous velocity and average
(a) 100 m (b) 122.5 m velocity are related by
(c) 145 m (d) 167.5 m dx x
(a)
dt t
13. A body A is projected upwards with a velocity of 98
dx x
m/s. The second body B is projected upwards with the (b) =
same initial velocity but after 4 sec. Both the bodies dt t
will meet after dx x
(c)
(a) 6 sec (b) 8 sec dt t
(c) 10 sec (d) 12 sec dx x
(d) can be smaller than, greater than or equal to
dt t
14. A particle is dropped vertically from rest from a
height. The time taken by it to fall through successive
19. The position of a particle along the x-axis at time t is
distances of 1 m each will then be
given by x = 1 + t – t2. The distance travelled by the
(a) All equal, being equal to 2 / g second
particle in first 2 seconds is
(b) In the ratio of the square roots of the integers 1, 2, (a) 1m
3.... (b) 2m
(c) In the ratio of the difference in the square roots of (c) 2.5 m
the integers i.e. (d) 3m
1, ( 2 − 1), ( 3 − 2), ( 4 − 3)
(d) In the ratio of the reciprocal of the square roots of 20. The relation 3t = 3x + 6 describes the displacement
1 1 1 1 of a particle in one direction where x is in metres and t
the integers i.e., , , ,
1 2 3 4 in sec. The displacement, when velocity is zero, is
(a) 24 meters (b) 12 metres
15. A stone is thrown vertically upward with an initial (c) 5 metres (d) Zero
velocity V0. The distance travelled in time 4V0/3g is
2V02 V02 21. Look at the graphs (a) to (d) carefully and indicate
(a) (b) which of these possibly represents one dimensional
g 2g
motion of a particle?
4V02 5V02
(c) (d)
3g 9g
16. The displacement of a particle after time t is given by x
= (k/b2) (1 – e–bt), where b is a constant. What is the (a) (b)
acceleration of the particle?
(a) ke–bt (b) –ke–bt
k − bt −k − bt
(c) e (d) e
b2 b2
(c) (d)
17. The velocity v and displacement r of a body are related
as v2 = kr, where k is a constant. What will be the
velocity after 1 second? (Given that the displacement
is zero at t = 0)
3/ 2
(a) kr (b) kr
k 0
(c) r (d) Data is not sufficient
2
106 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
22. Figure shows the displacement-time graph of a particle 25. The displacement of a particle in a straight-line motion
moving on the X-axis. is given by s = 1 + 10t − 5t 2 . The correct representation
of the motion is:
(a) (b)
(a) the particle is continuously going in positive x
direction
(b) the particle is at rest
(c) the velocity increases up to a time t0, and then (c) (d)
becomes constant
(d) the particle moves at a constant velocity up to a 26. For 3 particles A, B and C moving along x–axis, x–t
time t0, and then stops. graph is as shown below.
23. Two particles A and B are moving along a straight
line, whose position–time graph is shown in the figure
below. Determine the instant (approx.) when both are
moving with the same velocity.
Mark out the correct relationships between their
average velocities between the points P and
(a) vav,A vav,B = vav,C
(b) vav,A = vav,B = vav,C
(c) vav,A vav,B vav,C
(a) 17 s (b) 12 s (d) vav,A vav,B vav,C
(c) 6 s (d) no where
27. A particle is moving along a straight line whose
24. A body starts from rest moves along a straight line
velocity–displacement graph is as shown in figure
with constant acceleration. The variation of speed V
below.
with distance s is given by graph
(a) (b)
What is the acceleration when displacement is 3 m ?
(c) (d) (a) 4 3m / s2 (b) 3 3m / s2
4
(c) 3m / s2 (d) m / s2
3
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 107
28. The acceleration of an object, starting from rest and
moving along a straight line is as shown in the figure
below
Other than at t = 0, when is the velocity of the object
equal to zero ?
(a) At t = 3.5 s
(b) During interval from 1s to 3s
(c) At t = 5 s
(d) At no other time on this graph
29. An elevator is moving upwards with constant
acceleration. The broken curve shows the position y of
the ceiling of the elevator as a function of time t. A
bolt breaks loose and drops from the ceiling
Which curve best represents the position of the bolt as
a function of time ?
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
30. A car travelling at constant speed of 20 m/s overtakes
another car which is moving at constant acceleration of
2 m/s2 and it is initially at rest. Assume the length of
each car to be 5 m. The total road distance used in
overtaking is
(a) 394.74 m (b) 15.26 m
(c) 200.00 m (d) 186.04 m
108 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
Notes:
Find Answer Key and Detailed Solutions at the end of this book.
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
108
03
MOTION IN A PLANE
& RELATIVE MOTION
109 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
Chapter 03
Motion in a Plane & Relative Motion
1. Motion in 2D (Plane)
1.1 Position Vector & Displacement
The position vector r of a particle P located in a plane with
reference to the origin of an x-y coordinate system is given
by r = xiˆ + yjˆ
Fig 3.2
dx dy
where, vx = and v y =
dt dt
v = v2x + v2y ,
where v represents magnitude of velocity
Fig 3.1
vy
Suppose the particle moves along the path as shown to a and tan =
vx
new position P1 with the position vector r
r = x ˆi + y ˆj vy
1 1 1 or = tan −1
change in position = displacement vx
1 (
= r − r = x ˆi + y ˆj − xiˆ + yjˆ
1 1 ) ( ) NOTE:
The instantaneous velocity at any point on the
(By vector addition)
path of an object is tangential to the path at that
= ( x − x ) ˆi + ( y − y ) ˆj
1 1 point and its direction is in the direction of
= xiˆ + yjˆ object’s motion.
from above figure we can see that
r = r1 − r 1.4 Average Acceleration
v v x ˆ v y ˆ
a avg = = i+ j
1.2 Average Velocity t t t
a avg = a x ˆi + a y ˆj
r xiˆ + yjˆ
vav = =
t t
vavg = v i + v ˆj
ˆ
x y 1.5 Instantaneous Acceleration
NOTE: dv dv x ˆ dv y ˆ
a= = i+ j
Direction of the average velocity is same as that dt dt dt
of r . a = a x ˆi + a y ˆj
1.3 Instantaneous Velocity 2. Projectile Motion
v dr
v = lim = When a particle is projected obliquely from the earth’s
t → 0 t dt
surface, it moves simultaneously in horizontal and vertical
ˆ
v= v i+v j ˆ
x y directions in a curved trajectory as depicted in the diagram
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Plane & Relative Motion
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 111
below. Motion of such a particle is called projectile Horizontal Motion Vertical Motion
motion.
u x = u cos
u y = u sin
ax = 0
a y = −g
s x = u cos t = x
1
x sy = u y t + a y t 2
t= 2
u cos x
So,
x 1 x2
Fig 3.3 y = u sin − g 2
u cos 2 u cos 2
gx 2
2.1 Analysis of Velocity in Case of a y = x tan −
2u 2 cos 2
Projectile
(
Which resembles to y = bx − ax 2 )
(i) This is an equation of a parabola
(ii) Because the coefficient of x2 is negative, it is an
inverted parabola.
Fig 3.4
From the above equations.
(i) V1x = V2x = V3x = V4x = ux = u cos Fig 3.5
which means that the velocity along x-axis remains constant Path of the projectile is a parabola
[as there is no external force acting along that direction]
2u 2 sin cos 2u 2 R
R= or =
g g sin cos
(ii) a) Magnitude of velocity along y-axis first decreases
and then it increases after the topmost point P. Substituting this value in the above equation we have,
b) At topmost point magnitude of velocity is zero. x
y = x tan 1 −
c) Direction of velocity is in the upward direction while R
ascending and is in the downward direction while
descending. In this case a particle is projected at an angle with an
d) Magnitude of velocity at A is same as magnitude of initial velocity u. For this particular case we will calculate
velocity at O; but the direction is changed the following:
e) Angle which the net velocity makes with the horizontal (a) time taken to reach A from O
can be calculated by (b) horizontal distance covered (OA)
vy velocity along y − axis (c) maximum height reached during the motion
tan = =
vx velocity along x − axis (d) velocity at any time ‘t’ during the motion
& net velocity is always along the tangent.
2.2 Equation of Trajectory
Trajectory is the path traced by the body. To find the
trajectory we must find relation between y and x by
eliminating time.
[Ref. to the earlier diag.]
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Plane & Relative Motion
112 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
Horizontal axis Vertical axis u sin
t1 =
u y = u sin g
u sin
a y = −g t 2 = T − t1 =
g
1
sy = u y t + a y t 2 T u sin
2 t1 = t 2 = =
2 g
ux = u cos when the particle returns to
ax = 0 same horizontal level,
(In the absence of any vertical displacement is 0
external force ax is assumed and time taken is called time Maximum Range
to be zero) of flight, (T). u 2 sin 2 u2
1 R= and R max =
0 = u sin T − gt 2 g g
2
Range is maximum when sin 2 is maximum
2u sin 2u y
T= = Maximum value of sin 2 = 1.
g g
So, = 45 (for maximum range)
sx = ux t + 1/2ax t2
x – 0 = u cos t
2u y 3. Projectile Motion from a
x = u cos
g
v y = u y + ay t Height
2u 2 cos sin It depends on time ‘t’.
x=
g Its magnitude first decreases 3.1 Horizontal Direction:
and then becomes zero and (i) Initial velocity ux = u
(2 cos sin = sin 2)
then increases.
(ii) Acceleration ax = 0
u 2 sin 2
x=
g Vertical Direction:
(i) Initial velocity uy = 0
horizontal distance covered is
known as Range (ii) Acceleration ay = -g (downward)
Maximum height attained
by the particle Method 1:
using time of ascent
u sin
Time of ascent, t =
g
v x = u x + ax t
1
vx = ucos s y = u y t + at 2
2
It is independent of t and is u sin
constant = u sin
g
1 u 2 sin 2
− g Fig 3.6
2 g2
The path traced by projectile is called its trajectory.
u 2 sin 2 After time t,
H=
2g Horizontal displacement x = ut
1
Maximum height attained Vertical displacement y = − gt 2
2
Time of ascent (t1) =Time Method 2: using third
(Negative sign indicates that the direction of vertical
of descent (t2) equation of motion
displacement is downward.)
At topmost point y = 0 v 2y − u 2y = 2a y s y
1 x2 x
0 = usin − gt u 2 sin 2
So y = g 2 t = this is equation of a parabola
H= 2 u u
2g Above equation is called trajectory equation.
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Plane & Relative Motion
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 113
The equations for this type of motion will be:
● Time of flight
2h
Tf =
g
● Horizontal Range
2h
R = ux t = u
g
● Trajectory Equation
Fig 3.8
1 x2 x
y= g t=
2 u2 u
Projectile up an inclined plane
This is equation of parabola
Motion along x-axis Motion along y-axis
● Along vertical direction u x = u cos u y = u sin
v 2y = 02 + 2 ( h1 )( g ) a x = −g sin a y = −g cos
v y = 2gh1 v x = u cos − g sin t v y = u sin − g cos t
Along horizontal direction: 1 1
x = u cos t − g sin t 2 y = u sin t − g cos t 2
vx = u x = u 2 2
So, velocity
v = v2x + v2y = u 2 + 2gh1 4.2 The Motion of a Particle along the
Inclined Plane in Downward
4. Projectile on an Incline Direction.
4.1 The Motion of a Particle along the
Inclined Plane in Upward Direction.
Fig 3.7
Fig 3.9
ux = u
ux = u
a x = −g sin
v x = u − ( g sin ) t a x = +gsin
1 v = u + ( g sin ) t
x = ut − ( g sin ) t 2
2 1
x = ut + ( g sin ) t 2
uy = 0 2
a y = −g cos uy = 0
vy = 0 a y = −g cos
y=0 vy = 0
y=0
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Plane & Relative Motion
114 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
As this being a vector quantity, direction is very
important.
5.1 Velocity of Approach / Separation
• It is the component of relative velocity of one particle
with respect to another, along the line joining them.
• If the separation is decreasing, we say it is velocity of
approach and if separation is increasing, then we say it
Fig 3.10 is velocity of separation.
Projectile down an inclined plane • In one dimension, since relative velocity is along the
Motion along x-axis Motion along y-axis line joining A and B, hence velocity of approach
u x = u cos u y = u sin /separation is just equal to magnitude of relative
a x = g sin a y = g cos velocity of A with respect to B.
v x = u cos + g sin t v y = u sin − g cos t
1 1 5.2 Velocity of Approach / Separation in
x = u cos t + g sin t 2 y = u sin t − g cos t 2
2 2 Two Dimensions
• It is the component of relative velocity of one particle
2
with respect to another, along the line joining them.
sin ( 2 − ) − sin
u
R=
g cos 2
The maximum range therefore is, • If the separation is decreasing, we say it is velocity of
u2 approach and if separation is increasing, then we say it
R max = (1 − sin ) is velocity of separation.
g cos 2
5. Relative Motion 6. River-Boat Problems
Relative is a very general term. In physics we use relative • In river–boat problems we come across the following
very often. For e.g. three terms:
vr = absolute velocity of river.
vbr = velocity of boatman with respect to river and
vb = absolute velocity of boatman.
Fig 3.11 Hence, it is important to note that v br is the velocity of
• Case I: If you are stationary and you observe a car boatman with which he steers and vb is the actual
moving on a straight road then you say velocity of car
velocity of boatman relative to ground.
is 20 m/s which means velocity of car relative to you is
20 m/s or, velocity of car relative to the ground is 20 Further vb = vbr + vr .
m/s. • Now, let us derive some standard results and their
(As you are stationary on the ground.) special cases.
A boatman starts from point A on one bank of a river
• Case II: If you go inside a car and observe you will with velocity v br in the direction shown in figure.
find that the car is at rest while the road is moving
River is flowing along positive x–direction with
backwards. You will say: Velocity of car relative to the
you is 0 m/s Mathematically, velocity of B relative to velocity v r . Width of the river is d.
A is represented as Then, vb = vr + vbr
vBA = vB - v A
Therefore, vbx = vrx + vbrx = vr – vbr sin
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Plane & Relative Motion
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 115
and vby = vry + vbry= 0 + vbr cos = vbr cos Similarly, if vr > vbr, sin > 1, i.e., no such angle exists.
Practically it can be realized in this manner that it is not
possible to reach at B if river velocity (v r) is too high.
7. Relative Velocity of Rain
with Respect to Man
Fig 3.12 Consider a man walking west with velocity vm , represented
Now, time taken by the boatman to cross the river is:
by OA . Let the rain be falling vertically downwards with
d d d
t= = or t = ...(i) velocity v r , represented by OB as shown in figure. To find
v by v br cos v br cos
Further, displacement along x–axis when he reaches on the the relative velocity of rain with respect to man (i.e., v rm ),
other bank (also called drift) is given by- bring the man at rest by imposing a velocity −vm on man
d
x = ( v r − v br sin ) ...(ii) and apply this velocity on rain also.
v br cos Now the relative velocity of rain with respect to man will be
6.1 Condition when the Boatman ( )
the resultant velocity of vr = OB and −vm = OC , ( )
crosses the river in shortest interval which will be represented by diagonal OD of rectangle
of Time OBDC.
From eq. (i) we can see that time (t) will be minimum vrm = vr2 + vm2 + 2vr vm cos90 = vr2 + vm2
when = 0° i.e., the boatman should steer his boat
perpendicular to the river current.
6.2 Condition when the Boatman wants
to reach point B, i.e., at a point just
opposite from where he started
(shortest distance)
In this case, the drift (x) should be zero.
x=0
d
or, ( v r − v br sin ) =0 Fig 3.13
v br cos
If is the angle which v rm makes with the vertical
or, vr = vbr sin
direction, then
v v v
or, sin = r or = sin −1 r tan =
OD v m
= or = tan −1 m
v br v br OB v r vr
Hence, to reach point B the boatman should row at an
Here, angle is the angle that vrm makes w.r.t vertical.
v −1
angle = sin r upstream from AB. • In the above problem if the man wants to protect
vbr himself from the rain, he should hold his umbrella in
d d the direction of relative velocity of rain with respect to
t= =
vb v − v r2
2 man i.e., the umbrella should be held making an angle
br
v
(= tan–1 m ) west of vertical.
Since sin 1 So, if vr > vbr, the boatman can never vr
reach at point B. Because if vr = vbr, sin = 1 or = • SI unit: m/s
90° and it is just impossible to reach at B if = 90°. • Dimensional formula: [LT-1]
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Plane & Relative Motion
116 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
The unit vectors ˆi, ˆj and kˆ are vectors of unit
NCERT Corner magnitude and point in the direction of the x-, y-, and z-
Important Points to Remember axes, respectively in a right-handed coordinate system.
1. Scalar quantities are quantities with magnitudes only. 10. A vector A can be expressed as A = A x ˆi + A y ˆj where
Examples are distance, speed, mass and temperature
Ax , Ay are its components along x-, and y-axes. If
2. Vector quantities are quantities with magnitude and vector A makes an angle with the x-axis, then
direction both. Examples are displacement, velocity A x = A cos , A y = A sin and
and acceleration. They obey special rules of vector
Ay
algebra. A = A = A 2x + A 2y , tan =
Ax
3. A vector A multiplied by a real number λ is also a
vector, whose magnitude is λ times the magnitude of 11. Vectors can be conveniently added using analytical
the vector A and whose direction is the same or method. If sum of two vectors A and B , that lie in x-y
opposite depending upon whether λ is positive or plane, is R, then: R = R x ˆi + R y ˆj . where, R x = Ax + Bx
negative.
and R y = A y + By
4. Two vectors A and B may be added graphically using
head to tail method or parallelogram method. 12. The position vector of an object in x-y plane is given
by r = xiˆ + yjˆ and the displacement from position r to
5. Vector addition is commutative: A + B = B + A position r is given by
It also obeys the associative law: r = r − r
( A + B) + C = A + ( B + C ) = ( x − x ) ˆi + ( y − y ) ˆj
= xiˆ + yjˆ
6. A null or zero vector is a vector with zero magnitude.
Since the magnitude is zero, we don’t have to specify 13. If an object undergoes a displacement r in time t ,
its direction. It has the properties:
r
A+0 = A its average velocity is given by v = . The velocity
t
A0 = 0 of an object at time t is the limiting value of the
0A = 0 r dr
average velocity as t tends to zero: v = lim = .
t →0 t dt
7. The subtraction of vector B from A is defined as the It can be written in unit vector notation as:
sum of A and − B : dx dy dz
v = v x ˆi + v y ˆi + v z kˆ where v x = , v y = , vz =
A − B = A + −B( ) dt
When position of an object is plotted on a coordinate
dt dt
system, v is always tangent to the curve representing
8. A vector A can be resolved into component along two the path of the object.
given vectors a and b lying in the same plane:
A = a + b where λ and µ are real numbers. 14. If the velocity of an object changes from v to v' in time
t , then its average acceleration is given by:
9. A unit vector associated with a vector A has v − v ' v
a= =
magnitude one and is along the vector A : t t
A The acceleration a at any time t is the limiting value
n̂ =
A of a as t → 0 ,
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Plane & Relative Motion
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 117
v dv Hence drift Δx will be
a = lim =
t →0 t dt d
t = ... ( i )
In component form, we have: a = a x ˆi + a y ˆj + a z kˆ vsr sin
x = ( v r + vsr cos ) t ... ( ii )
dv x dv y dv
Where, a x = , ay = , az = z
dt dt dt • Minimum time of crossing
d
t min = And hence
15. Relative motion can be defined as the comparison vsr
between the motions of a single object to the motion of d
another object moving with the same velocity. Relative Drift x = v r
motion can be easily found out with the help of the vsr
concept of relative velocity, relative acceleration or
relative speed
16. The relative velocity of an object A with respect to
object B is the rate of position of the object A with
respect of object B.
• If VA and VB be the velocities of objects A and B
with respect to the ground, then:
(a) The relative velocity of A with respect to B is
VAB = VA – VB
(b) The relative velocity of B with respect to A is
VBA = VA – VB
• Shortest Path: The person should try to swim such
• SI unit: m/s
that the resultant velocity becomes perpendicular to the
• Dimensional formula: [LT-1]
river flow.
d
17. Relative Acceleration: The relative acceleration (also t =
ar) is the acceleration of an object or observer B in the vsr − v2r
2
rest frame of another object or observer A.
• Acceleration of B relative to A = aB - aA
• SI unit: m/s2
• Dimensional formula: [LT-2]
18. Crossing of River problems:
19. Rain-man umbrella problems
• A person standing/running in a particular direction
would be needed to be protected by properly
directing the axis of the umbrella.
• Here again 3 situations may arise-
• Time of crossing: Component (vr + vsr cos 𝜽) will
enable the person to drift along the length of river.
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Plane & Relative Motion
118 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
Case-I Case-II Case-III
v r sin = v m
v r sin v m
v r sin v m
v r cos = v rm
v m − v r sin
v r sin − v m
In this case rain appears
to fall vertically, which
v r sin − v m
tan = v m − v sin can happen only if the
v r cos tan =
v r cos horizontal velocity of
rain and man match.
SCAN CODE
Motion in a Plane & Relative Motion
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 119
Solved Examples
[NCERT]
Sol.
dr d
(a) v ( t ) = =
dt dt
(
3.0tiˆ + 2.0t 2 ˆj + 5.0kˆ )
Example 1 = 3.0iˆ + 4.0tjˆ
A motorboat is racing towards north at 25 km/h and dv
the water current in that region is 10 km/h in the a (t) = = +4.0jˆ
dt
direction of 60° east of south. Find the resultant
velocity of the boat. a = 4.0ms −2 along y – direction
[NCERT] (b) At t = 1.0s, v = 3.0iˆ + 4.0jˆ
Sol. The vector vb representing the velocity of the
It's magnitude is v = 32 + 42 = 5.0ms −1 and
motorboat and the vector vc representing the water
direction is
current are shown in figure in directions specified by
the problem. Using the parallelogram method of vy 4
= tan −1 = tan −1 53 with x-axis.
addition, the resultant R is obtained in the direction vx 3
shown in the figure.
Example 3
A particle starts from origin at t = 0 with a velocity
5.0iˆ m / s and moves in x-y plane under action of a
force which produces a constant acceleration of
( )
3.0iˆ + 2.0jˆ m / s 2
(a) What is the y-coordinate of the particle at the
instant its x-coordinate is 84 m?
(b) What is the speed of the particle at this
time?
[NCERT]
Sol. For r0 = 0, the position of the particle is given by
1
r ( t ) = v 0 t + at 2
2
= 5.0it ( )
ˆ + (1 / 2 ) 3.0iˆ + 2.0ˆj t 2
We can obtain the magnitude of R using the Law of = ( 5.0t + 1.5t ) ˆi + 1.0t ˆj
2 2
cosine: x ( t ) = 5.0t + 1.5t 2
R = v + v 2v b v c cos120
2 2
b c
Therefore, y ( t ) = +1.0t 2
= 25 + 10 + 2 25 10 ( −1/ 2 ) 22km / h
2 2
Given x ( t ) = 84m, t = ?
To obtain the direction, we apply the Law of sines
5.0t + 1.5t 2 = 84 t = 6s
R v v
= c or, sin = c sin At t = 6s, y = 1.0 ( 6) = 36.0m
sin sin R
10 sin120 10 3 Now, the velocity v =
dr
= ( 5.0 + 3.0t ) ˆi + 2.0tjˆ
= = 0.397
21.8 2 21.8 dt
23.4 At t = 6s, v = 23.0iˆ + 12.0jˆ
speed = v = 232 + 122 26ms−1
Example 2
The position of a particle is given
by r = 3.0tiˆ + 2.0t 2 ˆj + 5.0kˆ where ‘t’ is in seconds Example 4
Read each statement below carefully and state with
and the coefficients have the proper units for ‘r’ to be reasons, if it is true or false:
in meters. (a) The magnitude of a vector is always a scalar.
(a) Find v(t) and a(t) of the particle. (b) Each component of a vector is always a scalar.
(b) Find the magnitude and direction of v(t) at t = 1.0 (c) The total path length is always equal to the
s.
120 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
magnitude of the displacement vector of a particle. v2 v2
(d) The average speed of a particle (defined as total Since R max = 100 =
g g
path length divided by the time taken to cover the
path) is either greater or equal to the magnitude of Using equation of motion
average velocity of the particle over the same v 2 − u 2 = 2as
interval of time. Here, v = 0, a = −g, s = R max = 100m
(e) Three vectors not lying in a plane can never add
( 0 ) − u 2 = 2 ( −g ) s
2
up to give a null vector.
1 u2
s=
Sol. (a) True, magnitude of the velocity of a body moving 2 g
in a straight line may be equal to the speed of the
Since u = v
body.
1 v2 1
(b) False, each component of a vector is always a s = = 100 = 50 m
vector, not scalar. 2 g 2
(c) False, total path length can also be more than the
magnitude of displacement vector of a particle. Example 7
(d) True, because the total path length is either The sum and difference of the two vectors are equal
greater than or equal to the magnitude of the in magnitude i. e. |a + b|=|a – b|. What conclusion do
displacement vector. you draw from this?
(e) True, this is because the resultant of two vectors
will not lie in the plane of third vector and hence Sol. The two vectors are equal in magnitude and are
cannot cancel its effect to give null vector. perpendicular to each other.
Example 5 Example 8
The ceiling of a long hall is 25 m high. What is the What will be the net effect on maximum height of a
maximum horizontal distance that a ball thrown with projectile when its angle of projection is changed
a speed of 40 m s-1 can go without hitting the ceiling from 30o to 60o, keeping the same initial velocity of
of the hall? ( given sin 67.2 = 0.9219 ) projection?
Maximum height h max = 25m ; Horizontal range, R
Sol. Maximum height H of a projectile is given by the
Sol.
equation H = v0 sin / 2g
2 2
=?
Velocity of projection, v = 40ms −1 Here, H sin 2
H1 ( sin 30 )
2
v 2 sin 2 1 4 1
We know that h max = = = =
2g H 2 ( sin 60 ) 2
4 3 3
25 2 9.8 or H 2 = 3H1
or sin 2 = = 0.30625 or sin = 0.5534
40 40 The maximum height of the projectile for angle of
= sin −1 ( 0.5534 ) = 33.6 projection 60o is three times more than the maximum
height at angle of projection 30o
v 2 sin 2 40 40sin 67.2
Again, R = =
g 9.8 Example 9
1600 If the origin is shifted, which of the two vectors,
or R = 0.9219 m = 150.5m position or displacement vectors will change?
9.8
Sol. The position vector will change as it depends on the
Example 6
origin, but the displacement vector will remain
A cricketer can throw a ball to a maximum horizontal
unchanged since it is the shortest distance between
distance of 100 m. How much high above the ground
two points.
can the cricketer throw the same ball?
Sol. Rmax = 100m;
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 121
Example 10 1 2
rf = ri + ut + at
If a particle moves from points P (2, 4, 7) to point Q 2
(1, 4, 5). What will be the displacement vector? The body starts from the origin, ri = 0
1
Sol. P = 2iˆ + 4jˆ + 7kˆ or, rf = u x tiˆ + u y ˆj + a y t 2 j
2
Q = 1iˆ + 4jˆ + 5kˆ 1
or, rf = u x tiˆ + u y ˆj + a y t 2 ˆj
Displacement vector 2
PQ = Q − P
Example 14
( ) (
or, PQ = 1iˆ + 4jˆ + 5kˆ − 2iˆ + 4jˆ + 7kˆ ) If a position vector is given by, r = 2tiˆ + 3t 2 ˆj . Prove
or, PQ = 1iˆ − 2kˆ that the acceleration vector is independent of time.
Example 11 Sol. r = 2tiˆ + 3t 2 ˆj
What will be the effect on the horizontal range of a dr
projectile when its initial velocity is doubled keeping Velocity vector ( v ) =
dt
the angle of projection same?
or v = 2iˆ + 6tjˆ
u 2 sin 2 Acceleration vector ( a ) =
dv
Sol. R=
g dt
So, when the initial velocity is doubled, the range will or, a = 0iˆ + 6ˆj
become four times. or, a = 6jˆ
Since the acceleration vector does not contain any
Example 12
time variable ‘t’.
A stone dropped from the window of a stationary
Hence it is independent of time.
railway carriage takes 2 seconds to reach the ground.
At what time the stone will reach the ground when
Example 15
the carriage is moving with
A jet airplane traveling at the speed of 500 km h –1
(a) the constant velocity of 80 km/h,
ejects its products of combustion at the speed of 1500
(b) constant acceleration of 2 ms-2?
km h–1 relative to the jet plane. What is the speed of
the latter with respect to an observer on the ground?
Sol. The time taken by the freely falling stone to reach the
[NCERT]
ground is given by:
Sol. Speed of the jet airplane, v jet = 500 km / h
2h
t= Relative speed of its products of combustion with
g
respect to the plane, vsmoke = −1500 km / h
In both cases, the stone will fall through the same
height as it is falling when the railway carriage is Speed of its products of combustion with respect to
stationary. Hence the stone will reach the ground after the ground = vsmoke
2 seconds. Now, vsmoke = vsmoke + v jet
Example 13 = −1500 + 500
A body starts form the origin with initial velocity = −1000 km / h
u = u ˆi + u ˆj Suppose the acceleration vector be
x y
The negative sign indicates that the direction of its
products of combustion is opposite to the direction of
a = a y ˆj . Find out the position vector of the body
motion of the jet airplane.
after time 't'.
Sol. Position vector of the particle after time ‘t’,
122 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
Example 16 ( i ) vAB = vA − vB = (10 ) − ( −12 ) = 22m / s
A man can swim with a speed of 4.0 km/h in still
( ii ) vBA = vB − vA = ( −12 ) − (10 ) = −22m / s
water. How long will he take to cross a river 1.0 km
wide if the river flows steadily at 3.0 km/h and he
makes his strokes normal to the river current? How Example 19
far down the river does he go when he reaches the A particle A is moving with a speed of 20 m/s
other bank? towards right and another particle B is moving at a
[NCERT] speed of 5 m/s towards right. Find their velocity of
−1 −1 approach.
Sol. Here, vm = 4kmh , vr = 3kmh
OA = 1km
Let t = time taken by man to reach the other bank
then t =
OA 1
= = 0.25h Sol. VA = +20, VB = +5
vm 4
VBA = VA − VB
Distance AB = vr t = 3 0.25 = 0.75km
20 − ( +5) = 15m / s
Since separation is decreasing hence
Vapp = VAB = 15m / s
Example 20
A particle A is moving with a speed of 10 m/s
towards right, particle B is moving at a speed of 10
m/s towards right and another particle C is moving at
speed of 10 m/s towards left. The separation between
A and B is 100 m. Find the time interval between C
Example 17
meeting B and C meeting A.
An object A is moving with 5 m/s and B is moving
with 20 m/s in the same direction.
(Positive x-axis)
(i) Find velocity of B with respect to A
(ii) Find velocity of A with respect to B
Sol. ( i ) vB = +20 m / s v A = +5m / s;
v BA = v B − v A = +15 m / s
( ii ) vB = +20 m / s, v A = +5 m / s;
v BA = v A − v B = −15 m / s
separation between A and C
Note : v BA = − v AB Sol. t=
Vapp of A and C
100
Example 18 = = 5sec
Two objects A and B are moving towards each other 10 − ( −10 )
with velocities 10 m/s and 12 m/s respectively as
shown. Example 21
A and B are thrown vertically upward with velocity, 5
m/s and 10 m/s respectively (g = 10 m/s2). Find
separation between them after one second
(i) Find the velocity of A with respect to B.
(ii) Find the velocity of B with respect to A.
Sol. vA = +10, vB = −12
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 123
1
s = ut + a BL t 2
Sol. 2
1 2u
0 = uT − ( g + a ) T 2 T =
2 (g + a )
( b ) v 2 − u 2 = 2as
0 − u 2 = −2 ( g + a ) H
u2
H=
2 (g + a )
1
SA = ut − gt 2
2
Example 23
1
= 5t − 10 t 2 A man moving with 5 m/s observes rain falling
2
vertically at the rate of 10 m/s. Find the speed and
= 5 1 − 5 12 direction of the rain with respect to ground.
= 5−5 = 0
1 1
SB = ut − gt 2 = 10 1 − 10 12 = 10 − 5 = 5
2 2
SB − SA = separation = 5 m
Alter:
Sol.
a BA = a B − a A = ( −10 ) − ( −10 ) = 0
Also v BA = v B − v A = 10 − 5 = 5m / s
sBA ( in1sec ) = v BA t = 5 1 = 5m
Distance between A and B after 1 sec = 5 m.
Example 22
A lift is moving up with acceleration a. A person v RM = 10m / s, v M = 5m / s
inside the lift throws the ball upwards with a velocity v RM = v Ru − v M
u relative to hand.
v Ru = v RM + v M
(a) What is the time of flight of the ball
(b) What is the maximum height reached by the ball vR = 5 5
in the lift? 1 1
tan = , = tan −1
2 2
Example 24
50 m long trains are crossing each other in opposite
direction with velocity of 10 m/s and 15 m/s.
respectively then time-taken by trains to cross each
other will be
(a) 2 sec
(b) 4 sec
(c) 6 sec
(d) 8 sec
Sol. ( a ) a BL = a B − a L = g + a Ans. (b)
124 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
Sol. Total length to cross L = 50 + 50 = 100m Ans. (c)
Relative velocity (w.r.t other train) Sol.
v = 15 – (-10) = 25 m/s
L 100
t = = = 4s
v 25
5
Example 25 Speed of bullet = 72
18
Thief’s car is moving with a speed of 10 m/s. A
police van chasing this cart with a speed of 5 m/s fires = 20m / s
a bullet at the thief’s car with muzzle velocity 72 Total bullet speed = 20 + speedof van
km/h. Find the speed with which the bullet will hit the = 20 + 5
car = 25m / s
(a) 10 m/s The bullet will hit the thief’s car with
(b) 20 m/s = 25 − 10 = 15m / s
(c) 15 m/s
(d) 25 m/s
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 125
EXERCISE – 1: Basic Objective Questions
Motion in a Plane (b) The velocity of an object may be zero but
acceleration is not zero.
1. If v = 4iˆ + 3jˆ m / s then find out magnitude of
(c) Distance and the magnitude of displacement are
velocity vector equal for motion in a plane.
(a) 4 m/sec (b) 1 m/sec (d) Average speed and the magnitude of average
(c) 3 m/sec (d) 5 m/sec velocity are always equal for motion in a plane.
2. If a particle moves from point P(2, 3, 5) to point Q(3, 9. The (x y, z) co–ordinates of two points A and B are
4, 5). Its displacement vector be given respectively as (0, 3, –1) and (–2, 6, 4). The
(a) ˆi + ˆj + 10kˆ (b) ˆi + ˆj + 5kˆ displacement vector from A to B may be given by:
(a) −2iˆ + 6 ˆj + 4kˆ
(c) ˆi + ˆj (d) 2iˆ + 4jˆ + 6kˆ
(b) −2iˆ + 3 ˆj + 3kˆ
3. A particle is moving in x direction with 5 m/sec and
(c) −2iˆ + 3 ˆj + 5kˆ
in y-direction with 10 m/sec then find out velocity of
particle (d) 2iˆ − 3 ˆj − 5kˆ
(a) 10iˆ + 5jˆ (b) 5iˆ + 10jˆ
10. Assertion : A body with constant acceleration always
(c) ˆi + ˆj (d) 2iˆ + 2jˆ
moves along a straight line
Reason : A body with constant magnitude of
4. An aeroplane moves 400 m towards the north, 300 m acceleration may not speed up.
towards west and then 1200 m vertically upwards, (a) Assertion is True, Reason is True; Reason is a
then its displacement from the initial position is: correct explanation for Assertion
(a) 1600 m (b) 1800 m (b) Assertion is True, Reason is True; Reason is NOT
(c) 1500 m (d) 1300 m a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is True, Reason is False
5. The ratio of speed to the magnitude of velocity when (d) Both Assertion and Reason are False
the body is moving in one direction is
(a) Less than one 11. A particle moves so that its position vector is given
by r = cos txˆ + sin tyˆ , where is a constant.
(b) Greater than one
(c) Equal to one
(d) Greater than or equal to one Which of the following is true?
(a) Velocity is perpendicular to r and acceleration is
directed towards the origin.
6. A particle has an initial velocity of 3iˆ + 4jˆ and an
(b) Velocity is perpendicular to r and acceleration is
acceleration of 0.4iˆ + 0.3jˆ . Its speed after 10 s is : directed from the origin
(a) 10 unit (b) 7 unit (c) Velocity and acceleration both are perpendicular
to r
(c) 7 2 unit (d) 8.5 unit
(d) Velocity and acceleration both are parallel to r
7. The speed of a projectile at its maximum height is
half of its initial speed. The angle of projection is: 12. Let vanda denote the velocity and acceleration
(a) 15° (b) 30° respectively of a particle in one dimensional motion.
(c) 45° (d) 60° The speed of the particle:
(a) decreases when v a 0
8. Which of the following situations is possible?
(b) remains same when va 0
(a) An object can have acceleration, but constant
velocity. (c) increases when v a = 0
126 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
(d) decreases when v a Reason: The shape of the trajectory of the motion of
on object is determined by the acceleration alone.
13. A particle starting from the origin (0, 0) moves in a (a) If both the assertion and reason are true and
straight line in the (x, y) plane. Its coordinates at a
reason is a true explanation of the assertion.
later time are ( )
3, 3 . The path of the particle makes (b) If both the assertion and reason are true but the
with the x-axis an angle of reason is not the true correct the correct
(a) 30° (b) 45° explanation of the assertion.
(c) 60° (d) 0° (c) If the assertion is true but reason is false.
(d) If both the assertion and reason are false.
14. A particle moves in x-y plane according to rule
x = a sin t and y = a cos t . The particle follows: 20. In the projectile motion, if air resistance is ignored,
the horizontal motion is at
(a) a circular path
(a) constant velocity (b) constant retardation
(b) a parabolic path
(c) constant acceleration (d) variable acceleration
(c) a straight-line path inclined equally to x and y-axis
(d) an elliptical path
21. The shape of trajectory of the motion of an object is
determined by
15. Position vector of a particle moving in xy plane at
(a) acceleration (b) initial position
time t is r = a(1 − cos t)i + a sin t j the path of the (c) initial velocity (d) All of these
particle is:
(a) a circle of radius a and centre at (a, 0) 22. The velocity of projection of a body is increased by
(b) a circle of radius a and centre at (0, 0) 2%. Other factors remaining unchanged, what will be
(c) an ellipse the percentage change in the maximum height
(d) neither a circle nor an ellipse attained?
(a) 1% (b) 2%
16. The position vector of a particle is given as (c) 4% (d) 8%
r = ( t 2 − 4t + 6) ˆi + ( t 2 ) ˆj . The time after which the
velocity vector and acceleration vector becomes 23. At the highest point on the trajectory of a projectile,
perpendicular to each other is equal to its
(a) 1 sec (b) 2 sec (a) acceleration is minimum
(c) 1.5 sec (d) not possible (b) velocity is maximum
(c) acceleration is maximum
17. Velocity and acceleration of a particle initially are (d) velocity7 is minimum
v = (3iˆ + 4j)m ( )
ˆ / s and a = − 6iˆ + 8jˆ m / s 2
24. At the top of the trajectory of a projectile, the
respectively. Initially particle is at origin. Maximum acceleration is
x–coordinate of particle will be: (a) maximum (b) minimum
(a) 1.5 m (b) 0.75 m (c) zero (d) constant (g)
(c) 2.25 m (d) 4.0 m
25. The time of flight of a projectile on an upward
18. A particle has a displacement of 2 units along the x- inclined plane depends upon
axis, 1 unit along the y-axis and 2 units along the z- (a) angle of inclination of the plane
axis. Then the resultant displacement of the particle is (b) angle of projection
(a) 3 units (b) 5 units (c) the value of acceleration due to gravity
(c) 4 units (d) 1 units (d) all of the above
Projectile Motion 26. During projectile motion, the horizontal velocity
19. Assertion The trajectory of an object moving under (a) first increases, then decreases
the same acceleration due to gravity can be straight (b) first decreases, then increases
line or a parabola depending on the initial conditions. (c) always increases
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 127
(d) always constant (b) Their maximum heights are same
(c) Their times of flight are same
27. For angles of projection of a projectile at angles (d) All of these
( 45 − ) and ( 45 + ) , the horizontal ranges
34. If the initial velocity of a projectile be doubled
describe3d by the projectile are in the ratio of
keeping the angle of projection same, the maximum
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 2 : 3
height reached by it will
(c) 1 : 2 (d) 2 : 1
(a) Remain the same
(b) Be doubled
28. A body is projected at an angle with respect to
(c) Be quadrupled
horizontal direction with velocity u. The maximum
(d) Be halved
range of the body is
u 2 sin 2 u 2 sin 2
(a) R = (b) R = 35. A ball, whose kinetic energy is E, is thrown at an
g 2g angle of 45° with the horizontal, its kinetic energy at
u2 the highest point of its flight will be:
(c) R = (d) R = u 2 sin
g (a) zero (b) E/2
E
(c) (d) E
29. The maximum height attained by a projectile when 2
thrown at an angle with the horizontal is found to
be half the horizontal range. Then, is equal to 36. Which one of the following is constant in a projectile
motion?
(a) tan −1 ( 2 ) (b) (a) Velocity at any instant
6
(b) Vertical component of the velocity
1
(c) (d) tan −1 (c) Horizontal component of the velocity
4 2 (d) None of these
30 A body is projected horizontally with velocity 37. A cricketer can throw a ball to a maximum horizontal
196 ms−1 from height 400 m. What is the time to distance of 100 m. The speed with which he throws
reach the ground? the ball is (to the nearest integer)
(a) 5 s (b) 9 s (a) 30 ms–1 (b) 42 ms–1
–1
(c) 15 s (d) 20 s (c) 32 ms (d) 35 ms–1
31. A particle of mass m is projected with velocity v 38. A particle covers 50 m distance when projected with
making an angle of 45° with the horizontal. When the an initial speed. On the same surface it will cover a
particle lands on the level ground the magnitude of distance, when projected with double the initial speed
the change in its momentum will be: at same angle is
mv (a) 100 m (b) 150 m
(a) 2 mv (b) (c) 200 m (d) 250 m
2
(c) mv 2 (d) zero 39. Two bodies are projected with the same speed. If one
is projected at an angle of 30 and the other at an
32. In a projectile motion, speed at maximum height is angle of to the horizontal, the ratio of the
u cos maximum heights reached is
(a) (b) u cos
2 (a) 3 : 1 (b) 1 : 3
u sin (c) 1 : 2 (d) 2 : 1
(c) (d) None of these
2
33. If two bodies are projected at 30° and 60°
respectively, with the same speed, then
(a) Their ranges are same
128 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
40. The velocity of a projectile at the initial point A is 45. A body is projected horizontally with speed 20 m/s
( )
2i + 3jˆ m/s. Its velocity (in m/s) at point B is: from the top of a tower. What will be the
displacement of the body after 5 sec?
(a) 100 m (b) 125 m
(c) 160 m (d) 225 m
46. The greatest height to which a man can throw a stone
is h. The greatest distance to which he can throw it
will be
(a) 2iˆ + 3jˆ (b) −2iˆ − 3jˆ (a) h/2 (b) 2h
(c) h (d) 3h
(c) −2iˆ + 3jˆ (d) 2iˆ − 3jˆ
47. Two projectiles A and B are projected with angle of
41. At the highest point of a projectile its velocity and projection 30° for the projectile A and 45° for the
acceleration are at an angle of: projectile B. If RA and RB are the horizontal ranges
(a) 180° (b) 90° for the two projectiles, then
(c) 60° (d) 45° (a) RA = RB
(b) RA > RB
42. Assertion : Two particles of different mass, projected (c) RA < RB
with same speed and angle of projection, the (d) the information is insufficient to decide the
maximum height attained by both the particles will be relation of RA and RB
the same.
Reason : The maximum height of the projectile is 48. Two bullets are fired with horizontal velocities of 50
independent of particle mass. m/s and 100 m/s from two guns at a height of 19.6 m.
(a) Assertion is True, Reason is True; Reason is a Which bullet will strike first?
correct explanation for Assertion (a) First (b) Second
(b) Assertion is True, Reason is True; Reason is NOT (c) Simultaneously (d) None of these
a correct explanation for Assertion
(c) Assertion is True, Reason is False 49. A man projects a coin upwards from the gate of a
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are False uniformly moving train. The path of coin for the man
will be
43. Assertion : In order to hit a target at same horizontal (a) Parabolic (b) Inclined straight line
height, a man should point his rifle in the same (c) Vertical straight line (d) Horizontal straight line
direction as the target.
Reason : The horizontal range of the bullet is 50. In a projectile motion, the velocity
independent of the angle of projection with (a) Is always perpendicular to the acceleration
horizontal. (b) Is never perpendicular to the acceleration
(a) Assertion is True, Reason is True; Reason is a (c) Is perpendicular to the acceleration for one instant
correct explanation for Assertion only
(b) Assertion is True, Reason is True; Reason is NOT (d) Is perpendicular to the acceleration for two
a correct explanation for Assertion instants
(c) Assertion is True, Reason is False
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are False 51. At the top of the trajectory of a projectile, the
directions of its velocity and acceleration are
44. A body is projected horizontally with speed 20 m/s (a) Perpendicular to each other
from the top of a tower. What will be its speed nearly (b) Parallel to each other
after 5 sec? Take g = 10 m/s2 (c) Inclined to each other at an angle of 45 o
(a) 54 m/s (b) 20 m/s (d) Antiparallel to each other
(c) 50 m/s (d) 70 m/s
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 129
52. For a projectile, the ratio of maximum height reached 60° to the horizontal. The ratio of maximum heights
to the square of flight time is reached, is:
(g = 10 ms–2) (a) 1:3 (b) 2:1
(a) 5 : 4 (b) 5 : 2 (c) 3:1 (d) 1:4
(c) 5 : 1 (d) 10 : 1
60. The maximum range of a gun on horizontal terrain is
53. A projectile is projected with initial velocity 1.0 km. If g = 10 m/s2, what must be the muzzle
( )
6iˆ + 8jˆ m / sec . If g = 10 ms–2, then horizontal velocity of the shell?
(a) 400 m/s (b) 200 m/s
range is (c) 100 m/s (d) 50 m/s
(a) 4.8 metre (b) 9.6 metre
(c) 19.2 metre (d) 14.0 metre 61. An aeroplane flies 400 m due north and then 300 m
due south and then flies 1200 m upwards, the net
54. A projectile thrown with an initial speed u and angle displacement is
of projection 15 to the horizontal has a range R. If (a) greater than 1200 m (b) less than 1200 m
the same projectile is thrown at an angle of 45 to (c) 1400 m (d) 1500 m
the horizontal with speed 2u, its range will be
(a) 12 R (b) 3 R 62. Maximum horizontal range of a projectile is 100 m.
(c) 8 R (d) 4 R The maximum height attained by it will be :
(a) 25m (b) 20m
55. A ball thrown by one player reaches the other in 2 (c) 40m (d) 80m
sec. The maximum height attained by the ball above
the point of projection will be about 63. Velocity of a stone projected 2 seconds before it
(a) 10 m (b) 7.5 m reaches the maximum height, makes angle 53° with
(c) 5 m (d) 2.5 m the horizontal. Then the speed at highest point will be
(a) 20 m/s (b) 15 m/s
56. The maximum horizontal range of a projectile is 400 (c) 25 m/s (d) 80/3 m/s
m. The maximum height attained by it corresponding
to that will be 64. A fielder in a cricket match throws a ball from the
(a) 100 m (b) 200 m boundary line to the wicket keeper. The ball describes
(c) 400 m (d) 800 m a parabolic path. Which of the following quantities
remains constant during the ball’s motion in air ?
57. If time of flight of a projectile is 10 seconds and (neglect air resistance)
range is 500 m, the maximum height attained by it (a) its kinetic energy
will be (b) its speed
(a) 125 m (b) 50 m (c) the horizontal component of its velocity
(c) 100 m (d) 150 m (d) the vertical component of its velocity
58. A stone is projected at an angle with the horizontal 65. Two balls are projected at an angle θ and (90° – θ) to
with speed u. It executes a nearly circular motion near the horizontal with the same speed. The ratio of their
its maximum height for a short time. The radius of maximum vertical heights is
circular path is: (a) 1 : 1 (b) tan θ : 1
u cos 2 u sin 2 (c) 1 : tan θ (d) tan2 θ : 1
(a) (b)
2g g
66. The height y and the distance x along the horizontal
u cos 2 u plane of a projectile on a certain planet (with no
(c) (d)
g g surrounding atmosphere) are given by y = (8t – 5t2)
metre and x = 6t metre where t is in seconds. The
velocity of projection at t = 0 is
59. Two projectiles are projected with the same speed. If
(a) 8 m/sec
one is projected at an angle, of 30° and the other at
(b) 6 m/sec
130 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
(c) 10 m/sec u2 u2
(d) not obtained from the data (a) (b)
g 2g
67. Which of the following is largest, when the height u2 u2
(c) (d)
attained by the projectile is the largest 3g 4g
(a) Range
(b) Time of flight 73. The velocity at the maximum height of a projectile is
(c) Angle of projectile with vertical half of its initial velocity of projection u. Its range on
(d) None of these the horizontal plane is
68. Which of the following does not affect the maximum (a) 3u 2 / 2g (b) u2/3g
height attained by the projectile (c) 3u2/2g (d) 3u2/g
(a) Magnitude of initial velocity
(b) Acceleration of the projectile 74. A projectile is thrown from a point in a horizontal
(c) Angle of projection place such that its horizontal and vertical velocity
(d) Mass of the projectile component are 9.8 m/s and 19.6 m/s respectively. Its
horizontal range is
69. A stone is thrown at an angle θ to the horizontal (a) 4.9 m (b) 9.8 m
reaches a maximum height h. The time of flight of the (c) 19.6 m (d) 39.2 m
stone is
75. A projectile is fired at an angle of 45° with the
(a) (2h sin ) / g
horizontal. Elevation angle of the projectile at its
(b) 2 (2h sin ) / g highest point as seen from the point of projection is:
3
(a) tan −1
(c) 2 (2h) / g
2 (b) 45°
(d) (2h) / g 1
(c) 60° (d) tan −1
2
70. In projectile motion, the modulus of rate of change of
speed 76. The horizontal range and the maximum height of a
(a) is constant projectile are equal. The angle of projection of the
(b) first increases then decreases projectile is
(c) first decreases then increases (a) = 45
(d) none of these
1
(b) = tan −1
4
71. A particle is projected at an angle of 60o above the
horizontal with a speed of 10 m/s. After some time, (c) = tan ( 4)
−1
the direction of its velocity makes an angle of 30 o
(d) = tan ( 2 )
−1
above the horizontal. The speed of the particle at this
instant is
5 77. Two particles of same mass are projected from same
(a) m/s (b) 5 3 m / s place with same speed u, such that their ranges are
3
same. If h1 and h2 are the maximum heights attained
10
(c) 5 m/s (d) m/s by them then the relation between h1, h2 and R will be
3 :
h12 h1
(a) R = (b) R =
2 2
72. The speed of a projectile at the highest point becomes
h 22 h2
1
times its initial speed. The horizontal range of
(c) R = h1h 2 (d) R = 16h1h 2
2 2
2
the projectile will be
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 131
78. An aeroplane moving horizontally with a speed of of one is / 3 and the maximum height reached by it
720 km/h drops a food packet, while flying at a height is 102 m. Then the maximum height reached by the
of 396.9 m. The time taken by the food packet to other in metres is:
reach the ground and its horizontal range is: (a) 336 (b) 224
(g = 9.8 m/s2) (c) 56 (d) 34
(a) 9 s and 1800 m (b) 8 s and 1500 m
(c) 3 s and 2000 m (d) 5 s and 500 m 85. A ball is thrown up at an angle with the horizontal.
Then the total change of momentum by the instant, it
79. A bullet fired at an angle of 30° with the horizontal returns to ground is:
hits the ground 3 km away. By adjusting its angle of (a) acceleration due to gravity × total time of flight
projection, can one hope to hits a target 5 km away. (b) weight of the ball × half the time of flight
Assume the muzzle speed to be same and the air (c) weight of the ball × total time of flight
resistance is negligible: (d) weight of the ball × horizontal range
(a) possible to hit a target 5 km away
(b) not possible to hit a target 5 km away 86. Assertion : Two stones are simultaneously projected
(c) prediction is not possible from level ground from the same point with same
(d) none of the above speeds but different angles horizontally. Both stones
move in the same vertical plane. Then the two stones
80. The horizontal range of projectile is 4 3 times of its may collide in mid-air.
maximum height. The angle of projection will be : Reason : For two stones projected simultaneously
(a) 40° (b) 90° from the same point with same speed at different
(c) 30° (d) 45° angles horizontally, their trajectories may intersect at
some point.
81. A projectile is thrown in the upward direction making (a) Assertion is True, Reason is True; Reason is a
an angle of 60° with the horizontal direction with a correct explanation for Assertion
speed of 147 ms–l. Then the time after which its (b) Assertion is True, Reason is True; Reason is NOT
inclination with the horizontal is 45°, is: a correct explanation for Assertion
(a) 15s (b) 10.98s (c) Assertion is True, Reason is False
(c) 5.49 s (d) 2.745 s (d) Both Assertion and Reason are False
82. A cart is moving horizontally along a straight line 87. Assertion : In a plane to plane projectile motion, the
with constant speed 30 m/s. A projectile is to be fired angle between instantaneous velocity vector and
from the moving cart in such a way that it will return acceleration vector can be anything between 0 to π
to the cart after the cart has moved 80 m. At what (excluding the limiting case).
speed (relative to the cart) must the projectile be Reason : In plane to plane projectile motion, the
fired? (Take = 1 0 m/s2) acceleration vector is always pointing vertical
downwards. (Neglect air friction).
(a) 10 m/s (b) 10 8 m/s (a) Assertion is True, Reason is True; Reason is a
40 correct explanation for Assertion
(c) m/s (d) None of these
3 (b) Assertion is True, Reason is True; Reason is NOT
a correct explanation for Assertion
83. An arrow is shot into air. Its range is 200 m and its (c) Assertion is True, Reason is False
time of flight is 5 s. If g = 10m/s2, then the horizontal (d) Both Assertion and Reason are False
component of velocity of the arrow is:
(a) 12.5 m/s (b) 25.0 m/s 88. A body is projected at an angle of 30° to the
(c) 31.25 m/s (d) 40 m/s horizontal with a speed of 30 m/s. What is the angle
with the horizontal after 1.5 seconds? Take g = 10
84. Two stones are projected with the same speed but m/s2
making different angles with the horizontal. Their (a) 0° (b) 30°
horizontal ranges are equal. The angle of projection (c) 60° (d) 90°
132 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
89. A cricket ball is thrown with a velocity of 15 m/s at (a) 3 2 (b) 2 3
an angle of 30o with the horizontal. The time of flight
of the ball will be (g = 10 m/s2) 2 3
(c) (d)
(a) 1.5 s (b) 2.5 s 3 2
(c) 3.5 s (d) 4.5 s
94. A projectile is thrown at an angle of 40 with the
90. An aeroplane is moving with a horizontal velocity u horizontal and its range is R1. Another projectile is
at a height h above the ground. If a packet is dropped thrown at an angle 40 with the vertical and its range
from it the speed of the packet when it reaches the is R2. What is the relation between R1 and R2?
ground will be : (a) R1 = R2 (b) R1 = 2 R2
(a) ( u 2 + 2gh )
1/ 2 1/2
(b) (2gh) (c) R2 = 2 R1 (d) R1 = 4 R2/5
(c) ( u 2 − 2gh )
1/ 2
(d) 2 gh 95. A body is projected with velocity v1 from the point A
as shown in figure. At the same time, another body is
91. A boy throws a ball with a velocity V0 at an angle α projected vertically upwards from B with velocity v 2.
to the horizontal. At the same instant he starts running The point B lies vertically below the highest point.
with uniform velocity to catch the ball before it hits v
For both the bodies to collide, 2 should be
the ground. To achieve this, he should run with a v1
velocity of [Assuming maximum height attained by both is same]
(a) V0 cos (b) V0 sin
(c) V0 tan (d) V02 tan
92. Two particles A and B are projected simultaneously
from a point situated on a horizontal plane. The
particle A is projected vertically up with a velocity v A
while the particle B is projected up at an angle of 30 o (a) 2 (b) 0.5
with horizontal with a velocity vB. After 5sec the
(c) 3/ 2 (d) 1
particles were observed moving mutually
perpendicular to each other. The velocity of
96. A body is thrown at angle 30o to the horizontal with
projection of the particle vA and vB respectively are
the speed of 30 m/s. After 1 sec, its velocity will be
(a) 50 ms–1, 100 m/s
(in m/s)
(b) 100 ms–1, 50 ms–1
(g = 10 m/s2)
(c) vA can have any value, 100 ms–1
(d) none of these (a) 10 7 (b) 700 10
(c) 100 7 (d) 40
93. A particle is projected with a speed V from a point O
making an angle of 30o with the vertical. At the same
97. A projectile is fired at 30 to the horizontal. The
instant, a second particle is thrown vertically upwards
vertical component of its velocity is 80 ms–1. Its time
from a point A with speed. The two particles reach H,
of flight is T. What will be the velocity of the
the highest point on the parabolic path of the particle
T
simultaneously. Then ratio V/v is projectile at t = ?
2
(a) 80 ms–1 (b) 80 3 ms–1
80 –1
(c) ms (d) 40 ms–1
3
98. For a given velocity, a projectile has the same range R
for two angles of projection if t1 and t2 are the times
of flight in the two cases then
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 133
(a) t1t 2 R (b) t1t 2 R (d) We cannot say because masses of spheres are not
2
given
1 1
(c) t1 t 2 (d) t1 t 2
R R2
105. Assertion : When a body is dropped or thrown
horizontally from the same height, it would reach the
99. If for a given angle of projection, the horizontal range
ground at the same time.
is doubled, the time of flight becomes
Reason : Horizontal velocity has no effect on the
(a) 4 times (b) 2 times
vertical direction
1
(c) 2 times (d) times (a) Assertion is True, Reason is True; Reason is a
2 correct explanation for Assertion
100. A ball is thrown upwards at an angle of 60° to the (b) Assertion is True, Reason is True; Reason is NOT
horizontal. It falls on the ground at a distance of 90 a correct explanation for Assertion
m. If the ball is thrown with the same initial velocity (c) Assertion is True, Reason is False
at an angle of 30°. It will fall on the ground at a (d) Both Assertion and Reason are False
distance of:
(a) 120m (b) 90m 106. A particle (A) is dropped from a height and another
(c) 60m (d) 30m particle (B) is projected in horizontal direction with a
speed of 5 m/s from the same height. Then the correct
101. If maximum height and range of a projectile are same. statement is:
What is the angle of projection? (a) Particle (A) will reach the ground earlier, than
(a) 30° (b) tan–1 (4) particle B
(c) tan–1 (2) (d) 60° (b) Particle (B) will reach the ground earlier, than
particle A
102. An arrow is shot into air. Its range is 200 m and its (c) Both particles reach the ground simultaneously
2 (d) Both the particles will reach the ground with the
time of flight is 5 s. If g = 10 m/s , then horizontal
same speed
component of velocity and the maximum height will
be respectively:
107. A body is thrown horizontally with a velocity 2gh
(a) 20 m/s, 62.50 m (b) 40 m/s, 31.25m
(c) 80 m/s, 62.50m (d) none of the above from the top of a tower of height h. It strikes the level
ground through the foot of the tower at a distance x
Projectile Motion from a Height and on an from the tower. The value of x is
(a) h (b) h/2
Incline
(c) 2h (d) 2h/3
103. A boy playing on the roof of a 10 m high building
throws a ball with a speed of 10 m/s at an angle of
108. Three particles A, B and C are thrown from the top of
30° with the horizontal. How far from the throwing
a tower 100 m in height with the same speed 10 m/s.
point will the ball be at the height of 10 m from the
A is thrown straight up, B is thrown straight down
1 3 and C is thrown horizontally. They hit the ground
ground? g = 10m / s 2 ,sin 30 = , cos 30 =
2 2
with the speeds vA, vB and vC respectively. Then
(a) 8.66 m (b) 5.20 m (a) vA > vB = vC (b) vB > vC > vA
(c) 4.33 m (d) 2.60 m (c) vA = vB = vC (d) vA = vB > vC
104. A solid sphere and a hollow sphere are thrown 109. From a certain height, two bodies are projected
horizontally from a cliff with equal velocities horizontally with velocities 10 m/s and 20 m/s. They
respectively. Then which sphere reaches first on hit the ground in t1 and t2 seconds. Then
earth? (a) t1 = t2 (b) t1 = 2t2
(a) Solid sphere (c) t2 = 2t1 (d) t1 = 2t 2
(b) Hollow sphere
(c) Both spheres simultaneously
110. From the top of a tower 19.6 m high, a ball is thrown
horizontally. If the line joining the point of projection
134 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
to the point where it hits the ground makes an angle (d) data is insufficient
of 45o with the horizontal, then the initial velocity of 117. A stone is just released from the window of a moving
the ball is train along a horizontal straight track. The stone will
(a) 9.8 ms–1 (b) 4.9 ms–1 hit the ground following
–1
(c) 14.7 ms (d) 2.8 ms–1 (a) straight path (b) circular path
(c) parabolic path (d) hyperbolic path
111. A bomber plane is moving horizontally with a speed
of 500 m/s and a bomb released from it, strikes the 118. Two bodies are projected from ground with equal
ground in 10 s. Angle from horizontal with respect to speed 20ms-1 from the same position in the same
plane initial position. at which the bomb strikes the vertical plane to have equal range but at different
ground is: (g = 10 m/s2) angles above the horizontal. If one of the angle is 30 o,
(a) tan–1 (1) (b) tan–1 (5) then the sum of their maximum heights is (assume, g
1 1 = 10ms-2)
(c) tan −1 (d) sin −1
5 5 (a) 400 m (b) 20 m
(c) 30 m (d) 40 m
112. An aeroplane is flying in horizontal direction with a
velocity of 600 km/h and at a height of 1960 m. When 119. Two stones are projected with same velocity v at an
it is vertically above a point ‘a’ on the ground a body angle and ( 90 − ) . If H and H1 are the greatest’s
is dropped from it, the body strikes the ground at heights in the two paths, then what is the relation
point ‘b’. Then the distance ‘ab’ will be : between R, H and H1?
(a) 3.33 km (b) 4.33 km
(a) R = 4 HH1 (b) R = HH1
(c) 5.33 km (d) 6.33 km
(c) R = HH1 (d) None of these
113. Velocity–time curve for a body projected vertically
upwards will be: 120. A tennis ball rolls off the top of stair-case way with a
(a) straight line (b) hyperbola horizontal velocity u ms-1. If the steps are b metre
(c) parabola (d) ellipse wide and h metre high, the ball will hit the edge of the
nth step, if
114. A ball is dropped from the top of a tower in a high-
2hu 2hu 2
speed wind. The wind exerts a steady force on the (a) n = (b) n =
ball. The path followed by the ball will be gb 2 gb 2
(a) Parabola (b) Circular arc 2hu 2 hu 2
(c) Elliptical arc (d) Straight line (c) n = (d) n =
gb gb 2
115. A ball is projected upwards from the top of tower
with a velocity 50ms–1 making an angle 30° with the 121. A bullet is fired from a gun with a speed of 1000ms-1
horizontal. The height of tower is 70 m. After how in order to hit a target s = 100 m away. At what height
many seconds from the instant of throwing will the above the target should be gun be aimed? (the
ball reach the ground? resistance of air is negligible and g = 10ms-2)
(a) 2s (b) 5s (a) 23 cm (b) 15 cm
(c) 7s (d) 6s (c) 9 cm (d) 5 cm
116. A particle is projected up an inclined plane with 122. A stone thrown at an angle to the horizontal
initial speed v = 20 m/s at an angle = 30 with a reaches a maximum height H, then the time of flight
plane. The component of its velocity perpendicular to of stone will be
plane when it strikes the plane is 2H 2H
(a) (b) 2
(a) 10 3 m / s g g
(b) 10 m/s 2 2Hsin 2H sin
(c) (d)
(c) 5 3 m / s g g
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 135
The velocity with which bullet will strike the car of
123. At the top of the trajectory of a projectile, the the thief, is
directions of its velocity and acceleration are (a) 150 ms-1 (b) 27 ms-1
-1
(a) Perpendicular to each other (c) 450 ms (d) 250 ms-1
(b) Parallel to each other
(c) Inclined to each other at an angle of 45 o 130. How long will the passenger sitting at the window of
(d) Antiparallel to each other a train travelling at a speed of 54 kmh -1 see a train,
passing by in the opposite directions with a speed of
124. A projectile if fired making an angle 2 with 36 kmh-1, if the length of the second train is 150 m?
horizontal with velocity 4 ms-1. At any instant it (a) 10 s (b) 6 s
makes an angle then its velocity is (c) 6 min (d) 8 min
(a) 4cos (b) 4 ( 2cos − sec )
131. A boat is moving with a velocity 3iˆ + 4jˆ with respect
(c) 2 ( sec + 4cos ) (d) 4 ( sec + cos ) to ground. The water in the river is moving with a
velocity −3iˆ − 4jˆ with respect to ground. The relative
125. At the height 80m, an aeroplane is moved with
150ms-1. A bomb is dropped from it so as to hit a velocity of the boat with respect to water is
target. At what distance from the target should the (a) 8ˆj (b) −6iˆ − 8jˆ
bomb be dropped? (Take, g = 10 ms-2)
(a) 605.3 m (b) 600 m (c) 6iˆ + 8jˆ (d) 5 2
(c) 80 m (d) 230 m
132. Two trains are each 50 m long moving parallel
Relative Velocity in One & Two Dimensions towards each other at speeds 10 m/s and 15 m/s
respectively, at what time will they pass each other ?
(a) 8 s (b) 4 s
126. A car sometimes overturns while taking turn. When it
(c) 2 s (d) 6 s
overturns, it is
(a) The inner wheel which leaves the ground first
133. Police is chasing the thief 50 m ahead. In 10 s,
(b) The outer wheel which leaves the ground first
distance between them reduces by 6 m. What is
(c) Both the wheels leave the ground simultaneously
distance between then in 25 s?
(d) Either inner wheel or the outer wheel leaves the
(a) 10 m (b) 25 m
ground first
(c) 35 m (d) 20 m
127. A train of 150 m length is going towards north
134. A police jeep is chasing with velocity of 45 kmh-1, a
direction at a speed of 10ms-1. A parrot flies at a
thief in another jeep moving with velocity 153 kmh -1.
speed of 5ms-1 towards south direction parallel to the
Police fires a bullet with muzzle velocity of 180 kmh -
railway track. The time taken by parrot to cross the 1
. The velocity with which bullet will strike the car of
train is equal to
the thief, is
(a) 12 s (b) 8s
(a) 20 m/s
(c) 15 s (d) 10 s
(b) 40 m/s
(c) 50 m/s
128. Police is chasing a thief 50 m ahead. In 10s, distance
(d) 10 m/s
between them reduces by 6m. What is the distance
between them in 25s.?
(a) 10 m (b) 25 m
(c) 35 m (d) 20 m
129. A police jeep is chasing with velocity of 45 kmh -1, a
thief in another jeep moving with a velocity 153kmh -1
Police fires a bullet with muzzle velocity of 180 ms-1.
136 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
(b) 60o east of south
(c) 60o west of south
135. Shown in the figure are the position time graph for (d) 30o west of north
two children going home from the school. Which of
the following statements about their relative motion is 140. A man is walking due east at the rate of 2 kmh -1. The
true after both of them started moving ? Their relative rain appears to him come down vertically at the rate
velocity (consider 1-D motion) of 2 kmh-1. The actual velocity and direction of
rainfall with the vertical, respectively are
−1 1
(a) 2 2kmh ,45 (b) kmh −1 ,30
2
−1 −1
(c) 2kmh ,0 (d) 1kmh ,90
(a) first increases and then decreases 141. A river is flowing from east to west at a speed of 5
(b) first decreases and then increases m/min. A man on south bank of river, capable of
(c) is zero swimming 10 m/min in still water, wants to swim
(d) is non zero constant across the river in the shortest time; he should swim :
(a) due north
136. Assertion: Path of a projectile, seen from another (b) due north-east
projectile is straight line (c) due north-east with double the speed of river
Reason: If relative acceleration is zero then relative (d) none of the above
velocity will be constant
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct 142. A boat crosses a river perpendicularly with a velocity
explanation of A of 8 km /h. If the resulting velocity of boat is 10 km/h
(b) Both A and R are true and R is not correct then the velocity of river water is
explanation of A (a) 4 km/h (b) 6 km/h
(c) A is true but R is false (c) 8 km/h (d) 10 km/h
(d) A and R are false
137. How long will a passenger sitting at the window of a 143. A boat crosses a river of width 1 km along the
train travelling at a speed of 54 kmh-1 see a train, shortest path in 15 minutes. If the speed of a boat in
passing by in the opposite directions with a speed of still water is 5 km/hr, then what is the speed of the
36 kmh-1, if the length of the second train is 150m? river ?
(a) 10 s (b) 6 s (a) 1 km/hr (b) 3 km/hr
(c) 6 min (d) 8 min (c) 2 km/hr (d) 5 km/hr
138. A 100 m long train at 15 m/s overtakes a man running 144. A river is flowing from W to E with a speed 5m/ min.
on the platform in the same direction in 10 s. How A man can swim in still water at a velocity 10 m/min.
long would the train take to cross the man if he was In which direction should a man swim to take the
running in the opposite direction ? shortest path to reach the south bank?
(a) 7 s (b) 5 s (a) 30o East of South
(c) 3 s (d) 1 s (b) 60 o East of North
(c) South
(d) 30 o West of South
River-Boat Problems
145. A steamer moves with velocity 3 km/h inside the
139. A river is flowing west to east with a speed of 5 m river water whose velocity is 2 km/h. Calculate the
min-1. A man can swim in still water with a velocity total time for total journey if the boat travels 2 km in
10 m min-1. In which direction should the man swim the direction of stream and then back to its place :
so as to take the shortest possible path to go to the (a) 2 hrs (b) 2.5 hrs
south? (c) 2.4 hrs (d) 3 hrs
(a) 30o east of south
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 137
Rain-Man Problems
146. A boat moves with a speed of 5 kmh-1 relative to 148. A man sitting in a bus travelling in a direction from
water in a river flowing with a speed of 3 kmh -1 and west to east with a speed of 40 km/h observes that the
having a width of 1 km. The time taken in back and rain – drops are falling vertically down. To the other
forth trip is man standing on ground the rain will appear
(a) 5 min (b) 60 min (a) To fall vertically down
(c) 20 min (d) 30 min (b) To fall at an angle going from west to east
(c) To fall at an angle going from east to west
147. A boat man could row his boat with a speed 10 m/sec. (d) The information given is insufficient to decide the
He wants to take his boat from P to a point Q just direction of rain.
opposite on the other bank of the river flowing at a
speed 4 m/sec. He should row his boat 149. Rain is falling vertically downwards with a velocity
of 4 kmh-1. A man walks in the rain with a velocity of
3 kmh-1. The raindrops will fall on the man with a
velocity of
(a) 1 kmh-1 (b) 3 kmh-1
(c) 4 kmh-1 (d) 5 kmh-1
(a) At right angle to the stream 150. A man is walking due east at the rate of 2 kmh -1. The
2 rain appears to him to come down vertically at the
(b) At an angle of sin −1 with PQ up the stream
5 rate of 2 kmh-1. The actual velocity and direction of
2 rainfall with the vertical, respectively are
(c) At an angle of sin −1 with PQ down the
5 −1 1
(a) 2 2kmh , 45 (b) kmh −1 , 30
stream 2
−1 −1
2 (c) 2kmh , 0 (d) 2kmh , 90
(d) At an angle of cos −1 with PQ up the stream
5
138 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
EXERCISE – 2: Previous Year Questions
6. The horizontal range of a projectile fired at an angle
1. The speed and time period (0.2π) s. The acceleration of 15o is 50 m. If it is fired with the speed at an angle
of the particle is: of 45o, its range will be
[NEET 2011] [Manipal 2011]
(a) 5 ms–2 (b) 15 ms–2 (a) 60m (b) 71m
(c) 25 ms–2 (d) 36 ms–2 (c) 100m (d) 141m
2. A missile is fired for maximum range with an initial 7. A particle of mass m is projected with a velocity v at
velocity of 20 ms–1. If g = 10 ms–2, the range of the an angle of 60° with horizontal. When the particle is
missile is: at its maximum height the magnitude of its angular
[NEET 2011] momentum about the point of projection is
(a) 20 m (b) 40 m [AFMC 2011]
(c) 50 m (d) 60 m 3mv3
(a) Zero (b)
16g
3. If a person can throw a stone to maximum height of h
meter vertically, then the maximum distance through 3mv3 3mv3
(c) (d)
which it can be thrown horizontally by the same 16g 8g
person is
[WB JEE 2011] 8. Assertion: Generally, the path of a projectile from
h the earth is parabolic but it is elliptical for projectile
(a) (b) h
2 going to a very large height.
(c) 2h (d) 3h Reason: The path of a projectile is independent of the
gravitational force of the earth
4. If a projectile is launched with velocity v0 making an [AFMC 2011]
angle with X-axis, then its time of flight T is (a) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason
[J & K CET 2011)] is the correct explanation of Assertion
v02 sin 2 (b) Both Assertion and Reason are correct but Reason
(a) T =
g is not the correct explanation of Assertion
(c) Assertion is correct but Reason is incorrect
v 02 sin
(b) T = (d) Assertion is incorrect but Reason is correct
2g
v 02 9. Which of the following is the graph between the
(c) T =
g horizontal velocity ( u x ) of a projectile and time (t),
2v0 sin when it is projected from the ground?
(d) T = [UP CPMT 2011]
g
5. The height y and the distance x along the horizontal
plane of a projectile on a certain planet (with no
surrounding atmosphere) are given by y = 8t − 5t
2
metre and x = 6t m, where t is in seconds. The
velocity in which the projectile is projected is: (a)
[KCET 2011]
(a) 6 ms-1 (b) 8 ms-1
(c) 10 ms-1 (d) 14 ms-1
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 139
13. The velocity of a projectile at the initial point A is
( )
2iˆ + 3jˆ m/s. It’s velocity (in m/s) at point B is:
(b)
[NEET 2013]
(a) 2i + 3j (b) −2i − 3j
(c) −2i + 3j (d) 2i − 3j
(c) 14. An aeroplane is flying in horizontal with a velocity of
600 kmh-1 and at a height of 1960 m. When it is
vertically above a point A on the ground, a bomb is
released from it. The body strikes the ground at point
B. Then the distance AB will be
[Manipal 2013]
(a) 1200 km (b) 0.33 km
(c) 33.3 km (d) 3.33 km
(d)
15. An arrow is shot into air. Its range is 200 m and its
10. The relation between the time of flight of a projectile time of flight is 5s. If g = 10 ms-2, then horizontal
Tf and the time to reach the maximum height t m is component of velocity of the arrow is
[KCET 2013]
[Kerala CEE 2011]
(a) 12.5 ms-1 (b) 25 ms-1
(a) Tf = 2t m (b) Tf = t m
(c) 31.25 ms-1 (d) 40 ms-1
(d) Tf = 2 ( t m )
tm
(c) Tf =
2 16. A particle is moving such that its position coordinates
(x, y) are (2m, 3m) at time t = 0; (6m, 7m) at time t =
11. ( )
A particle has initial velocity 2iˆ + 3jˆ and 2s and (13m, 14m) at time t = 5s. The average
velocity vector ( v av ) from t = 0 to t = 5 s is:
( )
acceleration 0.3iˆ + 0.2jˆ . The magnitude of velocity
[NEET 2014]
after 10s will be:
[NEET 2012] (a)
5
(
1 ˆ
)
13i + 14jˆ (b)
3
( )
7 ˆ ˆ
i+ j
(a) 5 unit (b) 9 units
(c) 9 2 unit (d) 5 2 unit ( )
(c) 2 ˆi + ˆj (d)
5
( )
11 ˆ ˆ
i+ j
12. The equation of trajectory of a projectile is
17. A projectile is fired from the surface of the earth with
5 a velocity of 5 ms–1 and angle θ with the horizontal.
y = 10x − x 2 . If we assume g = 10 ms-2, then the
9 Another projectile fired from another planet with a
range of projectile (in metre) is velocity of 3 ms-1 at the same angle follows a
[AFMC 2012] trajectory which is identical with the trajectory of the
(a) 36 (b) 24 projectile fired from the earth. The value of the
(c) 18 (d) 9 acceleration due to gravity on the planet is (given, g =
9.8 ms-2)
[NEET 2014]
(a) 3.5 (b) 5.9
140 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
(c) 16.3 (d) 110.8 24. Two particles A and B, move with constant velocities
v1 and v2 . At the initial moment their position
18. If the angle of projection of a projector with same
initial velocity exceed or fall short of 45o by equal vectors are r1 and r2 , respectively. The condition for
amount α, then the ratio of horizontal ranges is particle A and B for their collision is:
[Kerala CEE 2014] [NEET 2015]
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 3 (a) r1 − r2 = v1 − v2
(c) 1 : 4 (d) 1 : 1
r1 − r2 v −v
(b) = 2 1
19. A cricket ball thrown across a field is at heights h 1 r1 − r2 v 2 − v1
and h2 from the point of projection at times t1 and t2 (c) r1 v1 = r2 v2
respectively after the throw. The ball is caught by a
fielder at the same height as that of projection. The (d) r1 v1 = r2 v2
time of flight of the ball in this journey is
[WB JEE 2014] 25. The position vector of a particle R as a function of
h t −h t h t −h t time is given by R = 4sin ( 2t ) ˆi + 4cos ( 2t ) ˆj ,
2 2 2 2
(a) 1 2 2 1
(b) 1 2 2 1
h1 t 2 − h 2 t 1 h1 t 1 − h 2 t 2
where R is in metres, t is in seconds and ˆi and ˆj
h t +h t
2 2
(c) 1 2 2 1
(d) None of these denote unit vectors along x and y-directions,
h1 t 2 + h 2 t 1 respectively. Which one of the following statements
is wrong from the motion of particles?
20. For an object thrown at 45o to the horizontal, the [NEET 2015]
maximum height H and horizontal range R are related (a) Path of the particle is a circle of radius 4 m.
as (b) Acceleration vector is along − R .
[UK PMT 2014]
(c) Magnitude of acceleration vector is v2/R where v
(a) R = 16 H (b) R = 8 H is the velocity of particle
(c) R = 4 H (d) R = 2 H (d) Magnitude of the velocity of particle is 8 ms-1
21. A body is projected horizontally from the top of a
tower with a velocity of 10 ms-1. If it hits the ground 26. If vector A = cos tiˆ + sin tjˆ and
at an angle of 45o, then the vertical component of t ˆ t ˆ
B = cos i + sin j are functions of time, then the
velocity when it hits ground (in ms-1) is 2 2
[EAMCET 2014] value of t at which they are orthogonal to each other
(a) 10 2 (b) 5 2 is:
[NEET 2015]
(c) 5 (d) 1o
(a) t = 0 (b) t =
22. A body is projected with an angle . The maximum 4
height reached is h. If the time of flight is 4s and g =
(c) t = (d) t =
10 ms-2, then value of h is 2
[EAMCET 2014]
(a) 40 m (b) 20 m 27. In the given figure, a = 15 m/s2 represents the total
acceleration of a particle moving in the clockwise
(c) 5 m (d) 10 m direction in a circle of radius R = 2.5m at a given
instant of time. The speed of the particle is:
23. A car moves from A to B with a speed of 30 kmh -1 [NEET 2016]
and from B to A with a speed of 20 kmh -1. What is
the average speed of the car?
[KCET 2014]
(a) 25 kmh-1 (b) 24 kmh-1
(c) 50 kmh-1 (d) 10 kmh-1
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 141
v
(c) (d) vcos
cos
31. Assertion: When = 45 or 135o, the value of R
remains the same, only the sign changes.
u 2 sin 2
Reason: R =
g
(a) 5.0 ms–1 (b) 5.7 ms–1
(c) 6.2 ms–1 (d) 4.5 ms–1 [AIIMS 2017]
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason
is the correct explanation of Assertion
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and
Reason is not the correct explanation of Assertion
(c) Assertion is correct but Reason is incorrect
28. Which of the following displacement (X) time graphs (d) Assertion is incorrect but Reason is correct
is not possible?
[NEET 2017] 32. The x and y-coordinates of a particle moving in a
plane are given by x ( t ) = a cos ( pt ) and
y ( t ) = bsin ( pt ) , where a, b ( a ) and are positive
constants of appropriate dimensions and t is time.
Then, which of the following is not true?
(a) (b)
[JIPMER 2017]
(a) The path of the particle is an ellipse
(b) Velocity and acceleration of the particle are
perpendicular to each other at t =
2p
(c) (d) (c) Acceleration of the particle is always directed
towards a fixed point
29. The x and y coordinates of the particle at any time are (d) Distance travelled by the particle in time interval
x = 5t − 2t 2 and y = 10t respectively, where x and y
between t = 0 and t = is a
2p
are in meters and t in seconds. The acceleration of the
particle at t = 2secs is: 33. Assertion: The maximum height of projectile is
[NEET 2017] always 25% of the maximum range.
(a) 0 (b) 5m/s2 Reason: For maximum range. projectile should be
(c) –4 m/s2 (d) –8 m/s2 projected at 90°.
[AIIMS 2018]
30. A block is dragged on a smooth plane with the help of (a) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason
a rope which moves with a velocity v as shown in the is the correct explanation of Assertion
figure. The horizontal velocity of the block is (b) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and
[AIIMS 2017] Reason is not the correct explanation of Assertion
(c) Assertion is correct but Reason is incorrect
(d) Assertion is incorrect but Reason is correct
34. What is the range of a projectile thrown with velocity
98 ms-1 with angle 30o from horizontal?
[JIPMER 2018]
(a) 490 3m (b) 245 3m
v
(a) (b) v sin (c) 980 3m (d) 100 m
sin
142 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
35. When an object is shot from the bottom of a long 38. A ship A is moving westwards with a speed of 10km
smooth inclined plane kept at an angle 60° with h-1 and a ship B 100 km South of A, is moving
horizontal, it can travel a distance x1 along the plane. northwards with a speed of 10 km h -1. The time after
But when the inclination is decreased to 30° and the which the distance between them becomes shortest is
same object is shot with the same velocity, it can [AIPMT 2019]
travel x2 distance. Then x1 : x2 will be (a) 0 h (b) 2 h
[NEET 2019] (c) 5 2h (d) 10 2h
(a) 2 :1 (b) 1: 3
(c) 1: 2 3 (d) 1: 2 39. A car starts from rest and accelerates at 5 m/s2. At t =
4s, a ball is dropped out of a window by a person
sitting in the car. What is the velocity and
36. Two bullets are fired horizontally and simultaneously
acceleration of the ball at t = 6 s? (Take g = 10 m/s2)
towards each other from roof tops of two buildings
[NEET 2021]
100 m apart and of same height of 200 m with the
2
same velocity of 25 ms-1. When and where will the (a) 20 2 m / s,0 (b) 20 2 m / s,10 m / s
two bullets collides? (g =10ms-2) 2
(c) 20m / s,5m / s (d) 20m / s,0
[NEET 2019]
(a) After 2s at a height 180 m
(b) After 2s at a height of 20 m
(c) After 4s at a height of 120 m
(d) They will not collide
37. The speed of a swimmer in still water is 20 m/s. The
speed of river water is 10 m/s and is flowing due east.
If he is standing on the south bank and wishes to
cross the river along the shortest path the angle at
which he should make his strokes with respect to
north is given by:
[NEET 2019]
(a) 0° (b) 60° west
(c) 45° west (d) 30° west
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 143
EXERCISE – 3: Achiever’s Section
u u
(a) 1 + 2 cos 2 (b) 1 + cos 2
1. There are two values of time for which a projectile is 2 2
at the same height. The sum of these two times is u
(c) 1 + 3cos 2 (d) u cos
equal to 2
3T 4T
(a) (b)
2 3 6. A particle A is projected from the ground with an
3T initial velocity of 10 m/s at an angle of 60o with
(c) (d) T
4 horizontal. From what height h should another
(T = time of flight of the projectile) particle B be projected horizontally with velocity 5
m/s so that both the particles collide in ground at
2. The trajectory of a projectile in a vertical plane is y = point C if both are projected simultaneously (g = 10
ax – bx2, where a and b are constants and x and y are m/s2)
respectively horizontal and vertical distance of the
projectile from the point of projection. The maximum
height attained by the particle and the angle of
projection from the horizontal are
b2
(a) , tan −1 ( b)
2a
a2
(b) , tan −1 (2a)
b (a) 10 m (b) 30 m
a2 (c) 15 m (d) 25 m
(c) , tan −1 (a)
4b
7. A projectile is fired at an angle of 30o to the
2a 2
(d) , tan −1 (a) horizontal such that the vertical component of its
b
initial velocity is 80 m/s. Its time of flight is T. Its
velocity at t = T/4 has a magnitude of nearly
(a) 200 m/s (b) 300 m/s
3. A particle moves in the X-Y plane according to the (c) 140 m/s (d) 100 m/s
law x = kt and y =kt (1 – αt), where k and α are
positive constants and t is time. What is the equation 8. A particle A is projected vertically upwards. Another
of trajectory of the particle? particle B of same mass is projected at an angle of
x 2
(a) y = kx (b) y = x − 45o. Both reach the same height. The ratio of the
k initial kinetic energy of A to that of B is
x 2 (a) 1: 2 (b) 2 :1
(c) y = (d) y = x
k
(c) 1: 2 (d) 2 :1
4. The equation of motion of a projectile is
3 2 9. A body of mass m is thrown upwards at an angle θ
y = 12x − x . Given that g =10 ms–2, what is the
4 with the horizontal with velocity v. While rising up
range of the projectile? the velocity of the mass after t seconds will be
(a) 12.4 m (b) 16 m (a) (vcos )2 + (vsin )2
(c) 30.6 m (d) 36.0 m
(b) (vcos − vsin )2 − gt
5. A particle is projected from the ground with an initial (c) v2 + g2 t 2 − (2vsin )gt
speed of u at an angle with horizontal. The
(d) v2 + g2 t 2 − (2vcos )gt
average velocity of the particle between its point of
projection and highest point of trajectory is
144 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
10. A particle is thrown upward with a speed u at an 16. A body is projected at an angle of 30° to the
angle θ with the horizontal. When the particle makes horizontal with kinetic energy E. The K.E. at the
an angle φ with the horizontal, its speed changes to v, topmost point is
then E
(a) zero (b)
(a) v = u cos cos (b) v = u cos sec 4
(c) v = u cos (d) v = u sec cos (c)
E
(d)
3E
2 4
17. A monkey in a perch 20 m high in a tree drops a
11. From the top of a tower of height 40 m a ball is
coconut directly above your head as you run with a
projected upwards with a speed of 20 m/s at an angle
speed of 1.5 m/s beneath the tree. How far behind
of elevation of 30°. Then the ratio of the total time
you, does the coconut hit the ground?
taken by the ball to hit the ground to its time of flight
(a) strikes your head (b) 3 m
time taken to come back to the same elevation is (take
(c) 13.3 m (d) 20 m
g = 10 ms2)
(a) 2 : 1 (b) 3 : 1
18. A body is projected such that its KE at the top is 3/4th
(c) 3 : 2 (d) 4 : 1
of its initial KE. What is the angle of the projectile
with the horizontal?
12. A cricketer hits a ball with a velocity 25 m/s at 60o
(a) 30° (b) 60°
above the horizontal. How far above the ground it
(c) 45° (d) 120°
passes over a fielder 50 m from the bat (assume the
ball is struck very close to the ground)
19. A projectile is thrown with an initial velocity of
(a) 8.2 m (b) 9.0 m
(c) 11.6 m (d) 12.7 m v = aiˆ + bjˆ m/s. If the range of the projectile is
doubled the maximum height reached by it, then:
13. From a point on the ground at a distance 2 metres (a) a = 2b (b) b = 4a
from the foot of a vertical wall, a ball is thrown at an (c) b = 2a (d) b = a
angle of 45o which just clears the top of the wall and
afterward strikes the ground at a distance 4m on the 20. Two stones are projected with the same velocity, in
other side. The height of the wall is magnitude but making different angles with the
2 3 horizontal. Their ranges are equal. If the angle of
(a) m (b) m
3 4 projection of one is π/3 and its maximum height is y1,
1 4 then the maximum height of the other will be
(c) m (d) m (a) 3y1 (b) 2y1
3 3
y y
(c) 1 (d) 1
14. A ball is thrown from the top of a tower with an 2 3
initial velocity of 10 m/s at an angle of 30 above the
horizontal. It hits the ground at a distance of 17.3 m 21. Two balls are projected making angles of 30° and 45°
from the base of the tower. The height of the tower (g respectively with the horizontal. If both have same
=10 m/s2) will be velocity at the highest point of their path, then the
(a) 10 m (b) 12 m ratio of their horizontal range is
(c) 110 m (d) 100 m (a) 1 : 3 (b) 3 : 1
(c) 3: 2 (d) 1: 3
15. A projectile is projected at an angle of 15° to the
horizontal with some speed v. If another projectile is 22. Consider a boy on a trolley who throws a ball with
projected with the same speed, then it must be speed 20 m/s at an angle 37° with respect to trolley in
projected at what angle with the horizontal so as to direction of motion of trolley which moves
have the same range. horizontally with speed 10 m/s then what will be
(a) It is never possible (b) 12.5° maximum distance travelled by ball parallel to road :
(c) 75° (d) 65° (a) 20.2 m (b) 12 m
(c) 31.2 m (d) 62.4 m
MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION 145
23. Two men A and B, A standing on the extended floor v 2v
(c) (d)
nearby a building and B is standing on the roof of the 2a a
building. Both throw a stone each towards each other.
Then which of the following will be correct.
(a) stone will hit A, but not B 28. Two cars are moving in the same direction with the
(b) stone will hit B, but not A same speed of 30 km/h. They are separated by 5 km.
(c) stone will not hit either of them, but will collide What is the speed of the car moving in the opposite
with each other direction if it meets the two cars at an interval of 4
(d) none of these minutes?
(a) 15 km/h (b) 30 km/h
24. A particle is projected from a point (0, 1) on Y–axis (c) 45 km/h (d) 60 km/h
(assume + Y direction vertically upwards) aiming
towards a point (4, 9). It fell on ground along x axis 29. A passenger is at a distance of x from a bus when the
in 1 sec. Taking g = 10 m/s2 and all coordinate in bus begins to move with constant acceleration a.
metres, find the X–coordinate where it fell. What is the minimum velocity with which the
(a) (3, 0) (b) (4, 0) passenger should run towards the bus so as to reach it
(c) (2, 0) (
(d) 2 5, 0 ) ?
(a) 2ax (b) 2ax
25. A ball is projected horizontally with a speed v from (c) ax (d) ax
the top of a plane inclined at an angle 45° with the
horizontal. How far from the point of projection will 30. A person walks up a stationary escalator in time t1. If
the ball strike the plane ? he remains stationary on the escalator, then it can take
v2 v2 him up in time t2. How much time would it take him
(a) (b) 2 to walk up the moving escalator?
g g
t1 + t 2
(a) (b) t1 + t 2
2v 2 2v 2 2
(c) (d) 2
g g t1 t 2
(c) (d) t1 + t 2
t1 + t 2
26. A particle moves in xy plane. The position vector of
particle at any time t is r = 2tiˆ + 2t 2 ˆj . The rate of
change of θ at time t = 2 second. (where θ is the
angle which its velocity vector makes with positive x-
axis) is:
2 1
(a) rad / s (b) rad / s
17 14
4 6
(c) rad / s (d) rad / s
7 5
27. A horizontal wind is blowing with a velocity v
towards the north-east. A man starts running towards
north with acceleration a. The time after which man
will feel the wind blowing towards east is :
v 2v
(a) (b)
a a
146 MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
Notes:
Find Answer Key and Detailed Solutions at the end of this book.
MOTION IN A PLANE AND RELATIVE
MOTION
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 1
04
LAWS OF MOTION
& FRICTION
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 8
Chapter 04
Laws of Motion and Friction
1. Force 2. Types of Force
(a) A force is something which changes or tends to There are, basically, four forces, which are commonly
change the state of rest or motion of a body. It causes encountered in mechanics.
a body to start moving if it is at rest or stop it, if it is (a) Weight : Weight of an object is the force with which
in motion or deflect it from its initial path of motion. earth attracts it. It is also called the force of gravity
(b) Force is also defined as an interaction between two or the gravitational force.
bodies. Two bodies can also exert force on each (b) Contact Force : When two bodies come in contact
other even without being in physical contact, e.g., they exert forces on each other that are called contact
electric force between two charges, gravitational forces.
force between any two bodies of the universe. (i) Normal Force (N): It is the component of contact
(c) Force is a vector quantity having SI unit Newton (N) force normal to the surface. It measures how strongly
and dimension [MLT–2]. the surfaces in contact are pressed together.
(d) Superposition of force: When many forces are
acting on a single body, the resultant force is (ii) Frictional Force (f) : It is the component of contact
obtained by using the laws of vector addition. force parallel to the surface. It opposes the relative
→ → → → motion (or attempted motion) of the two surfaces in
F = F1 + F2 + ... Fn contact.
Fig. 4.1
→ → Fig. 4.3
The resultant of the two forces F1 and F2 acting at
an angle θ is given by: (c) Tension: The force exerted by the ends of a taut
string, rope or chain is called the tension. The
F = F12 + F22 + 2 F1 F2 cos direction of tension is so as to pull the body while
The resultant force is directed at an angle α with that of normal reaction is to push the body.
F2 sin (d) Spring Force: Every spring resists any attempt to
respect to force F1 where tan = change its length; the more you alter its length the
F1 + F2 cos
harder it resists. The force exerted by a spring is
(e) Lami’s theorem : If three forces F1, F2 and F3 are given by F = –kx, where x is the change in length
acting simultaneously on a body and the body is in
equilibrium, then according to Lami’s theorem, and k is the stiffness constant or spring constant (unit
F1 F2 F3 Nm–1).
= =
sin ( − ) sin ( − ) sin ( − )
where α, β and γ are the angles opposite to the forces
F1, F2 & F3 respectively.
3. Newton’s Laws of Motion
3.1 First law of Motion
(a) Everybody continues in its state of rest or of uniform
motion in a straight line unless it is compelled by a
resultant force to change that state
(b) This law is also known as law of inertia. Inertia is
the property of inability of a body to change its
position of rest or uniform motion in a straight line
unless some external force acts on it.
Fig. 4.2
SCAN CODE
Laws of Motion and Friction
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 149
(c) Mass is a measure of inertia of a body. 3.3 Third Law of Motion
(d) A frame of reference in which Newton’s first law is (a) According to this law, for every action there is an
valid is called inertial frame, i.e., if a frame of equal and opposite reaction. When two bodies A and
reference is at rest or in uniform motion it is called B exert force on each other, the force by A on B (i.e.,
inertial, otherwise non-inertial. action represented by FAB ), is always equal and
opposite to the force by B on A (i.e., reaction
3.2 Second Law of Motion represented FBA ). Thus, FAB = – FBA .
(a) This law gives the magnitude of force. (b) The two forces involved in any interaction between
two bodies are called action and reaction. But we
(b) According to second law of motion, rate of change of
cannot say that a particular force is action and the
momentum of a body is directly proportional to the
other one is reaction.
resultant force acting on the body, i.e.,
(c) Action and Reaction force always acts on different
dp
F bodies.
dt
dp
F= K 3.4 Some Important Points Concerning
dt
Here, the change in momentum takes place in the Newton’s Laws of Motion
direction of the applied resultant force. Momentum,
p = mv is a measure of sum of the motion contained (a) The forces of interaction between bodies composing
a system are called internal forces. The forces
in the body. exerted on bodies of a given system by bodies
(c) Unit force : It is defined as the force which changes situated outside are called external forces.
the momentum of a body by unity in unit time. (b) Whenever one force acts on a body it gives rise to
According to this, K=1 another force called reaction i.e., a single isolated
dp d dv dm force is physically impossible. This is why total
F= = ( mv ) = m + v . internal force in an isolated system is always zero.
dt dt dt dt
According to Newton’s second law, F =
If the mass of the system is finite and remains dp
(c) .
constant w.r.t. time, then (dm/dt) = 0 and dt
dv p -p dp dv
F = m = ma= 2 1 If F=0, =0 or = 0
dt t dt dt
(d) External force acting on a body may accelerate it →
either by changing the magnitude of velocity or or v = constant or zero,
direction of velocity or both. i.e., a body remains at rest or moves with uniform
(i) If the force is parallel to the motion, it changes velocity unless acted upon by an external force. This
only the magnitude of velocity but not the direction. is Newton’s Ist law.
So, the path followed by the body is a straight line. (d) Newton’s second law can also be expressed as:
(ii) If the force is acting perpendicular to the motion
Ft = p2 − p1 . Hence, if a car and a truck are initially
of body, it changes only the direction but not the
moving with the same momentum, then by the
magnitude of velocity. So, the path followed by the
application of same breaking force, both will come to
body is a circle (uniform circular motion).
rest in the same time.
(iii) If the force acts at an angle to the motion of a
(e) The second law is a vector law. it is equivalent to
body, it changes both the magnitude and direction of
three equations : Fx = max ; Fy = may ; Fz = maz. A
v . In this case path followed by the body may be
force can only change the component of velocity in
elliptical, non-uniform circular, parabolic or
hyperbolic. its direction. It has no effect on the component
perpendicular to it.
(f) F = ma is a local relation. The force at a point on
space at any instant is related to the acceleration at
that instant. Example: An object on an accelerated
balloon will have acceleration of balloon. The
moment it is dropped, it will have acceleration due to
gravity.
SCAN CODE
Laws of Motion and Friction
150 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
3.5 Applications of Newton’s Laws of If observer O is non-inertial with acceleration a0 and still
Motion wants to apply Newton’s Second Law on particle P, then
observer has to add a “Pseudo force” in addition to real
There are two kinds of problems in classical mechanics : forces on particle P.
(a) To find unknown forces acting on a body, given the
FPseudo = −mP a0
body’s acceleration.
(b) To predict the future motion of a body, given the Thus, Newton Second Law with respect to O will be
body’s initial position and velocity and the forces
acting on it. For either kind of problem, we use
Newton’s second law . The following general
strategy is useful for solving such problems :
(i) Draw a simple, neat diagram of the system.
(ii) Isolate the object of interest whose motion is being
analyzed. Draw a free body diagram for this object, Fig. 4.4
that is, a diagram showing all external forces acting
on the object. For systems containing more than one
FReal + FPseudo = mP aP, O
object, draw separate diagrams for each objects. Do i.e., FReal − mP aO = mP aP, O
not include forces that the object exerts on its
surroundings. Where aP , O is acceleration of P with respect to observer O.
(iii) Establish convenient coordinate axes for each body NOTE:
and find the components of the forces along these
If observer is in rotating frame, then Pseudo force is
axes. Now, apply Newton’s second law, F = ma , called “Centrifugal force”.
in component form. Check your dimensions to make
sure that all terms have units of force. Remember : Pseudo force is required only and only if
(iv) Solve the component equations for the unknowns. observer is non-inertial. e.g.
Remember that you must have as many independent (i) Study of motion with respect to accelerating lift.
equations as you have unknowns in order to obtain a (ii) Study of motion with respect to accelerating wedge.
complete solution.
(v) It is a good idea to check the predictions of your
solutions for extreme values of the variables. You 6. Apparent Weight in an
can often detect errors in your results by doing so.
Accelerated Lift
4. Linear Momentum (a) When the lift is at rest or moving with uniform
velocity, i.e., a = 0 :
The linear momentum of a body is defined as the product of mg– R = 0 or R = mg ∴ Wapp. = W0
the mass of the body and its velocity i.e.
Linear momentum = mass × velocity
If a body of mass m is moving with a velocity v , its linear
momentum p is given by
p=mv
Linear momentum is a vector quantity. Its direction is the
same as the direction of velocity of the body. Fig. 4.5
–1 (Where Wapp. = R = reaction of supporting surface or
The SI unit of linear momentum is kg ms and the cgs unit
of linear momentum is g cm s–1. Dimension : [MLT–1] reading of a weighing machine and W0= mg = true
weight.)
5. Pseudo Force
It is a fictitious force observed only in non-inertial frames of
reference. In a non-initial frame, it acts on a body in a
direction opposite to the acceleration of the frame of
reference.
SCAN CODE
Laws of Motion and Friction
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 151
8. Problem of a Mass
(b) When the lift moves upwards with an acceleration
a:
a
R – mg = ma or R = m(g + a) = mg 1 +
g
Suspended from a Vertical
∴ Wapp. = W0 1 +
a
String
g
Following cases are possible:
(a) If the carriage (say lift) is at rest or moving
uniformly (in translatory equilibrium), then T0 = mg.
(b) If the carriage is accelerated up with an acceleration
a, then
a a
T = m(g + a) = mg 1 + = T0 1 +
g g
Fig. 4.6
(c) When the lift moves downwards with an
acceleration a :
a
mg – R = ma or R = m (g–a) = mg 1 − Fig. 4.8
g
(c) If the carriage is accelerated down with an
a acceleration a, then
∴ Wapp. =W0 1 −
g a a
T = m(g – a) = mg 1 − = T0 1 −
g g
Fig. 4.9
(d) If the carriage begins to fall freely, then the tension
Fig. 4.7 in the string becomes zero.
Here, if a > g, Wapp. will be negative. Negative (e) If the carriage is accelerated horizontally, then
apparent weight will mean that the body is pressed (i) mass m experiences a pseudo force ma opposite to
against the roof of the lift instead of floor. acceleration;
(d) When the lift falls freely, i.e., a = g : (ii) the mass m is in equilibrium inside the carriage and
R = m (g –g) = 0 ∴ Wapp. = 0 T sin θ = ma, T cos θ = mg, i.e.,
T = m g 2 + a2 ;
7. Problem of Monkey
Climbing a Rope
Let T be the tension in the rope.
(i) When the monkey climbs up with uniform speed : T
= mg.
(ii) When the monkey moves up with an acceleration a :
T – mg = ma or T = m (g + a). Fig. 4.10
(iii) When the monkey moves down with an acceleration
a : mg – T = ma or T = m (g – a).
SCAN CODE
Laws of Motion and Friction
152 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
(iii) the string does not remain vertical but inclines to the
vertical at an angle θ = tan–1 (a/g) opposite to
acceleration;
(iv) This arrangement is called accelerometer and can be
used to determine the acceleration of a moving
carriage from inside by noting the deviation of a
plumbline suspended from it from the vertical.
9. Constraint Relation Fig. 4.12
Let us try to visualize this situation For string connecting m1 and m2 :
Let the length of the string be l1
Fig. 4.13
Fig. 4.11
On differentiating it twice :
(i) If m3 was stationary, then magnitude of
a1 + a2
displacements of m1 and m2 would be same and in 0 = (a2 – a) + (a1 – a) + 0 a =
opposite direction. 2
Let us say x (displacement of m1 and m2 when m3 is For string connecting m3 and pulley :
stationary). Let the string length be l2
(ii) Now consider the case when m3 displaces by x1, then
net displacement of m1 = x 1 – x
m2 = x 1 + x
m3 = x 1
(iii) Differentiate it twice we have
am3 = a1 Fig. 4.14
NOTE:
am1 = a1 − a
am2 = a1 + a If length is decreasing, then differentiation of that length
will be negative.
This problem can be approached in other way. Which
is more mathematical and do not require much of ∴ On differentiating twice, we have
visualisation. 0 = a + (–a3)
Steps involved to approach problems of multiple a = a3
pulleys of system having different accelerations:
Now, we can apply F = ma for different blocks.
(i) Define a fixed point/axis.
Solve for a3, a1, a2 and Tension.
(ii) Locate positions of all movable points from fixed
point/axis.
(iii) (a) Write down the relation between length of the
string and the position of different movable points.
(b) No. of relation must be equal to no. of string.
(iv) Differentiate it twice to get the relationship between
acceleration of different objects.
SCAN CODE
Laws of Motion and Friction
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 153
10. Friction 10.2 Laws of Limiting Friction
(a) Static Friction
Friction is an opposing force that comes into play when
one body actually moves (slides or rolls) or even tries to (i) The force of friction always acts in a direction
move over the surface of another body. opposite to the direction of relative motion, i.e.,
friction is of perverse nature.
Thus force of friction is the force that develops at the
surfaces of contact of two bodies and impedes (opposes) (ii) The maximum force of static friction, fms (called
their relative motion. limiting friction) is directly proportional to the
normal reaction (R) between the two surfaces in
contact. i.e.,
(i) Frictional force is independent of the area of contact.
This is because with increase in area of contact, force f ms N ...(1)
of adhesion also increases (in the same ratio). And (iii) The force of limiting friction depends upon the
the adhesive pressure responsible for friction, nature and the state of polish of the two surfaces in
remains the same. contact and it acts tangential to the interface between
(ii) When the surfaces in contact are extra smooth, the two surfaces.
distance between the molecules of the surfaces in (iv) The force of limiting friction is independent of the
contact decreases, increasing the adhesive force extent of the area of the surfaces in contact as long as
between them. Therefore, the adhesive pressure the normal reaction remains the same.
increases, and so does the force of friction.
10.3 Coefficient of Static Friction
10.1 Static Friction, Limiting Friction
We know that, f ms N or f ms = s N
and Kinetic Friction
f ms
The opposing force that comes into play when one body or s = ...(2)
tends to move over the surface of another, but the actual N
relative motion has yet not started is called Static friction. Here, μs is a constant of proportionality and is called the
Limiting friction is the maximum opposing force that comes coefficient of static friction. Thus : Coefficient of static
into play, when one body is just at the verge of moving over friction for any pair of surfaces in contact is equal to the
the surface of the other body. ratio of the limiting friction and the normal reaction. μs,
being a pure ratio, has got no units and its value depends
Kinetic friction or dynamic friction is the opposing force upon the nature of the surfaces in contact. Further, μs, is
that comes into play when one body is actually moving over usually less than unity and is never equal to zero.
the surface of another body.
Since the force of static friction (fs) can have any value from
zero to maximum (fms), i.e. fs < fms, eqn. (2) is generalised to
NOTE: fs < μsN ...(3)
Kinetic friction is always slightly less than the limiting
friction.
10.4 Kinetic Friction
The laws of kinetic friction are exactly the same as those for
Wx - applied force static friction. Accordingly, the force of kinetic friction is
also directly proportional to the normal reaction, i.e.,
f - friction force
f k N or fk = k N ...(4)
μk is coefficient of kinetic friction. μk < μs.
10.5 Rolling Friction
The opposing force that comes into play when a body
rolls over the surface of another body is called the rolling
friction.
Cause of rolling friction: Let us consider a wheel which is
Fig. 4.15 rolling along a road. As the wheel rolls along the road, it
slightly presses into the surface of the road and is itself
slightly compressed as shown in Fig.
SCAN CODE
Laws of Motion and Friction
154 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
i.e. coefficient of limiting friction between any two surfaces
in contact is equal to tangent of the angle of friction between
them.
10.7 Angle of Repose or Angle of Sliding
Fig. 4.16
Angle of repose or angle of sliding is defined as the
Thus, a rolling wheel: minimum angle of inclination of a plane with the
(i) constantly climbs a ‘hill’ (BC) in front of it, and horizontal, such that a body placed on the plane just
(ii) has to simultaneously get itself detached from the begins to slide down.
road (AB) behind it. The force of adhesion between It is represented by α. Its value depends on material and
the wheel and the road opposes this process. nature of the surfaces in contact.
Both these processes are responsible for rolling In fig., AB is an inclined plane such that a body placed on it
friction. just begins to slide down. ∠BAC (α) = angle of repose.
10.6 Angle of Friction
The angle of friction between any two surfaces in contact
is defined as the angle which the resultant of the force of
limiting friction F and normal reaction R makes with the Fig. 4.18
direction of normal reaction R.
The various forces involved are :
It is represented by θ.
(i) weight, mg of the body, acting vertically downwards,
In fig. OA represents the normal reaction R which balances
(ii) normal reaction, R, acting perpendicular to AB,
the weight mg of the body. OB represent F, the limiting
force of sliding friction, when the body tends to move to the (iii) Force of friction F, acting up the plane AB.
right. Complete the parallelogram OACB. Join OC. This Now, mg can be resolved into two rectangular components
represents the resultant of R and F. By definition, AOC = : mg cos α opposite to R and mg sin α opposite to F. In
θ is the angle of friction between the two bodies in contact.
equilibrium,
F = mg sin α ... (7)
R = mg cos α ... (8)
Dividing (7) by (8), we get
F mg sin
= , i.e., = tan
R mg cos
Hence coefficient of limiting friction between any two
surfaces in contact is equal to the tangent of the angle of
repose between them.
NOTE:
Combining (6) and (9), we obtain
μ = tan θ = tan α
=
Fig. 4.17 i.e. angle of friction is equal to angle of repose.
The value of angle of friction depends on the nature of
materials of the surfaces in contact and the nature of the
surfaces.
10.8 Method of Changing Friction
Relation between μ and θ Some of the ways of reducing friction are:
AC OB F (i) By polishing.
In Δ AOC, tan = = = = ...(5) (ii) By lubrication.
OA OA R
(iii) By proper selection of materials.
Hence = tan ...(6) (iv) By Streamlining.
(v) By using ball bearings.
SCAN CODE
Laws of Motion and Friction
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 155
Some Important Cases
Case Diagram Result
F
(a) When two bodies are kept in contact and force is (i) a =
m1 + m2
applied on the body of mass m1.
m2 F
(ii) N =
m1 + m2
(b) When two bodies are kept in contact and force is F
(i) a =
applied on the body of mass m2. m1 + m2
m1 F
(ii) N =
m1 + m2
(c) When two bodies are connected by a string and F
placed on a smooth horizontal surface. (i) a =
m1 + m2
m1 F
(ii) T =
m1 + m2
(d) When three bodies are connected through strings as F
(i) a =
shown in fig and placed on a smooth horizontal surface.
( m1 + m2 + m3 )
m1 F
(ii) T1 =
(m1 + m2 + m3 )
( m1 + m2 ) F
(iii) T2 =
( m1 + m2 + m3 )
SCAN CODE
Laws of Motion and Friction
156 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
( m1 − m2 ) g
(e) When two bodies of masses m1 & m2 are attached at (i) a =
the ends of a string passing over a pulley as shown in ( m1 + m2 )
the figure
2m1m2
(ii) T = g
m1 + m2
m2 g
(f) When two bodies of masses m1 & m2 are attached (i) a =
at the ends of a string passing over a pulley in such a ( m1 + m2 ) ,
way that mass m1 rests on a smooth horizontal table and m1m2 g
mass m2 is hanging vertically. (ii) T =
( 1 + m2 )
m
( m2 − m1 sin ) g
(i) a =
m1 + m2
(g) If in the above case, mass m1 is placed on a smooth
inclined plane making an angle with horizontal as m1m2 g (1 + sin )
(ii) T =
shown in ( m1 + m2 )
(iii) If the system remains in
equilibrium, then m1g sin = m2g
(h) If masses m1 and m2 are placed on inclined planes g ( m1 sin − m2 sin )
(i) a =
making angles α & β with the horizontal respectively, ( m1 + m2 )
then
m1m2
(ii) T = ( sin + sin ) g
( m1 + m2 )
a = g sin , N = mg cos
(i) When a body is moving on smooth inclined plane.
(j) When a body is moving down on a rough inclined aD = (sin – µcos )
plane.
SCAN CODE
Laws of Motion and Friction
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 157
NCERT Corner 6. Newton’s third law of motion: To every action, there
is always an equal and opposite reaction In simple
Important Points to Remember terms, the law can be stated thus: Forces in nature
always occur between pairs of bodies. Force on a
1. Aristotle’s view that a force is necessary to keep a body A by body B is equal and opposite to the force
body in uniform motion is wrong. A force is on the body B by A. Action and reaction forces are
necessary in practice to counter the opposing force of simultaneous forces. There is no cause-effect relation
friction. between action and reaction. Any of the two mutual
forces can be called action and the other reaction.
2. Newton’s first law of motion: “Everybody continues Action and reaction act on different bodies and so
to be in its state of rest or of uniform motion in a they cannot be cancelled out. The internal action and
straight line, unless compelled by some external reaction forces between different parts of a body do,
force to act otherwise”. In simple terms, the First however, sum to zero.
Law is “If external force on a body is zero, its 7. Law of Conservation of Momentum The total
acceleration is zero”. momentum of an isolated system of particles is
conserved. The law follows from the second and
3. Momentum (p) of a body is the product of its mass third law of motion.
(m) and velocity (v): p = mv
8. Frictional force opposes (impending or actual)
relative motion between two surfaces in contact. It is
4. Newton’s second law of motion: The rate of change
the component of the contact force along the
of momentum of a body is proportional to the
common tangent to the surface in contact. Static
applied force and takes place in the direction in
friction fs opposes impending relative motion; kinetic
which the force acts. Thus
friction fk opposes actual relative motion. They are
independent of the area of contact and satisfy the
dp
F=k = kma following approximate laws:
dt
fS ( fs )max = S R
where F is the net external force on the body and a its
fk = R
acceleration. We set the constant of proportionality k k
= 1 in SI units. Then µs(co-efficient of static friction) and µk (co-efficient
dp of kinetic friction) are constants characteristic of the
F= = ma pair of surfaces in contact. It is found experimentally
dt
that µk is less than µs.
The SI unit of force is newton : 1 N = 1 kg m s-2 .
(a) The second law is consistent with the First Law
(F = 0 implies a = 0)
(b) It is a vector equation
(c) It is applicable to a particle, and to a body or a
system of particles, provided F is the total external
force on the system and a is the acceleration of the
system.
5. Impulse is the product of force and time which
equals change in momentum. The notion of impulse
is useful when a large force acts for a short time to
produce a measurable change in momentum. Since
the time of action of the force is very short, one can
assume that there is no appreciable change in the
position of the body during the action of the
impulsive force.
SCAN CODE
Laws of Motion and Friction
158 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
(c) 260 ms −2
Solved Examples
(d) 33ms−2
Example 1
Sol. (b)
( )
A force F = 6i − 8j + 10k N produces acceleration of
2 ms −2 in a body. Calculate the mass of the body.
F1 + F2 + F3 + F4 + F5 = 2 4i ( ) ... ( i )
and F2 + F3 + F4 + F5 = 2 ( 7 j) ... ( ii )
(a) 10 kg
(b) 8 kg From (i) and (ii), F1 = 8i − 14j
(c) 12 kg
F1
a1 = = 4i − 7 j
(d) 9 kg m
Sol. (a) a1 = 16 + 49 = 65m/s 2
F 6i − 8j + 10k Example 4
F = ma or m = =
a 2 A bullet of mass 40 g moving with a speed of 90 ms -1
enters heavy wooden block and is stopped after a
62 + ( −8 ) + 102
2
distance of 60 cm. The average resistive force exerted
= = 10 kg
2 by the block on the bullet is
Example 2 (a) 180 N
A cork of mass 10 g is floating on water. The net force (b) 220 N
acting on the cork is (c) 270 N
(a) 10 N (d) 320 N
-3
(b) 10 N Sol. (c)
-2
(c) 10 N Here,
(d) zero u = 90 ms −1 , v = 0
Sol. (d) 40
m = 40g = kg = 0.04kg
1000
When the cork is floating, its weight is balanced by the
s = 60 cm = 0.6 m
upthrust. Therefore, net force on the cork is zero.
Using v 2 − u 2 = 2as
( 0 ) − ( 90 ) = 2a 0.6
2 2
Example 3
( 90 )
2
Five forces F1 , F2 , F3 , F4 and F5 are acting on a particle a=− = −6750 ms −2
2 0.6
of mass 2.0 kg so that it is moving with 4m/s2 in east
direction. If F1 force is removed, then the acceleration -ve sign shows the retardation.
becomes 7 m/s2 in north, then the acceleration of the The average resistive force exerted by block on the
block if only F1 is acting will be bullet is
f = m a = ( 0.04 kg ) ( 6750 ms −2 ) = 270 N
(a) 16 ms −2
(b) 65 ms −2
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 159
Example 5 (b) 25 m/s2
A cricket ball of mass 250 g collides with a bat with (c) 2.5 m/s2
velocity 10 m/s and returns with the same velocity
within 0.01 second. The force acted on bat is (d) 5 m/s2
(a) 25 N Sol. (c)
(b) 50 N Tension the string = m (g + a) = Breaking force
(c) 250 N 20 ( g + a ) = 25 g
a = g / 4 = 2.5 m / s 2
(d) 500 N
Sol. (d)
Example 8
dv 0.25 (10 ) − ( −10 ) Two masses of 10 kg and 20 kg respectively are
Force = m =
dt 0.01 connected by a massless spring as shown in fig. A force
= 25 20 = 500 N of 200 N acts on the 20 kg mass. At The instant shown
the 10 kg mass has acceleration 12 m/s2 towards right.
The acceleration of 20 kg mass at this instant is?
Example 6
A 2 kg box sits on a 3kg box which sits on a 5 kg box.
The 5 kg box rests on a tabletop. What is the normal
(a) 6 m/s2
force exerted by the 5 kg box on the 3kg box (take g =
9.8 ms-2)? (b) 4 m/s2
(a) 19.6 N (c) 2.5 m/s2
(b) 29 4 N (d) 5 m/s2
(c) 49 N Sol. (b)
(d) 98 N FS is spring force
FS = 10 12 = 120 N
Sol. (c) For 20 kg block, 200 – 120 = 20a
80
a= = 4 m/s 2
20
N1 = 2g ; 3g + N1 = N 2
N 2 = 5g = 5 9.8 = 49 N
Example 9
Example 7 A uniform sphere of weight W and radius 3 m is being
held by a string of length 2 m. attached to a frictionless
A monkey of mass 20 kg is holding a vertical rope. The
wall as shown in the figure. The tension in the string
rope will not break when a mass 25 kg is suspended
will be
from it but will break if the mass exceeds 25 kg. What
is the maximum acceleration with which the monkey
can climb up along the rope (g = 10 m/s2)
(a) 10 m/s2
160 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
2m
(b) tan = 1 +
M
M
(c) tan = 1 +
2m
m
(d) tan = 1 +
2M
(a) 5 W/4 (d) 98 N
(b) 15 W/4 Sol. (a)
(c) 15 W/16 mg = 2T sin 45
mg = 2T
(d) None of these
T1 cos = T cos 45 (i)
Sol. (a) T mg
T1 cos = =
FBD of sphere 2 2
mg
W = T sin T =
2
3 Further, Mg + T cos 45 = T1 sin
and cos = = 53
5 mg 1
T1 sin = Mg +
2 2
W 5
T= = W T1 sin = Mg +
mg
(ii)
sin 53 4 2
Mg
Mg +
tan = 2 = 1 + 2M
mg m
2
Example 11
If the rope of a lift breaks suddenly, the force exerted by
the surface of lift on a man standing inside it is
(a) mg
(b) 2mg
mg
Example 10 (c)
2
Two masses m and M are attached with strings as
(d) 0
shown. For the system to be in equilibrium we have
Sol. (d)
If rope breaks the lift starts to free fall.
For man
mg – N = mg
N=0
2M
(a) tan = 1 +
m
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 161
21g g
Example 12 (c) ;
8 5
Two blocks are connected by a string as shown in the
12g g
diagram. The upper block is hung by another string. A (d) ;
force F applied on the upper string produces an 5 5
acceleration of 2 m/s2 in the upward direction in both Sol. (d)
the blocks. If T and T’ be the tensions in the two parts
2m1m 2 2 23 12
of the string, then T= g= g= g
m1 + m 2 2+3 5
m − m1 3− 2 g
a = 2 g = g =
m1 + m 2 3+ 2 5
Example 14
A Three masses of 1 kg, 6 kg and 3 kg are connected to
each other with string and are placed on a table shown
in figure. What is the acceleration with which the
system is moving? (Take g = 10 ms-2 )
(a) T = 72 N and T’ = 48 N
(b) T = 58.8 and T’ = 47.2 N
(c) T = 70.8 N and T’ = 58.8 N
(d) T = 70.8 N and T’ = 0
Sol. (a)
FBD of mass 2kg
FBD of mass 4 kg (a) zero
(b) 1 ms-2
(c) 2 ms-2
(d) 3 ms-2
T – T’ – 20 = 4 …(i) Sol. (c)
T’ – 40 = 8 …(ii)
By solving (i) and (ii) T’ = 48 N and T = 72 N
Example 13
Two masses 2 kg and 3 kg are attached to the end of the
string passed over a pulley fixed at the top. The tension
and acceleration are
7g g
(a) ;
8 8
Here, m1 = 1 kg, m2 = 6 kg and m3 = 3 kg
21g g Let a be the acceleration with which the system is
(b) ;
8 8 moving. The equations of motion of three masses
are.
m1a = T1 – m1g …(i)
162 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
m2a = T2 – T1…(ii) Further if m3 is at rest, then pulley P is also at rest.
m3a = m3g – T2…(iii) Writing equation of motion.
adding (i), (ii) and (iii), we get m1g – T = m1a…(ii)
a ( m1 + m 2 + m3 ) = ( m3 − m1 ) g T – m2g = m2a…(iii)
( m3 − m1 ) g ( 3 − 1) 10 Solving Eq. (ii) and (iii)
a = = = 2 m/s 2 T=5N
( m1 + m2 + m3 ) 1+ 6 + 3
From eq. (i) we get m3 = 1 kg.
Example 15 Example 16
In the figure, pulleys are smooth and strings are A force of 100 N is applied on a block of mass 3 kg as
1 shown in the figure. The coefficient of friction between
massless m1 = 1 kg and m2 = kg. to keep m3 at rest
3 1
the surface and the block is = . the frictional force
mass m3 should be 3
is
(a) 15 N downwards
(b) 25 N downwards
(c) 20 N downwards
(a) 1 kg
(d) 30 N downwards
2
(b) kg Sol. (c)
3
1
(c) kg
4
(d) 2 kg
Sol. (a)
m3 is at rest, therefore
3
N ' = 100 cos 30 = 100. = 50 3N
2
f limiting =
3
1
( )
50 3 = 50N
W + f = 100sin 30
f = 100sin 30 − W = 50 − 30 = 20N
Since the frictional force here is less than limiting
frictional value, therefore the body will be at rest.
friction = 20 N (downward)
2T = m3g…(i)
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 163
Example 17
Figure shows two blocks A and B pushed against the
wall with the force F. the wall is smooth but the surface
in contact of A and B are rough. Which of the following
is true for the system of blocks to be at rest against wall?
R + F sin 60° = mg
3F
R = mg −
2
If block just starts moving
Fcos 60 = f = R
3F 20
or F + = 10 or F =
(a) F should be equal to weight to A and B 2 2+ 3
(b) F should be less than weight of A and B
Example 19
(c) F should be more than weight of A and B
A body of mass 8 kg lies on a rough horizontal table. It
(d) System cannot be in equilibrium (at rest) is observed that a certain horizontal force gives the body
an acceleration of 4 ms-2. When this force is double, the
Sol. (d)
acceleration of the body is 16 ms-2. The coefficient of
For system A and B together there is no upward force friction is
to balance the weight (mA + mB)g. so, system can never
be in equilibrium. (a) 0.2
(b) 0.3
(c) 0.4
(d) 0.8
Sol. (d)
F – f = 8 4 = 32…(i)
2F – f = 128…(ii)
Multiplying (i) by 2, we get
Example 18 2F – 2f = 64 …(iii)
A block of mass 1 kg is at rest on a horizontal table. The Also, (ii)-(iii) gives f = (128 – 64) N
coefficient of static friction between the block and the f = 64 N
table is 0.5. The magnitude of the force acting upwards mg = 64
at an angle of 60° from the horizontal that will just start 64 8
8 10 = 64 or = = = 0.8
the block moving is 80 10
(a) 5 N
Example 20
20
(b) N A blocks of mass 2 kg rest on a rough inclined plane
2− 3 making an angle of 30° with the horizontal. The
coefficient of static friction between the block and the
20
(c) N plane is 0.7. The frictional force on the block is
2+ 3
(a) 10 N
(d) 10 N
(b) 7 3N
Sol. (c)
164 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
(c) 10 3N (a) 0.4
(d) 7 N (b) 0.6
Sol. (a) (c) 0.8
Limiting friction force (d) 0.75
3
f = N = 0.7 ( mg cos ) = 0.7 2 10 Sol. (d)
= 12.124 N
2
3
Since the block is at rest, therefore friction force sin = ,
= mg sin = 2 10 sin 30° = 10 N 5
Which is less than the limiting friction force (12.124 N) Clearly, base of the triangle is 4 units
3
in this case. tan =
4
Example 21 3
= tan = = 0.75
4
For the arrangement shown in the fig. the tension in the
string is [Given: tan-1 (0.8) = 39°]
Example 23
In the arrangement shown in the figure [sin37° = 3/5]
(a) 6 N
(b) 6.4 N
(c) 0.4 N
(d) Zero
Sol. (d)
(a) direction of force of friction is up the plane
If represents angle of repose, then, tan = 0.8
(b) The magnitude of force of friction is zero
= tan-1 (0.8) = 39°
The given angle of inclination is less than the angle of (c) The tension in the string is 20 N
repose. So, the 1 kg block has no tendency to move.
[Note that mg sin is exactly balanced by the force of (d) magnitude of force of friction is 56 N
friction so, T = 0] Sol. (a)
Example 22
A block of mass 4 kg rests on an inclined plane. The
inclination of the plane is gradually increased. It is
3
found that when the inclination is 3 in 5 sin = ,
5
the block just begins to slide down the plane. The
coefficient of friction between the block and the plane flim = N = 0.7 × 80 = 56 N
is Net driving force = 60-40 = 20 N (down the plane)
As resisting force is greater than net driving force,
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 165
Then the friction will be static in nature and friction
force is 20 N (up the plane)
Example 24
A body of mass 5kg is acted upon by two perpendicular
forces 8N and 6N. Give the magnitude and direction of
the acceleration of the body.
[NCERT]
Sol.
Sol.
If is given that,
Mass of the body, m = 5kg It is given that,
Representation of given data: Mass of the man, M = 50 kg,
Acceleration due to gravity, g = 10 ms-2
Force applied on the block, F = 25 × 10 = 250 N
Weight of the man. W = 50 × 10 = 500 N
Case (a): when the man lifts the block directly
In this case, the man applies a force in the upward
direction. This increases his apparent weight.
Action on the floor by the man = 250 + 500 = 750 N
Case (b): when the man lifts the block using a pulley
In this case, the man applies a force in the downward
direction. This decreases his apparent weight.
Action on the floor by the man = 500 – 250 = 250N
Resultant of two force 8N and 6, R = (8) + ( −6 )
2 2
If the floor can yield to a normal force of 700N, then the
man should adopt the second method to easily lift the
R = 64 + 36
block by applying lesser force.
R = 10N Therefore, case (b) is adopted.
Angle made by R with the force of 8 N
−6
= tan −1 = −36.87
8
The negative sign indicates that is in the clockwise
direction with respect to the force of magnitude 8N.
From Newton’s second law of motion,
The acceleration (a) produced in the body: F = ma
F 10
a= = = 2ms−2
m 5
Therefore, the magnitude of acceleration is 2 ms-2 and
direction is 37° with a force of 8N.
Example 25
A block of mass 25kg is raised by a 50 kg man in two
different ways as shown in figure. What is the action on
the floor by the man in the two cases? If the floor yields
to a normal force of 700N, which mode should the man
adopt to lift the block without the floor yielding?
[NCERT]
166 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
EXERCISE–1: Basic Objective Questions
Newton’s Laws of Motion 9. When a car moves on a road with uniform speed of 30 km/
h, then the net resultant force on the car is :
1. When a bus suddenly take a turn, the passengers are
(a) the driving force that drives the car in the direction of
thrown outwards because of :
propagation of car
(a) speed of motion (b) inertia of motion
(b) the resistive force that acts opposite to the direction
(c) acceleration of motion (d) none of these
of propagation of car
2. A person swimming in a fresh water pool is obeying : (c) zero
(a) Newton’s second law (b) Gravitational law (d) none of the above
(c) Newton’s third law (d) Newton’s first law 10. Three forces acting on a body are shown in the figure. To
3. The passenger move forward when train stops, due to : have the resultant force only along the y–direction, the
(a) inertia of passenger magnitude of the minimum additional force needed is
(b) inertia of train
(c) gravitational pull by earth
(d) none of these
4. A force vector applied on a mass is represented by
F 6 î 8 ĵ 10 k̂ and the force accelerates the mass at 1
m/s2. What is the mass of the body?
(a) 10 kg (b) 10 2 kg
(a) 0.5 N (b) 1.5 N
(c) 2 10 kg (d) 20 kg (c) 4 N (d) 3 N
11. When a 4 kg rifle is fired, the 10 g bullet receives an
5. The velocity of a bullet is reduced from 200 m/s to 100 m/ acceleration of 3 106 cm/s2. The magnitude of the force
s while travelling through a wooden block of thickness 10 acting on the rifle (in newton)is
cm. Assuming it to be uniform, the retardation will be : (a) zero (b) 120
4 2 4 2
(a) 15 × 10 m/s (b) 10 × 10 m/s (c) 300 (d) 3000
4 2 2
(c) 12 × 10 m/s (d) 14.5 m/s 12. A force F1 acts on a particle so as to accelerate it from rest
to velocity v. The force F1 is then replaced by F2 which
6. A body of mass 2 kg is moving with a velocity 8 m/s on a
decelerates it to rest.
smooth surface. If it is to be brought to rest in 4 s. Then
the force to be applied is : (a) F1 must be equal to F2
(b) F1 may be equal to F2
(a) 7 N (b) 2 N
(c) F1 must be unequal to F2
(c) 4 N (d) 8 N
(d) none of these
7. A body of mass 0.1 kg attains a velocity of 10 m/s in 0.1 s.
The force acting on the body is: 13. Five forces F1 , F2 , F3 , F4 and F5 are acting on a particle of
(a) 10 N (b) 0.01 N mass 2.0 kg so that it is moving with 4m / s 2 in east
(c) 0.1 N (d) 100 N direction. If F1 force is removed, then the acceleration
F ma 0.1 100 10 N becomes 7m / s 2 in north, then the acceleration of the
8. The average force necessary to stop a bullet of 20 gm at a
block if only F1 is acting will be:
speed of 250 m/s as it penetrates wood to a distance of
12 cm is : (a) 16 m / s 2 (b) 65 m / s 2
6 6
(a) 2.2 × 10 N (b) 3.2 × 10 N
6 3 (c) 260 m / s 2 (d) 33 m / s 2
(c) 4.2 × 10 N (d) 5.2 × 10 N
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 167
14. A body of mass 5 kg starts from the origin with an initial 20. A particle moves in the xy-plane under the action of a
force F such that the components of its linear momentum
velocity u (30iˆ 40ˆj)ms 1 . If a constant force
p at any time t are p x 2cos t , p y 2sin t . The angle
F (iˆ 5j)N
ˆ acts on the body, the time in which the y– between F and p at time t is
component of the velocity becomes zero is (a) 90 (b) 0
(a) 5 seconds (b) 20 seconds (c) 180 (d) 30
(c) 40 seconds (d) 80 seconds 21. Figure shows the displacement of a particle going along
15. Same force acts on two bodies of different masses 3 kg the X-axis as a function of time. The force acting on the
and 5 kg initially at rest. The ratio of time required to particle is zero in the region
acquire same final velocity is
(a) 5 : 3 (b) 25 : 9
(c) 9 : 25 (d) 3 : 5
16. If a body loses half of its velocity on penetrating 3 cm
in a wooden block, then how much will it penetrate more
before coming to rest?
(a) 1 cm (b) 2 cm
(c) 3 cm (d) 74 N (a) AB (b) BC
17. A ship of mass 3 × 107 kg initially at rest is pulled by a force (c) CE (d) DE
of 5 × 104 N through a distance of 3 m. Assuming that the 22. A 0.5 kg ball moving with a speed of 12 m/s strikes a hard
resistance due to water is negligible, what will be the speed wall at an angle of 30o with the wall. It is reflected with the
of the ship ? same speed and at the same angle, as shown in fig. If the
(a) 0.1 m/s (b) 1.5 m/s ball is in contact with the wall for 0.25 s, the average force
(c) 5 m/s (d) 0.2 m/s acting on the wall is
18. A constant force acts on a body of mass 0.9 kg at rest for
10 s. If the body moves a distance of 250 m, the magnitude
of the force is o
30
(a) 3 N (b) 3.5 N
(c) 4 N (d) 4.5 N
19. A person used force (F), shown in the figure to move a
load with a constant velocity on a given surface. 30o
(a) 96 N (b) 48 N
(c) 24 N (d) 12 N
23. A monkey of mass 20 kg is holding a vertical rope. The
rope will not break when a mass of 25 kg is suspended
from it but will break, if the mass exceeds 25 kg. What is
the maximum acceleration with which the monkey can climb
2
Identify the correct surface profile: [2006] up along the rope? (g = 10 m/s )
2 2
(a) 25 m/s (b) 2.5 m/s
2 2
(c) 5 m/s (d) 10 m/s
24. Assertion : Sportsman runs some distance before taking
(a) (b)
a long jump.
Reason : Because of inertia body remains in state of motion
or rest.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason
(c) (d) is the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false.
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.
168 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
25. Assertion: Inertia is the property by virtue of which the 30. A lift of mass 1000 kg is moving upwards with an
body is unable to change its state by itself. 2
acceleration of 1m/s . The tension developed in the string
Reason: The bodies do not change their state unless acted 2
which is connected to lift is? (g = 9.8 m/s )
upon by an unbalanced external force.
(a) 9800 N (b) 10800 N
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason is
the correct explanation of the Assertion. (c) 11000 N (d) 10000 N
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason is 31. The mass of a lift is 2000 kg. When the tension in the
not the correct explanation of the Assertion. supporting cable is 28000 N, then its acceleration is
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false. (a) 30ms 2 downwards (b) 4ms 2 upwards
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.
(c) 4ms 2 downwards (d) 14ms 2 upwards
26. Assertion: If the net external force on the body is zero
then its acceleration is also zero. 32. A man of mass 50 kg carries a bag of weight 40 N on his
shoulder. The force with which the floor pushes up his
Reason: Acceleration does not depend on force.
feet will be
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason is
(a) 882 N (b) 530 N
the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(c) 90 N (d) 600 N
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason is
not the correct explanation of the Assertion. 33. A student unable to answer a question on Newton’s laws
of motion attempts to pull himself up by tugging on his
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false.
hair. He will not succeed :
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.
27. Assertion: Newton’s second law of motion gives the (a) as the force exerted is small
measurement of force. (b) the frictional force while gripping is small
Reason: According to Newton’s second law of motion,
(c) Newton’s law of inertia is not applicable to living beings
force is directly proportional to the rate of change of
momentum. (d) as the force applied is internal to the system
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason is 34. A sphere is accelerated upwards with the help of a cord
the correct explanation of the Assertion. whose breaking strength is five times its weight. The
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason is maximum acceleration with which the sphere can move up
not the correct explanation of the Assertion. without cord breaking is
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false.
(a) 4g (b) 3g
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.
(c) 2g (d) g
28. Assertion: Airplanes always fly at low altitudes.
Reason: According to Newton’s third law of motion, for 35. A uniform rope of mass m hangs freely from a ceiling. A
every action there is an equal and opposite reaction. bird of mass M climbs up the rope with an acceleration a.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason is The force exerted by the rope on the ceiling is :
the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason is
not the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false.
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.
Force
29. A balloon of weight w is falling vertically downward with a
constant acceleration a (<g). The magnitude of the air
resistance is :
a (a) Ma + mg
(a) w (b) w 1
g (b) M (a + g) + mg
a (c) M (a + g)
a
(c) w 1 (d) w (d) dependent on the position of bird on the rope
g g
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 169
36. In the following figure, the object of mass m is held at rest The ratio of the tensions in the thread is (T1 : T2, where T1
by a horizontal force as shown. The force exerted by the is the tension when the load is moving upwards and T2,
string on the block is that when the load is moving downwards)
(a) 1 : 3 (b) 1 : 2
(c) 3 : 1 (d) 2 : 1
41. A monkey is descending from the branch of a tree with
constant acceleration. If the breaking strength is 75% of
the weight of the monkey, the minimum acceleration with
which monkey can slide down without breaking the
branch is
3g
(a) g (b)
4
(a) F (b) mg
g g
(c) F + mg (d) F2 m 2 g 2 (c) (d)
4 2
37. A man slides down a light rope whose breaking strength
is times the weight of man ( < 1). The maximum 42. A light spring balance hangs from the hook of the other
acceleration of the man so that the rope just break is light spring balance and a block of mass M kg hangs from
the former one. Then the true statement about the scale
(a) g(1 - ) (b) g (1 + )
reading is:
g (a) Both the scales read M/2 kg each
(c) g (d)
(b) Both the scales read M kg each
38. Figure shows two blocks connected by a light inextensible (c) The scale of the lower one reads M kg and of the
string as shown in figure. A force of 10 N is applied on the upper one zero
bigger block at 60 with horizontal, then the tension in
the string connecting the two masses is (d) The reading of the two scales can be anything but the
sum of the reading will be M kg
43. A body of mass 60 kg suspended by means of three
strings, P, Q and R as shown in the figure is in equilibrium.
The tension in the string P is
(a) 5 N (b) 2 N
(c) 1 N (d) 3 N
39. What is the acceleration of 3 kg mass when acceleration
of 2 kg mass is 2 m/s2 as shown?
(a) 130.9 g N (b) 60 g N
(c) 50 g N (d) 103.9 g N
44. Ten coins are placed on top of each other on a horizontal
table. If the mass of each coin is 10 g and acceleration due
to gravity is 10 ms–2, what is the magnitude and direction
(a) 3 m/s2 (b) 2 m/s2 of the force on the 7th coin (counted from the bottom) due
(c) 0.5 m/s 2
(d) zero to all the coins above it ?
40. A mass of 1 kg is suspended by a thread. It is (a) 0.3 N downwards (b) 0.3 N upwards
(i) lifted up with an acceleration 4.9 m/s2 (c) 0.7 N downwards (d) 0.7 N upwards
(ii) lowered with an acceleration 4.9 m/s2.
170 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
45. When a bird of weight W sits on a stretched wire, the
tension T in the wire is
W
(a) > (b) = W
2
(c) < W (d) None of these
46. A weight Mg is suspended from the middle of a rope
whose ends are at the same level. The rope is no longer
horizontal. The minimum tension required to completely
straighten the rope is
Mg
(a) (b) Mg cos
2 (a) N T W 0 (b) T2 = N2 + W2
(c) 2Mg cos (d) Infinitely large (c) T = N + W (d) N = W tan
47. Tension in the rope at the rigid support is (g = 10 m/s2)
50. The below figure is the part of a horizontally stretched
net. Section AB is stretched with a force of 10 N. The
tensions in the sections BC and BF are
(a) 10 N, 11 N
(b) 10 N, 6 N
(c) 10 N, 10 N
(a) 760 N (b) 1360 N (d) Cannot be calculated due to insufficient data
(c) 1580 N (d) 1620 N 51. Assertion: Two blocks kept side by side and moving with
48. Figure shows a uniform rod of length 30 cm having a the same acceleration may have contact force between
mass 3.0 kg. The rod is pulled by constant force of 20 N them.
and 32 N as shown. Find the force exerted by 20 cm part Reason: If external force acting on one of the two blocks
of the rod on the 10 cm part (all surfaces are smooth) is causes same acceleration in both of them, then contact
force exists between them.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason
is the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false.
(a) 36 N (b) 12 N (d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.
52. Assertion: A monkey slides down a vertical rope with
(c) 64 N (d) 24 N
constant acceleration (< g). The tension force on the
49. A metal sphere is hung by a string fixed to a wall. The monkey is in the upward direction.
forces acting on the sphere are shown in figure. Which of Reason: In assertion, net force on the monkey is in the
the following statements is NOT correct? downward direction.
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 171
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason
is the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false.
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.
53. A rope of length L and mass M is hanging from a rigid
support. The tension in the rope at a distance x from the
rigid support is :
(a) mg (b)
Lx
(a) Mg (b) Mg
L
(c) (d)
L x 58. Assertion: A body subjected to three concurrent forces
(c) Mg (d) Mg
Lx L cannot be in equilibrium.
54. A body of mass m is acted upon by a force F and the Reason: If large numbers of concurrent forces are acting
acceleration produced is a. If three forces each equal to F on the same point then the point will always be in
and inclined to each other at 120o act on the same body, equilibrium.
the acceleration produced will be (a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason
is the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(a) a / 3 (b) 2a
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason
(c) 3a (d) zero is not the correct explanation of the Assertion.
55. An object is resting at the bottom of two strings which are (c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false.
inclined at an angle of 120° with each other. Each string (d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.
can withstand a tension of 20 N. The maximum weight of
59. Consider the following statements about the blocks
the object that can be sustained without breaking the string
shown in the diagram that are being pushed by a constant
is :
force on a frictionless table
(a) 10 N (b) 20 N
(c) 20 2 N (b) 40 N
56. A block of mass 10 kg is suspended by three strings as
shown in the figure. The tension T2 is :
A. All blocks move with the same acceleration
B. The net force on each block is the same Which of
these statements are/is correct
(a) A only
(b) B only
(c) Both A and B
(d) Neither A nor B
Application of Newton’s Laws of Motion
100 60. One end of massless rope, which passes over a massless
(a) 100 N (b) N and frictionless pulley P is tied to a hook C while the
3
other end is free. Maximum tension that the rope can bear
(c) 3 ×100 N (d) 50 3 N is 360 N. With what value of maximum safe
57. In the following figure the masses of the blocks A and B acceleration (in ms-2) can a man of 60 kg climb down
are same and each equal to m. The tensions in the strings the rope?
OA and AB are and respectively. The system is in
equilibrium with a constant horizontal force mg on B. Then
T1 is
172 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
2g g
(a) (b)
3 3
g g
(c) (d)
9 7
63. In the following figure, the pulley P1 is fixed and the pulley
P2 is movable. If W1 = W2 = 100N, what is the angle AP2P1?
The pulleys are friction-less.
(a) 16 (b) 6
(c) 4 (d) none of these
61. The pulleys and strings shown in the figure are smooth
and of negligible mass. For the system to remain in
(a) 30 (b) 60
equilibrium, the angle should be :
(c) 90 (d) 120°
64. Three blocks of masses 2 kg, 3 kg and 5 kg are connected
to each other with light string and are then placed on a
frictionless surface as shown in the figure. The system is
pulled by a force F = 10N, then tension T1 = ]
(a) 1N (b) 5 N
(c) 8 N (d) 10 N
(a) 0° (b) 30° 65. A block A of mass 7 kg is placed on a frictionless table. A
(c) 45° (d) 60° thread tied to it passes over a frictionless pulley and
62. Two masses as shown in the figure are suspended from a carries= a body B of mass 3 kg at the other end. The
massless pulley. The acceleration of the system when
acceleration of the system is (given g = 10ms-2)
masses are left free is [2000]
(a) 100 ms–2 (b) 3 ms–2
(c) 10 ms–2 (d) 30 ms–2
66. Two masses m1 and m2 are attached to a string which passes
over a frictionless smooth pulley. When m1 = 10 kg, m2 = 6 kg,
the acceleration of masses is
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 173
(a) 20 m/s2 (b) 5 m/s2 (a) 5 N (b) 4 N
(c) 2.5 m/s2
(d) 10 m/s2 (c) 2 N (d) None of the above
67. Two blocks are connected by a string as shown in the 70. Two bodies having masses m1 = 40 g and m2 = 60 g are
diagram. The upper block is hung by another string. A attached to the ends of a string of negligible mass and
suspended from massless pulley. The acceleration of the
force F applied on the upper string produces an bodies is :
acceleration of 2m/s2 in the upward direction in both the (a) 1 m/s
2
(b) 2 m/s
2
blocks. If T and T be the tensions in the two parts of the 2 2
string, then (c) 0.4 m/s (d) 4 m/s
71. A block of mass m is placed on a smooth wedge of
inclination .The whole system is accelerated horizontally
so that the block does not slip on the wedge. The force
exerted by the wedge on the block (g is acceleration due
to gravity) will be:
(a) mg cos (b) mg sin
mg
(c) mg (d) cos
72. Consider the shown arrangement. Assume all surfaces to
be smooth. If N represents magnitudes of normal reaction
(a) T = 70.8N and T = 47.2N between block and wedge, then acceleration of M along
(b) T = 58.8N and T = 47.2N horizontal is equal to :
(c) T = 70.8N and T' = 58.8N
(d) T = 70.8N and T = 0
68. Two blocks, each having a mass M, rest on frictionless
surfaces as shown in the figure. If the pulley are light and
frictionless, and M on the incline is allowed to move down,
then the tension in the string will be :
N sin
(a) along + ve x-axis
M
N cos
(b) along –ve x-axis
M
2 3 N sin
(a) Mg sin (b) Mg sin (c) along –ve x-axis
3 2 M
Mg sin N sin
(c) (d) 2 Mg sin (d) along –ve x-axis
2 mM
69. Two blocks of mass 4 kg and 6 kg are placed in contact 73. In the above question normal reaction between ground
with each other on a frictionless horizontal surface. If we and wedge will have magnitude equal to :
apply a push of 5 N on the heavier mass, the force on the (a) N cos + Mg (b) N cos + Mg + mg
lighter mass will be (c) N cos – Mg (d) N sin + Mg + mg
Frams of Reference
74. A man of mass 80 kg is standing in an elevator which is
2
moving with an acceleration of 6 m/s in upward direction.
2
The apparent weight of the man will be : (g = 10 m/s )
(a) 1480 N (b) 1280 N
(c) 1380 N (d) none of these
174 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
75. For ordinary terrestrial experiments, the observer in an 81. A block is placed on the top of a smooth inclined plane of
inertial frame in the following cases is : inclination kept on the floor of a lift. When the lift is
(a) a child revolving in a gaint wheel descending with a retardation a, the block is released. The
acceleration of the block relative to the incline is :
(b) a driver in a sports car moving with a constant high speed
–1
of 200 kmh on a straight rod (a) g sin (b) a sin
(c) the pilot of an aeroplane which is taking off (c) (g –a) sin (d) (g + a) sin
(d) a cyclist negotiating a sharp curve 82. A smooth inclined plane of length L having inclination
76. The pendulum hanging from the ceiling of a railway carriage with the horizontal is inside a lift which is moving down
makes angle 30° with the vertical, when it is accelerating. with a retardation a. The time taken by a body to slide
The acceleration of the carriage is : down the inclined plane from rest will be :
3 2 2L
(a) g (b) g 2L
2 3 (a) (b) g a sin
a sin
g
g
(c) g 3 (d) 2L 2L
3
(c) (d)
77. A bird is sitting in a large closed cage which is placed on a sin g sin
a spring balance, it records a weight of 35 N. The bird 83. A spring balance is attached to the ceiling of a lift. A man
(mass = 0.5 kg) flies upward in the cage with an hangs his bag on the spring and the spring reads 49 N,
2
acceleration of 2 m/s . The spring balance will now record when the lift is stationary. If the lift moves downward with
a weight of : an acceleration of 5 ms–2, the reading of the spring balance
(a) 27 N (b) 36 N will be :
(c) 26 N (d) 24 N (a) 24 N (b) 74 N
78. With what acceleration ‘a’ should be box of figure moving (c) 15 N (d) 49 N
up so that the block of mass M exerts a force 7 Mg/4 on 84. Assertion: In the case of free fall of the lift, the man will
the floor of the box? feel weightlessness.
Reason: In free fall, acceleration of lift is equal to
acceleration due to gravity.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason
is the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false.
(a) g/4 (b) g/2 (d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.
(c) 3g/4 (d) 4g 85. Assertion: A reference frame attached to the Earth is an
79. A coin is dropped in a lift. It takes time t1 to reach the floor inertial frame of reference.
when lift is stationary. It takes time t2 when lift is moving Reason: The reference frame which has zero acceleration
up with constant acceleration. Then is called a non-inertial frame of reference.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason
(a) t1 t 2 (b) t 2 t1
is the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(c) t1 t 2 (d) t1 t 2 (b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion.
80. A lift is moving down with acceleration a. A man in the lift (c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false.
drops a ball inside the lift. The acceleration of the ball as (d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.
observed by the man in the lift and a man standing 86. Assertion: While applying laws of motion in a non-inertial
stationary on the ground are respectively reference frame, a pseudo force is taken to be acting on
(a) g, g (b) g – a, g – a the body considered.
(c) g – a, g (d) a, g
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 175
Reason: A non-inertial frame has zero acceleration. 95. A block of mass 10 kg is placed on a rough horizontal
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason surface having coefficient of friction = 0.5. If a horizontal
is the correct explanation of the Assertion. force of 100 N is applied on it, then the acceleration of the
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason block will be :
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion. (a) 15 m/s
2
(b) 10 m/s
2
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false. 2 2
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false. (c) 5 m/s (d) 0.5 m/s
87. Assertion: Newton’s second law holds good in an inertial 96. A car is moving along a straight horizontal road with a
frame only. speed v0. If the coefficient of friction between the tyres
Reason: Newton’s second law is a basic law. and the road is . The shortest distance in which the car
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason can be stopped is :
is the correct explanation of the Assertion. 2
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason v02 v0
(a) (b)
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion. g
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false.
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false. v02 v02
(c) (d)
g 2 g
Frictional Force and its Properties
88. Which is true for rolling friction (r), static friction (s) and 97. An iron block of sides 5 cm × 8 cm × 15 cm has to be
kinetic friction (k) ? pushed along the floor. The force required will be minimum
when the surface in contact with ground is :
(a) s k r (b) s k r
(a) force is the same for all surfaces
(c) s k r (d) s r k
(b) 8 cm × 5 cm surface
89. Which of the following is self-adjusting force?
(c) 5 cm × 15 cm surface
(a) Statice friction (b) Limiting friction
(d) 8 cm × 15 cm surface
(c) Kinetic friction (d) Rolling friction
90. Maximum force of friction is called 98. In the figure shown, horizontal force F1 is applied on a
(a) Limiting friction (b) Static friction block but the block does not slide. Then as the magnitude
(c) Sliding friction (d) Rolling friction of vertical force F2 is increased from zero the block begins
91. A force of 50 N is required to push a car on a level road to slide; the correct statement is
with constant speed of 10 m/s. The mass of the car is
500 kg. What force should be applied to make the car
accelerate at 1 m/s2 ?
(a) 550 N (b) 450 N
(c) 500 N (d) 2500 N
92. A body is projected along a rough horizontal surface with
a velocity 6 m/s. If the body comes to rest after travelling
9 m, then coefficient of sliding friction is : (g = 10 m/s2)
(a) 0.5 (b) 0.4 (a) The magnitude of normal reaction on block increases
(c) 0.6 (d) 0.2 (b) Static frictional force acting on the block increases
93. Which of the following statements is true in a tug of war. (c) Maximum value of static frictional force decrease
(d) All of these
(a) The team which applies a greater force on the rope
99. A body of mass 2 kg is at rest on a horizontal table. The
than the other wins.
coefficient of friction between the body and the table is
(b) The team which applies a smaller force on the rope
0.3. A force of 5 N applied on the body. The acceleration
than the other wins.
of the body is ?
(c) The team which pushes harder against the ground wins.
(d) none of these (a) 0 ms 2 (b) 2.5 ms 2
94. While walking on ice, one should take small steps to
avoid slipping. This is because smaller steps ensure (c) 5 ms 2 (d) 7.5 ms 2
(a) larger friction (b) smaller friction 100. A block of mass 3 kg is placed on a rough horizontal
(c) smaller normal force (d) none of these surface s 0.4 . A force of 8.7 N is applied on the
block. The force of friction between the block and floor
is?
176 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
(a) 8.7 N (b) 12 N (a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason
(c) 10 N (d) Zero is the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason
101. A block of mass m is stationary on a horizontal surface. It
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion.
is connected with a string which has no tension. The
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false.
coefficient of friction between the block and surface is
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.
. Then, the frictional force between the block and 106. A block of mass 5 kg is kept on a horizontal floor having
surface is? coefficient of friction 0.09. Two mutually perpendicular
horizontal forces of 3 N and 4 N act on this block. The
acceleration of the block is : (g = 10 m/s2)
(a) zero (b) 0.1 m/s2
(c) 0.2 m/s 2
(d) 0.3 m/s2
(a) Zero (b) mg 107. A block of mass 4 kg is placed on a rough horizontal plane.
A time dependent horizontal force F = kt acts on the block,
mg k = 2 N/s. The frictional force between the block and plane
(c) (d) None of these at time t = 2s is ( = 0.2)
(a) 4 N (b) 8 N
102. Assertion: When a bicycle is in motion, the force of (c) 12 N (d) zero
friction exerted by the ground on the two wheels is always 108. A block is kept on an inclined plane of angle 30°.
in the forward direction. Coefficient of kinetic friction between block and incline
Reason: The frictional force acts in the direction of motion 1
of the bicycle. plane is . What is acceleration of block ?
3
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason (a) zero
2
(b) 2 m/s
is the correct explanation of the Assertion. (c) 1.5 m/s
2
(d) 5 m/s
2
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason 109. A child weighing 25 kg slides down a rope hanging from
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion. a branch of a tall tree. If the force of friction acting against
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false. him is 200 N, the acceleration of child is (g = 10 m/s2)
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false. (a) 22.5 m/s2 (b) 8 m/s2
(c) 5 m/s2 (d) 2 m/s2
103. Assertion: Pulling a lawn roller is easier than pushing it.
110. Consider a car moving along a straight horizontal road
Reason: Pushing increases the apparent weight and hence with a speed of 72 km/h. If the coefficient of static friction
the force of friction. between the tyres and the road is 0.5, the shortest distance
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason in which the car can be stopped just by using the frictional
is the correct explanation of the Assertion. force is (taking g = 10 m/s2)
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason (a) 30 m (b) 40 m
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion. (c) 72 m (d) 20 m
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false. 111. A block of weight W is held against a vertical wall by
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false. applying a horizontal force 75 N. The surface of the wall
104. Assertion: The value of dynamic friction is less than the is rough. Now, (consider 1)
limiting friction. (a) W 75 N (b) W 75 N
Reason: Once the motion has started, the inertia of rest
(c) W 75 N (d) None of these
has been overcome.
112. Assertion: Without friction between our feet and the
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason
ground, it will not be possible to walk.
is the correct explanation of the Assertion.
Reason: Frictional force is necessary to start motion.
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason (a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion. is the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false. (b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false. is not the correct explanation of the Assertion.
105. Assertion: Proper use of lubricants cannot reduce inertia. (c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false.
Reason: Proper use of lubricants reduces friction. (d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 177
113. Assertion: Wheels of automobiles are made circular in
shape.
Reason: Rolling friction is the least among all type of
frictions.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason
is the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason (a) 20 N (b) 10 N
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion. (c) 12 N (d) 15 N
119. Assertion: Value of frictional force as seen from an inertial
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false.
frame for a pair of solids, may change if it is observed
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false. from a non-inertial frame.
114. A block is gently placed on a conveyor belt moving Reason: Coefficient of friction depends on the frame of
horizontally with constant speed. After t = 4 s, the velocity reference.
of the block becomes equal to velocity of the belt. If the (a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason
coefficient of friction between the block and the belt is is the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason
= 0.2, then the velocity of the conveyor belt is
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(a) 8 m/s (b) 6 m/s (c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false.
(c) 4 m/s (d) 2 m/s (d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.
115. A block of mass 0.1 kg is held against a wall applying
Angle of Friction and Angle of Repose
horizontal force of 5 N on the block. If coeff. of friction
between the block and the wall is 0.5, the magnitude of 1
frictional force acting on the block is 120. The coefficient of friction of a surface is . What should
3
(a) 2.5 N (b) 0.49 N be the angle of inclination so that a body placed on the
(c) 0.98 N (d) 4.9 N surface just begins to slide down ?
(a) 30o (b) 45o
116. A fireman of mass 60 kg slides down a pole. He is pressing
(c) 60 o
(d) 90o
the pole with a force of 600 N. The coefficient of friction 121. A block A kept on an inclined surface just begins to slide
between the hands and the pole is 0.5, with what if the inclination is 30°. The block is replaced by another
acceleration will the fireman slide down ? (g = 10 ms–2) block B and it is found that it just begins to slide if the
(a) 1 ms–2 (b) 2.5 ms–2 inclination is 40°.
(c) 10 ms–2 (d) 5 ms–2 (a) mass of A > mass of B
(b) mass of A < mass of B
117. A body of mass m rests on horizontal surface. The
(c) mass of A = mass of B
coefficient of friction between the body and the surface is
(d) all the three are possible
. If the mass is pulled by a force P as shown in the figure,
122. Pushing force making an angle to the horizontal is
the limiting friction between body and surface will be :
applied on a block of weight W placed on a horizontal
P table. If the angle of friction be , the magnitude of force
required to move the body is equal to :
30°
W cos W sin
m (a) (b)
cos cos
P W tan W sin
(a) mg (b) mg (c) sin (d) tan
2
123. A body is placed on a rough inclined plane of inclination
P 3 P . As the angle is increased from 0 to 90 the contact
(c) mg (d) mg force between the block and the plane
2 2
(a) remains constant
118. What is the maximum value of the force F such that the (b) first remains constant then decreases
block shown in the arrangement, does not move (c) first decreases then increases
(d) first increases then decreases
178 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
124. A body is placed on an inclined plan and has to be pushed
down in order to make it move. The angle made by the
normal reaction with the vertical will be:-
(a) Equal to angle of repose
(b) Equal to the angle of repose
(c) Less than the angle of repose
(d) More than the angle of repose
125. A block rests on a rough inclined plane making an angle
of with the horizontal. The coefficient of static friction
between the block and the plane is 0.8. If the frictional (a) 6 m/s2 (b) 5 m/s2
force on the block is 10 N, the mass of the block (in kg) is (c) 8 m/s2 (d) 2 m/s2
(take 131. Two blocks (A) 2 kg and (B) 5 kg rest one over the other
on a smooth horizontal plane. The coefficient of static
(a) 2.0 (b) 4.0
and dynamic friction between (A) and (B) is the same and
(c) 1.6 (d) 2.5 equal to 0.60. The maximum horizontal force F that can be
126. Assertion: Angle of repose is equal to angle of limiting applied to (B) in order that both (A) and (B) do not have
friction. any relative motion is
Reason: When the body is just at the point of motion, the
force of friction at this stage is called limiting friction.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the Reason
is the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the Reason
is not the correct explanation of the Assertion.
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false. (a) 42 N (b) 42 kgf
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false. (c) 5.4 kgf (d) 1.2 N
Block on Block Systems 132. A block A with mass 100 kg is resting on another block B
of mass 200 kg. As shown in figure a horizontal rope tied
127. A body B lies on a smooth horizontal table and another
to a wall holds it. The coefficient of friction between A
body A is placed on B. The coefficient of friction between
and B is 0.2 while coefficient of friction between B and the
A and B is . What acceleration given to B will cause
ground is 0.3. The minimum required force F to start
slipping to occur between A and B
moving B will be
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
128. A block B of mass 5 kg is placed on another block A of
mass 10 kg, which rests on a smooth horizontal surface. If
= 0.4 between A and B and a force F = 40 N is applied on
block B, the acceleration of A is :
2 2
(a) 3 m/s (b) 2 m/s
2 2
(c) 4 m/s (d) 8/3 m/s
(a) 900 N (b) 100 N
129. Two blocks A and B of masses 5 kg and 3 kg respectively
(c) 1100 N (d) 1200 N
rest on a smooth horizontal surface with B over A. the
133. Determine the time in which the smaller block reaches other
coefficient of friction between A and B is 0.5. The maximum
end of bigger block in the figure
horizontal force (in kg wt.) that can be applied to A, so
that there will be motion of A and B without relative u = 0.3
10 N 2 kg
slipping, is
(a) 1.5 (b) 2.5 u = 0.0
8 kg
(c) 4 (d) 5
130. Figure shows two blocks system, 4kg block rests on a
smooth horizontal surface, upper surface of 4 kg is rough.
A block of mass 2 kg is placed on its upper surface. The L = 3.0 m
acceleration of upper block with respect to earth when 4 (a) 4s (b) 8
kg mass is pulled by a force of 30 N, is (c) 2.19 s (d) 2.13 s
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 179
Misecellaneous cases in friction 138. A force of 750 N is applied to a block of mass 102 kg to
134. The coefficient of static friction, s, between block A of prevent it from sliding on a plane with an inclination angle
mass 2 kg and the table as shown in the figure, is 0.2. 30° with the horizontal. If the coefficients of static friction
What would be the maximum mass value of block B, and kinetic friction between the block and the plane are
so that the two blocks do not move? The string and 0.4 and 0.3 respectively, then the frictional force acting
the pulley are assumed to be smooth and massless on the block is
2
(g = 10 m/s )
(a) 750 N (b) 500 N
(c) 345 N (d) 250 N
139. A block of mass m is given an initial downward velocity v0
and left on an inclined plane (coefficient of friction = 0.6).
The block will :
(a) 2.0 kg (b) 4.0 kg
(c) 0.2 kg (d) 0.4 kg
135. A block of mass 1 kg is projected from the lowest point up
along the inclined plane. If g = 10 ms-2, the retardation
experienced by the block is
(a) continue to move move down the plane with constant
velocity v0
(b) accelerate downward
(c) decelerate and come to rest
(d) first accelerated then decelerate
140. In the figure shown, if coefficient of friction is , then m2
will start moving upwards if :
15 5
(a) ms 2 (b) ms 2
2 2
10
(c) ms 2 (d) zero
2
136. The blocks A and B are arranged as shown in the figure.
The pulley is frictionless. The mass of A is 10 kg. The
coefficient of friction of A with the horizontal surface is m1 m1
0.20. The minimum mass of B to start the motion will be (a) m sin cos (b) m sin cos
2 2
m1 m1
(c) m sin cos (d) m sin cos
2 2
141. Consider the situation shown in the figure. All surfaces
are rough. The friction on B due to A in equilibrium
(a) 2 kg (b) 0.2 kg
(c) 5 kg (d) 10 kg
137. The force required just to move a body up an inclined
(a) is upward
plane is double the force required just to prevent the body
sliding down. If the coefficient of friction is 0.25, the angle (b) is downward
of inclination of the plane is (c) is zero
(a) 36.8° (b) 45° (d) depends on the masses of A and B
(c) 30° (d) 42.6°
180 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
142. A block of mass 1 kg is placed on a truck which accelerates
2
with acceleration 5 m/s . The coefficient of static friction
between the block and truck is 0.6. The frictional force
acting on the block is :
(a) 5 N (b) 6 N
(c) 5.88 N (d) 4.6 N
143. A block is moving up an inclined plane of inclination
(a) 1/2 (b) 2/3
= 30° with a velocity 5 m/s. If it stops after 0.5 s then
what is the value of coefficient of friction () ? (c) 3/4 (d) 1/4
(a) 0.6 (b) 0.5 148. The system shown in the figure is in equilibrium. The
(c) 1.25 (d) none of these maximum value of W, so that the maximum value of static
frictional force on 100 kg body is 450 N, will be:-
144. If a ladder weighing 250 N is placed against a smooth
vertical wall having coefficient of friction between it and
floor 0.3, then what is the maximum force of friction available
at the point of contact between the ladder and the floor ?
(a) 75 N (b) 50 N
(c) 35 N (d) 25 N
145. A block is moving up an inclined plane of inclination 60°
2
with velocity of 20 m/s and stops after 2 s. If g = 10 m/s ,
then the approximate value of coefficient of friction is :
(a) 3 (b) 3.3 (a) 100 N (b) 250 N
(c) 0.27 (d) 0.33 (c) 450 N (d) 1000 N
146. A metallic chain 1m long lies on a horizontal surface of a 149. A block is kept on an inclined plane of inclination of
table. The chain starts sliding on the table if 25 cm (or length l. The velocity of particle at the bottom of inclined
more of it) hangs over the edge of a table. The correct is (the coefficient of friction is )
value of the coefficient of friction between the table and
(a)
the chain is
(b)
1 2
(a) (b)
3 3 (c)
1 1 (d)
(c) (d)
4 5 150. A heavy uniform chain lies on horizontal table top. If the
147. A block of mass 15 kg is resting on a rough inclined plane coefficient of friction between the chain and the table
as shown in figure. The block is tied by a horizontal string surface is 0.25, then the maximum fraction of the length of
which has a tension of 50 N. The coefficient of friction the chain that can hang over one edge of the table is
between the surfaces of contact is: (a) 20% (b) 25%
(c) 35% (d) 15%
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 181
EXERCISE–2: Previous Year Questions
1. In a non-inertial frame, the second law of motion is written
[DUMET 2011]
(a) F = ma (b) F = ma + Fp
(c) F = ma – Fp (d) F = 2ma
2. Forces in the ratio 1 : 2 act simultaneously on a particle.
The resultant of these forces is three times the first force.
The angle between them in [Kerala CEE 2011]
(a) 0 (b) 60
(c) 90 (d) 45
(a) 6 mg (b) zero
3. The resultant of two forces acting at an angle of 120° is 10
kg-wt and is perpendicular to one of the forces. That force (c) 2 mg (d) 3 mg
is [KCET 2011] 8. Assertion The driver in a vehicle moving with a constant
speed on a straight road is in a non-inertial frame of
(a) 10 3 kg-wt (b) 20 3 kg-wt reference
10 Reason: A reference frame in which Newton’s laws of
(c) 10 kg-wt (d) kg-wt motion are applicable is non-inertial [AIIMS 2013]
3
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is
4. Two bodies of masses of 4 kg and 6 kg are tied to the ends the correct explanation of Assertion.
of a massless string. The string passes over a frictionless (b) Both Assertion and Reason are correct but Reason is
pulley. The acceleration of the system is not the correct explanation of Assertion.
[Kerala CEE 2011] (c) Assertion is correct but Reason is incorrect.
g g (d) Both Assertion and Reason are incorrect.
(a) (b) (e) Assertion is incorrect but Reason is correct.
3 5
9. The force F acting on a particle of mass m indicated by
g g
(c) (d) force-time graph shown below. The charge in linear
10 4 momentum of the particle over time interval from 0 to 8s
5. A man of mass 60 kg is riding in a lift. The weight of the is : (NEET 2014)
man, when the lift is accelerating upwards and downwards
at 2 ms-2, are respectively (take, g = 10 ms-2) [AMU 2011]
(a) 720 N and 480 N (b) 480 N and 720 N
(c) 600 N and 600 N (d) None of these
6. A stone is dropped from a height h. It hits the ground with
a certain momentum p. If the same stone is dropped from
a height 100% more than the previous height, the
momentum when it hits the ground will change by:
(AIPMT 2012)
(a) 200% (b) 100% (a) 6 N s (b) 24 N s
(c) 68% (d) 41% (c) 20 N s (d) 12 N s
7. Three blocks with masses m, 2m and 3m are connected by 10. A balloon with mass m is descending down with an
strings as shown in the figure. After an upward force F is acceleration a (where a < g). How much mass should be
applied on block m, the masses move upward at constant removed from its so that it starts moving up with an
acceleration a? (NEET 2014)
speed v. What is the net force on the block of mass 2m ?
(g is the acceleration due to gravity) (NEET 2013) ma 2ma
(a) g a (b) g a
2ma ma
(c) g a (d) g a
182 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
11. The linear momentum of a particle varies with time t 16. Two blocks A and B of masses 3m and m respectively are
as p = a + bt + ct2. Then, which of the following is correct? connected by a massless and inextensible string. The
[EAMCET 2014] whole system is suspended by a massless spring as shown
(a) Velocity of particle is inversely proportional to time in figure. The magnitudes of acceleration of A and B
(b) Displacement of the particle is independent of time immediately after the string is cut, are respectively:
(c) Force varies with time in a quadratic manner (NEET 2017)
(d) Force is linearly dependent on time
12. The tension in the string in the pulley system shown in
the figure is [JIPMER 2014]
g g
(a) g, (b) ,g
3 3
g g
(c) g, g (d) ,
3 3
(a) 75 N (b) 80 N 17. Four blocks of same mass connected by strings are pulled
(c) 7.5 N (d) 30 N by a force F on a smooth horizontal surface as shown in
13. Three identical blocks of masses m = 2 kg are drawn by a figure. The tension T1, T2 and T3 will be [AIIMS 2017]
force 10.2 N on a frictionless surface. What is the tension
(in N) in the string between the blocks B and C ?
[UKPMT2014]
1 3 1
(a) T1 F, T2 F, T3 F
4 2 4
1 1 1
(b) T1 F, T2 F, T3 F
4 2 2
(a) 9.2 (b) 8
(c) 3.4 (d) 9.8 3 1 1
(c) T1 F, T2 F, T3 F
14. Three blocks A, B and C of masses 4 kg, 2 kg and 1 kg 4 2 4
respectively are in contact on a frictionless surface as
3 1 1
shown. If a force of 14 N is applied on the 4 kg block then (d) T1 F, T2 F, T3 F
4 2 2
the contact force between A and B is : (NEET 2015)
18. Two masses 10 kg and 20 kg respectively are connected
by a massless spring as shown in figure. A force of 200 N
acts on the 20 kg mass. At the instant shown is figure, the
10 kg mass has acceleration of 12 m/s2. The value of
acceleration of 20 kg mass is [JIPMER 2017 ]
(a) 6N (b) 8N
(c) 18N (d) 2N
15. A spring of force constant k is cut into lengths of ratio (a) 4 m/s2
1:2:3. They are connected in series and the new force (b) 10 m/s2
constant is k’. Then, they are connected in parallel and (c) 20 m/s2
force constant is k’’. Then k’ : k’’ is : (NEET 2017) (d) 30 m/s2
(a) 1 : 9 (b) 1 : 11
(c) 1 : 14 (d) 1 : 6
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 183
19. A block of mass m is placed on a smooth inclined wedge 23. Find the maximum tension in the spring if initially spring
ABC of inclination as shown in the figure. The wedge is at its natural length when block is released from rest.
given an acceleration ‘a’ towards the right. The relation (AIIMS 2019)
between a and for the block to remain stationary on the
wedge is : (NEET 2018)
g
(a) a g cos (b) a sin
g
(c) a cosec (d) a g tan
20. A mass M is hung with a light inextensible string as shown
in the figure. Find the tension of the horizontal string.
[JIPMER 2018]
(a) mg (b) mg/2
(c) 3 mg/2 (d) 2 mg
24. Assertion A glass ball is dropped on concrete floor can
easily get broken compared if it is dropped on wooden
floor.
Reason On concrete floor, glass ball will take less time to
come to rest. [NEET2019]
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true and Reason is the
correct explanation of Assertion.
(a) 2 Mg (b) 3 Mg (b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but Reason is not
(c) 2 Mg (d) 3 Mg the correct explanation of Assertion.
21. A body of mass 5 kg is suspended by a spring balance on an (c) Assertion is true but Reason is false.
inclined plane as shown in figure. (d) Both Assertion and Reason are false.
25. A truck is stationary and has a bob suspended by a light
string, in a frame attached to the truck. The truck, suddenly
moves to the right with an acceleration of a. The pendulum
will tilt [NEET (Odisha)2019]
(a) to the left and the angle of inclination of the pendulum
1 g
with the vertical is sin
So, force applied on spring balance is [AIIMS 2018] a
(a) 50 N (b) 25 N (b) to the left and angle of inclination of the pendulum
(c) 500 N (d) 10 N
1 a
22. A particle moving with velocity V is acted by three forces with the vertical is tan
g
shown by the vector triangle PQR. The velocity of the
particle will: (NEET 2019) (c) to the left and angle of inclination of the pendulum
1 a
with the vertical is sin
g
(d) to the left and angle of inclination of the pendulum
1 g
with the vertical is tan
a
26. Two bodies of mass 4 kg and 6 kg are tied to the ends of a
(a) decrease massless string. The string passes over a pulley which is
(b) remain constant frictionless (see figure). The acceleration of the system in
terms of acceleration due to gravity (g) is (NEET 2020)
(c) change according to the smallest force QR
(d) increase
184 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
31. In the figure given, the system is in equilibrium. What is
the maximum value that w can have if the friction force on
the 40 N block cannot exceed 12.0 N? [AMU 2012]
g g
(a) (b)
5 10 (a) 3.45 N (b) 6.92 N
g (c) 10.35 N (d) 12.32 N
(c) g (d) 32. A body of mass m is placed on a rough surface with
2
coefficient ghof friction µ, inclined at θ. If the mass is in
Friction equilibrium, then [KCET 2014]
27. Block A of mass 2 kg is placed over block B of mass 8 kg.
The combination is placed over a rough horizontal 1
(a) tan 1 (b) tan 1
surface. Coefficient of friction between B and the floor
is 0.5. Coefficient of friction between the blocks A and
B is 0.4. A horizontal force of 10 N is applied on the 1 m
(c) tan
1
block B. The force of friction between the blocks A and B (d) tan
m
is (g = 10 ms-2) [KCET 2011]
33. A wooden block of mass 8 kg slides down an inclined plane
of inclination 30° to the horizontal with constant acceleration
0.4 m/s2 . The force of friction between the block and the
inclined plane is (take, g = 10 m/s2) [MHT CET 2014]
(a) 12.2 N
(b) 24.4 N
(c) 36.8 N
(d) 48.8 N
(a) 100 N (b) 40 N 34. A system consists of three masses m1, m2 and m3 connected
(c) 50 N (d) zero by a string passing cover a pulley P. The mass m1 hangs
28. A conveyor belt is moving at a constant speed of 2 m/s. A freely and m2 and m3 are on rough horizontal table (the
box is gently dropped on it. The coefficient of friction coefficient of friction = ). The pulley is frictionless and of
between them is = 0.5. The distance that the box will negligible mass. The downward acceleration of mass m1 is
move relative to belt before coming to rest on it, taking g = (Assume m1 = m2 = m3 = m) (NEET 2014)
10 ms–2, is (AIPMT 2011)
(a) zero (b) 0.4 m g(1 2)
(a)
2
(c) 1.2 m (d) 0.6 m
29. A cubical block rests on an inclined plane of coefficient of g(1 g)
(b)
friction 1/ 3. What should be the angle of inclination so 9
that the block just slides down the inclined plane?
[J & K CET 2011] 2g
(c)
(a) 30 (b) 60 3
(c) 45 (d) 90
g(1 2)
30. An object is moving on a plane surface with uniform velocity (d)
3
10 ms–1 in presence of a force 10 N. The frictional force between
the object and the surface is [DUMET 2011]
(a) 1 N (b) -10 N
(c) 10 N (d) 100 N
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 185
35. A plank with a box on it at one end is gradually raised 38. A piece of ice slides down a rough inclined plane at 45°
about the other end. As the angle of inclination with the inclination in twice the time that it takes to slide down an
horizontal reaches 30°, the box starts to slip and slides identical but frictionless inclined plane. What is the
4.0m down the plank in 4.0s. The coefficient of static and coefficient of friction between ice and incline?
kinetic friction between the box and the plank will be, [AIIMS 2018]
respectively. (NEET 2015) 3 4
(a) (b)
7 cot 7 cot
3 7
(c) (d)
4 cot 9 cot
39. Assertion Angle of repose is equal to angle of limiting
friction.
Reason When a body is just at the point of motion, the
force of friction of this stage is called as limiting friction.
[AIIMS 2018]
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is
the correct explanation of Assertion
(a) 0.4 and 0.3 (b) 0.6 and 0.6
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are correct but Reason is
(c) 0.6 and 0.5 (d) 0.5 and 0.6 not the correct explanation of Assertion.
36. A body takes times t to reach the bottom of an inclined (c) Assertion is correct but Reason is incorrect.
plane of angle with the horizontal. If the plane is made (d) Assertion is incorrect but Reason is correct.
rough, time taken now is 2t. The coefficient of friction of 40. A body of mass m is kept on a rough horizontal surface
the rough surface is : (NEET 2016) (coefficient of friction = µ). Horizontal force is applied on
3 2 the body, but it does not move. The resultant of normal
(a) tan (b) tan reaction and the frictional force acting on the object is
4 3
given F, where F is [NEET (Odisha) 2019]
1 1
(c) tan (d) tan (a) F mg mg
4 2
37. A box of mass 8 kg is placed on a rough inclined plane of
(b) F mg
inclination 30°. Its downward motion can be prevented by
applying a horizontal force F, then value of F for which
(c) F mg 1 2
friction between the block and the incline surface is minimum,
is [JIPMER 2017]
(d) F mg
80
(a) (b) 40 3
3
40
(c) (d) 80 3
3
186 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
EXERCISE–3: Achiever’s Section
1. A man of mass 60 kg is standing on a horizontal conveyor 5. Three masses of 1 kg, 6 kg and 3 kg are connected to each
belt. When the belt is given an acceleration of 1 ms–2, the other with threads and are placed on a table as shown in
man remains stationary with respect to the moving belt. If figure. If g = 10 ms–2, the acceleration with which the system
g = 10 ms–2, the net force acting on the man is : is moving is
(a) zero (b) 120 N
(c) 60 N (d) 600 N
2. A particle of mass 0.3 kg is subjected to a force F = – kx (a) zero (b) 1 ms–2
with k = 15 Nm–1. What will be its initial accleration, if it is (c) 2 ms–2 (d) 3 ms–2
released from a point 20 cm away the origin ? 6. Two fixed frictionless inclined plane making an angle 30°
(a) 3 ms–2 (b) 15 ms–2 and 60° with the vertical are shown in the figure. Two blocks
(c) 5 ms–2 (d) 10 ms–2 A and B are placed on the two planes. What is the relative
3. A mass of 3 kg descending vertically downward supports vertical acceleration of A with respect to B ?
a mass of 2 kg by means of a light string passing over a
pulley. At the end of 5 s the string breaks. How much high
from now the 2 kg mass will go ? (g = 9.8 m/s2)
(a) 4.9 m (b) 9.8 m
(c) 16.9 m (d) 2.45 m
4. A boby of mass m is suspended by two strings making
angles and with the horizontal. Tensions in the two
strings are
(a) 4.9 ms–2 in horizontal direction
(b) 9.8 ms–2 in vertical direction
(c) zero
(d) 4.9 ms–2 in vertical direction
7. Two masses m1 = 5 kg and m2 = 4.8 kg tied to a string are
hanging over a light frictionless pulley. What is the
acceleration of the masses when lift is free to move ?
(g = 9.8 ms–2)
mg cos
(a) T1 T2
sin
mg sin
(b) T1 T2
sin
mg cos mg cos
(c) T1 , T2
sin sin
(d) none of these
(a) 0.2 ms–2 (b) 9.8 ms–2
(c) 5 ms–2 (d) 4.8 ms–2
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 187
8. A light string passing over a smooth light pulley connects 11. Find the tension T needed to hold the cart in equilibrium,
two blocks of masses m1 and m2 (vertically). If the if there is no friction
acceleration of the system is g/8, then the ratio of the
masses is :
(a) 8 : 1 (b) 9 : 7
(c) 4 : 3 (d) 5 : 3
9. A string of negligible mass going over a clamped pulley of
mass m supports a block of mass M as shown in the figure.
The force on the pulley by the clamp is given by :
3 2
(a) W (b) W
4 2
2 4
(c) W (d) W
3 3
12. In the arrangement shown, if the surface is smooth, the
acceleration of the block m2 will be
(a) 2 Mg (b) 2 mg
(c) M m 2 m 2 g (d) M m 2 M 2 g
10. Two particles of mass m each are tied at the ends of a light
string of length 2a. The whole system is kept on a
frictionless horizontal surface with the string held tight so
that each mass is at a distance a from the cener P (as
shown in the figure). Now, the mid-point of the string is m 2g
(a) 4m m
pulled vertically upwards with a small but constant force 1 2
F. As a result, the particles moves towards each other on 2m 2 g
the surface. The magnitude of acceleration, when the (b) 4m m
1 2
separation between them becomes 2 x is
2m 2 g
(c) m 4m
1 2
2m1g
(d) m m
1 2
13. A ball is suspended by a thread from the ceiling of a car.
The brakes are applied and the speed of the car changes
uniformly from 10 m/s to zero in 5s. The angle by which the
ball deviates from the vertical (g = 10 m/s2) is :
1 1 1 1
F a (a) tan (b) sin
(a) 2m 3 5
a2 x2
F x 1 1 1 1
(b) 2m (c) tan (d) cot
a x
2 2
5 3
F x 14. In the arrangement shown, the pulleys are fixed and ideal,
(c)
2m a the strings are light m1 > m2 and S is a spring balance
which is itself massless. The reading of S (in unit of mass)
F a2 x2
(d) is: (g = 10m/s2)
188 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
(a) 1.2 m/s (b) 2.4 m/s
(c) 1.8 m/s (d) 3.6 m/s
18. Two blocks each of mass m in the device are pulled by a
force F = mg/2 as shown in figure. All the contact surface
are smooth. The acceleration of block A is
(a) 100 N (b) 200 N
200 400
(c) N (d) N
3 3
15. In the figure, the blocks A, B and C of mass m each have
acceleration a1, a2 and a3 respectively. F1 and F2 are external
forces of magnitudes 2 mg and mg respectively. 5 3
(a) g (b) g
4 2
g g
(c) (d)
2 4
19. A sphere of mass m is held between two smooth inclined
3
walls. For sin 37° = , the normal reaction of the wall (2) is
5
equal to :
(a) a1 = a2 = a3 (b) a1 > a3 > a2
(c) a1 = a2, a2 > a3 (d) a1 > a2, a2 = a3
16. In the device the acceleration of block A is 1 m/s2. The
acceleration of block B will be
16 mg 25 mg
(a) (b)
25 21
39 mg
(c) (d) mg
25
20. A particle of mass m is at rest at the origin at time t = 0. It is
subjected to a force F (t) = f0e–bt in the x direction. It speed
(a) 1 m/s2 (b) 2 m/s2 v(t) is depicted by which of the following curves ?
(c) 4 m/s2
(d) 6 m/s2
17. A block A has a velocity of 0.6 m/s to the right, determine
thevelocity of cylinder B.
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 189
21. Two blocks A and B are placed on a table and joined by a 25. If is coefficient of friction between the tyres and road,
string (figure). The limiting friction for both blocks is F. then the minimum stopping distance for a car of mass m
The tension in the string is T. The forces of friction acting moving with velocity V is
on the blocks are FA and FB. An external horizontal force P V2
= 3F/2 acts on A, directed away from B. Then (a) V g (b)
2 g
V
(c) V2 g (d) 2 g .
3F F 26. Two blocks are connected over a massless pulley as shown
(a) FA FB T (b) FA , FB F, T F
4 2 in figure. The mass of block A is 10 kg and the coefficient of
kinetic friction is 0.2. Block A slides down the incline at
F F
(c) FA FB 3 , T 0 (d) FA F, FB T constant speed. The mass of block B in kg is
4 2
22. For the arrangement shown in the figure the tension in the
string is
A
B
m = 1 kg
30°
(a) 3.5 (b) > 2.5
37°
(c) 3.3 (d) 3.0
27. A wedge of mass 2m and a cube of mass m are shown in
(a) 6N (b) 6.4 N figure. Between cube and wedge, there is no friction. The
(c) 0.4 N (d) zero minimum coefficient of friction between wedge and ground
so that wedge does not move is
23. What is the maximum value of the force F such that the
block shown in the arrangement, does not move ? m
m 3 kg
F 1
o
60 2 3 2m
(a) 20 N (b) 10 N = 45o
(c) 12 N (d) 15 N
24. The system is pushed by a force F as shown in figure All (a) 0.10 (b) 0.20
surfaces are smooth except between B and C. Friction (c) 0.25 (d) 0.50
coefficient between B and C is . Minimum value of F to 28. A homogeneous chain of length L lies on a table. The
prevent block B from downward slipping is coefficient of friction between the chain and the table is .
A B C The maximum length which can hang over the table in
F m equilibrium is
2m 2m
1
(a) L (b) L
3 5 1
(a) mg (b) mg
2 2 1 2
(c) L (d) L
5 3 1 2 1
(c) mg (d) mg
2 2
190 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
29. A block of mass m is kept on an inclined plane of a lift 30. A parabolic bowl with its bottom at origin has the shape
moving down with acceleration of 2 m/s2. What should be
the coefficient of friction to let the block move down with x2
y . Here, x and y are in metres. The maximum height
constant velocity relative to lift : 20
at which a small mass m can be placed on the bowl without
slipping (coefficient of static friction is 0.5) is :
1
(a) (b) 0.4
3
3
(c) 0.8 (d)
2 (a) 2.5 m (b) 1.25 m
(c) 1.0 m (d) 4.0 m
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 191
Notes:
LAWS OF MOTION & FRICTION
192 ANSWER KEY
Answer Key
CHAPTER 1: UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS & BASIC MATHEMATICS
EXERCISE – 1: Basic Objective Questions
DIRECTION FOR USE
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions
1. c 2. b 3. d 4. d 109.a 110.b 111.b 112.d
5. c 6. b 7. d 8. b 113.a 114.c 115.b 116.c
9. d 10.c 11.a 12.a 117.c 118.c 119.c 120.c
13.d 14.c 15.a 16.c 121.a 122.b 123.a 124.b
17.b 18.d 19.a 20.a 125.b 126.a 127.c 128.a
21.c 22.b 23.a 24.d 129.a 130.c 131.b 132.d
25.d 26.c 27.c 28.b 133.a 134.c 135.c 136.c
29.d 30.c 31.c 32.c 137.a 138.b 139.c 140.d
33.d 34.c 35.d 36.b 141.b 142.c 143.d 144.b
37.a 38.b 39.d 40.a 145.d 146.c 147.d 148.c
41.b 42.c 43.c 44.d 149.d 150.a
45.a 46.c 47.d 48.d
49.b 50.a 51.d 52.b
53.c 54.b 55.c 56.d
57.b 58.c 59.d 60.a
61.b 62.a 63.c 64.b
65.a 66.a 67.a 68.c
69.d 70.a 71.b 72.c
73.a 74.c 75.a 76.c
77.d 78.a 79.c 80.c
81.a 82.b 83.a 84.d
85.d 86.d 87.b 88.a
89.b 90.a 91.a 92.b
93.c 94.b 95.c 96.d
97.c 98.b 99.b 100.b
101.c 102.c 103.d 104.b
105.b 106.b 107.a 108.a
ANSWER KEY 193
EXERCISE – 2: Previous Year Questions EXERCISE – 3: Achiever’s Section
DIRECTION FOR USE: DIRECTION FOR USE:
Scan the QR Code and check detailed Solutions Scan the QR Code and check detailed Solutions
1.a 2.d 3.a 4.a 1.b 2.d 3.d 4.b
5.d 6.a 7.a 8.a 5.d 6.d 7.b 8.a
9.a 10.a 11.c 12.d 9.b 10.b 11.b 12.d
13.c 14.c 15.c 16.a 13.a 14.b 15.a 16.a
17.b 18.c 19.c 20.a 17.c 18.c 19.a 20.b
21.b 22.c 23.c 24.a 21.a 22.c 23.a 24.a
25.a 26.d 27.a 28.c 25.d 26.c 27.c 28.a
29.a 30.a 31.d 32.c 29.c 30.d
33.c 34.c 35.a 36.a
37.a 38.b 39.c 40.b
41.c 42.a 43.a 44.a
45.c 46.d 47.a 48.b
49.c 50.d 51.c 52.d
53.a 54.c 55.d 56.d
57.a 58.c 59.d 60.d
61.a 62.c 63.d 64.a
65.a 66.c 67.b
194 ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 2: MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
EXERCISE – 1: Basic Objective Questions
DIRECTION FOR USE
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (a) 141. (a) 142. (b) 143. (d) 144. (b)
5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (d) 145. (a) 146. (b) 147. (a) 148. (b)
9. (a) 10. (c) 11. (a) 12. (a) 149. (b) 150. (c)
13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (d)
17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (d) 20. (a)
21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (d)
25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (c)
29. (a) 30. (b) 31. (d) 32. (b)
33. (a) 34. (b) 35. (b) 36. (b)
37. (b) 38. (a) 39. (c) 40. (d)
41. (a) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (c)
45. (d) 46. (a) 47. (b) 48. (d)
49. (c) 50. (a) 51. (a) 52. (c)
53. (b) 54. (a) 55. (a) 56. (b)
57. (b) 58. (d) 59. (a) 60. (b)
61. (b) 62. (a) 63. (c) 64. (c)
65. (a) 66. (c) 67. (a) 68. (b)
69. (d) 70. (d) 71. (a) 72. (d)
73. (b) 74. (a) 75. (b) 76. (d)
77. (d) 78. (c) 79. (a) 80. (b)
81. (b) 82. (b) 83. (c) 84. (b)
85. (d) 86. (a) 87. (a) 88. (c)
89. (c) 90. (b) 91. (b) 92. (b)
93. (b) 94. (b) 95. (b) 96. (b)
97. (b) 98. (a) 99. (b) 100. (a)
101. (c) 102. (c) 103. (b) 104. (a)
105. (a) 106. (a) 107. (c) 108. (a)
109. (b) 110. (d) 111. (d) 112. (b)
113. (b) 114. (b) 115. (d) 116. (b)
117. (a) 118. (d) 119. (b) 120. (a)
121. (d) 122. (a) 123. (c) 124. (b)
125. (d) 126. (a) 127. (b) 128. (a)
129. (c) 130. (a) 131. (a) 132. (c)
133. (c) 134. (a) 135. (d) 136. (c)
137. (a) 138. (b) 139. (d) 140. (c)
ANSWER KEY 195
EXERCISE – 2: Previous Year Questions EXERCISE – 3: Achiever’s Section
DIRECTION FOR USE DIRECTION FOR USE
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (b) 1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (b)
5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (c) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (d)
9. (b) 10. (a) 11. (d) 12. (d) 9. (c) 10. (d) 11. (a) 12. (b)
13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (d) 16. (b) 13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (b)
17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (d) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (d)
21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (b) 21. (b) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (d)
25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (b) 25. (d) 26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (d)
29. (b) 30. (d) 31. (d) 32. (c) 29. (b) 30. (b)
33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (c) 36. (c)
37. (a) 38. (b) 39. (b) 40. (a)
41. (c) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (a)
45. (c) 46. (a) 47. (c) 48. (b)
49. (d) 50. (b) 51. (b) 52. (d)
196 ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 3: MOTION IN A PLANE & RELATIVE MOTION
EXERCISE – 1: Basic Objective Questions
DIRECTION FOR USE
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (d) 141. (a) 142. (b) 143. (b) 144. (d)
5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (b) 145. (c) 146. (d) 147. (b) 148. (b)
9. (c) 10. (d) 11. (a) 12. (a) 149. (d) 150. (a)
13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (a)
17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (a)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (d)
25. (d) 26. (d) 27. (a) 28. (c)
29. (a) 30. (b) 31. (c) 32. (b)
33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (b) 36. (c)
37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (b) 40. (d)
41. (b) 42. (a) 43. (d) 44. (a)
45. (c) 46. (b) 47. (d) 48. (c)
49. (c) 50. (c) 51. (a) 52. (a)
53. (b) 54. (c) 55. (c) 56. (a)
57. (a) 58. (c) 59. (a) 60. (c)
61. (a) 62. (a) 63. (b) 64. (c)
65. (d) 66. (c) 67. (b) 68. (d)
69. (c) 70. (a) 71. (d) 72. (a)
73. (a) 74. (d) 75. (d) 76. (c)
77. (d) 78. (a) 79. (b) 80. (c)
81. (c) 82. (c) 83. (d) 84. (d)
85. (c) 86. (c) 87. (a) 88. (a)
89. (a) 90. (a) 91. (a) 92. (a)
93. (c) 94. (a) 95. (b) 96. (a)
97. (b) 98. (b) 99. (c) 100. (b)
101. (b) 102. (b) 103. (a) 104. (c)
105. (a) 106. (c) 107. (c) 108. (c)
109. (a) 110. (a) 111. (c) 112. (a)
113. (a) 114. (d) 115. (c) 116. (b)
117. (c) 118. (b) 119. (a) 120. (b)
121. (d) 122. (b) 123. (a) 124. (b)
125. (b) 126. (a) 127. (d) 128. (c)
129. (a) 130. (b) 131. (c) 132. (b)
133. (c) 134. (a) 135. (d) 136. (a)
137. (b) 138. (b) 139. (a) 140. (a)
ANSWER KEY 197
EXERCISE – 2: Previous Year Questions EXERCISE – 3: Achiever’s Section
DIRECTION FOR USE DIRECTION FOR USE
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (b)
5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (c) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (a)
9. (d) 10. (a) 11. (d) 12. (c) 9. (c) 10. (b) 11. (a) 12. (a)
13. (d) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (d) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (d)
17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (c) 17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (d)
21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (b) 24. (b) 21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (c) 24. (c)
25. (d) 26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (a) 25. (d) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (c)
29. (c) 30. (a) 31. (a) 32. (a) 29. (a) 30. (c)
33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (b) 36. (a)
37. (d) 38. (b) 39. (b)
198 ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 4: LAWS OF MOTION & FRICTION
EXERCISE – 1: Basic Objective Questions
Direction for use:
Scan the QR Code and check detailed Solutions
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (b) 73. (a) 74. (b) 75. (b) 76. (d)
5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (d) 77. (b) 78. (c) 79. (a) 80. (c)
9. (c) 10. (a) 11. (c) 12. (b) 81. (d) 82. (a) 83. (a) 84. (a)
13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (a) 85. (d) 86. (c) 87. (b) 88. (a)
17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (a) 20. (a) 89. (a) 90. (a) 91. (a) 92. (d)
21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (a) 93. (c) 94. (a) 95. (c) 96. (d)
25. (a) 26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (a) 97. (a) 98. (c) 99. (a) 100. (a)
29. (c) 30. (b) 31. (b) 32. (b) 101. (a) 102. (d) 103. (a) 104. (a)
33. (d) 34. (a) 35. (b) 36. (d) 105. (b) 106. (b) 107. (a) 108. (a)
37. (a) 38. (b) 39. (b) 40. (c) 109. (d) 110. (b) 111. (a) 112. (c)
41. (c) 42. (b) 43. (d) 44. (a) 113. (a) 114. (a) 115. (c) 116. (d)
45. (a) 46. (d) 47. (c) 48. (d) 117. (c) 118. (a) 119. (c) 120. (a)
49. (c) 50. (c) 51. (a) 52. (b) 121. (d) 122. (b) 123. (b) 124. (c)
53. (b) 54. (d) 55. (b) 56. (d) 125 (a) 126. (b) 127. (a) 128. (b)
57. (b) 58. (d) 59. (a) 60. (d) 129 (c) 130. (b) 131. (a) 132. (c)
61. (c) 62. (b) 63. (d) 64. (c) 133 (c) 134. (d) 135. (a) 136. (a)
65. (b) 66. (c) 67. (a) 68. (c) 137 (a) 138. (d) 139. (c) 140. (b)
69. (c) 70. (b) 71. (d) 72. (c) 141. (a) 142. (a) 143. (a) 144. (a)
145 (c) 146. (a) 147. (a) 148. (c)
149. (b) 150. (a)
ANSWER KEY 199
EXERCISE – 2: Previous Year Questions EXERCISE – 3: Achiever’s Section
Direction for use: Direction for use:
Scan the QR Code and check detailed Solutions Scan the QR Code and check detailed Solutions
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (b) 1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (c)
5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (d) 5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (b)
9. (d) 10. (b) 11. (d) 12. (a) 9. (d) 10. (b) 11. (a) 12. (a)
13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (b) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (b)
17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (d) 20. (b) 17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (d) 20. (b)
21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (d) 24. (a) 21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (b)
25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (b) 25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (a)
29. (a) 30. (b) 31. (b) 32. (a) 29. (a) 30. (b)
33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (c) 36. (a)
37. (a) 38. (c) 39. (a) 40. (c)
MASTER INDEX .
VOLUME 1
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
Motion in a Straight line
Motion in a Plane & Relative Motion
Laws of Motion & Friction
VOLUME 2
Work, Energy and Power
Circular Motion
Centre of Mass, Momentum and Collision
Rotational Motion
Gravitation
VOLUME 3
Mechanical Properties of Solids
Fluid Mechanics
Simple Harmonic Motion
Waves
VOLUME 4
Thermal Physics
Kinetic Theory of Gases and Thermodynamics
Creating Impact at Scale
65 Million+
Monthly
Youtube Views
49 Million+ 40+ Countries
Monthly Where Students
Web + App Visitors Take Live Classes
25 Million+ 26 Million+
Monthly Active Hours of
Users Live Learning
25 43
Parents
Happy
Trust
Students
Vedantu
MILLION+ MILLION+
Our Achievers of 2021
JEE Advanced 2021
Prerak Kevin Abhinav Vedantu students ace
JEE ADV. AIR 35 JEE ADV. AIR 78 JEE ADV. AIR 156 JEE Advanced 2021
JEE MAIN AIR 243 JEE MAIN AIR 533 JEE MAIN AIR 512
Ankit Shrey
6% of IITs’ upcoming batch
will be from Vedantu
JEE ADV. AIR 172 JEE ADV. AIR 174
JEE MAIN AIR 252 JEE MAIN AIR 238
JEE Main 2021
903 students in
Top 10,000
Vaibhav Bajaj Hrishit B P Sunrit Roy K
AIR 35 AIR 113 AIR 139
78 869
students scored students scored
99.9+ PERCENTILE 99.9+ PERCENTILE
68 444
students in students in
Top AIR 1000 Top AIR 5000 Kushagra Ganesh C Iyer
Sharma
AIR 158 AIR 179
NEET (UG) 2021
AIR 23
Pavit
Online Long Term Course
Score 710 AIR 92
Anirudh
Online Crash Course
Score 705
Shivank
Online Crash Course
AIR 143 Score 700
1172 NEET
Qualifiers
CBSE Class 12 ISC Class 12 CBSE Class 10
Annmary
Aatman Upreti Shreya Roshan Aastha N Raj Gitanjali Rajulal Shreya Nigam Khushi Arora Anshika Singha
Santhosh
98.4% 98.4% 98.0% 99.8% 98.4% 99.8% 99.6% 99.4%
ICSE Class 10
M.D.Sriya Varshil J Patel Mohammad Y Devika Sajeev Sakshi Semwal Aloki Upadhyay Ishita Surana Saumya Gupta
99.4% 97.4% 97.2% 97.2% 97.2% 99.4% 99.2% 99.2%
#HereForRealAchievers
You might also like
- Arihant Ncert Exemplar Physics Solution Class 11100% (8)Arihant Ncert Exemplar Physics Solution Class 11273 pages
- Plancess Study Material Physics For Jee Set of 6 PDF100% (1)Plancess Study Material Physics For Jee Set of 6 PDF4 pages
- Physics Objective NCERT Xtract WWW - examSAKHA.in PDF100% (4)Physics Objective NCERT Xtract WWW - examSAKHA.in PDF849 pages
- GC Agarwal Physics Book Free Download PDFNo ratings yetGC Agarwal Physics Book Free Download PDF3 pages
- JEE - MODULE 2 - PHY - +1 NM - Mechanics 2100% (3)JEE - MODULE 2 - PHY - +1 NM - Mechanics 2267 pages
- JEE MODULE 3 PHY Waves and Mechanical Properties of Solids and Fluids100% (2)JEE MODULE 3 PHY Waves and Mechanical Properties of Solids and Fluids168 pages
- Ve-F3nqvnVqlaTlDp Nwl232gSwmKUZB 3 - s4km2V9Qy1vH4ErLaENo ratings yetVe-F3nqvnVqlaTlDp Nwl232gSwmKUZB 3 - s4km2V9Qy1vH4ErLaE160 pages
- Copy of NCERT Xtract Objective Physics For NEET JEE Main, Class 11 12, AIIMS, BITSAT, JIPMER, JEE Advanced 3rd Edition100% (2)Copy of NCERT Xtract Objective Physics For NEET JEE Main, Class 11 12, AIIMS, BITSAT, JIPMER, JEE Advanced 3rd Edition757 pages
- Objective Physics For NEET by Abhay Kumar Part 1.1No ratings yetObjective Physics For NEET by Abhay Kumar Part 1.1215 pages
- Arihant 40 Days Crash Course For JEE Mains 2022 Physics100% (2)Arihant 40 Days Crash Course For JEE Mains 2022 Physics517 pages
- Objective Physics GRB Part 2 For Class 12 Current Electricity Dr. Pramod Agarwal IIT JEE Main Advanced CET All Engineering Entrance Examinations-G R Bathla and Sons GRBNo ratings yetObjective Physics GRB Part 2 For Class 12 Current Electricity Dr. Pramod Agarwal IIT JEE Main Advanced CET All Engineering Entrance Examinations-G R Bathla and Sons GRB144 pages
- JEE - MODULE 4 - PHY - Heat & Thermodynamics100% (2)JEE - MODULE 4 - PHY - Heat & Thermodynamics91 pages
- Chapter-Wise DPP Sheets For Physics JEE Advanced - Disha Experts PDF100% (3)Chapter-Wise DPP Sheets For Physics JEE Advanced - Disha Experts PDF189 pages
- Sanjeev Kumar-Objective Physics For The JEE Main 2015-Pearson India (2014) PDF100% (5)Sanjeev Kumar-Objective Physics For The JEE Main 2015-Pearson India (2014) PDF737 pages
- Examguru Physics Class 12 WWW - Examsakha.in100% (4)Examguru Physics Class 12 WWW - Examsakha.in508 pages
- Arihant Physics 43 Years IIT JEE Solved Papers WWW - examSAKHA.inNo ratings yetArihant Physics 43 Years IIT JEE Solved Papers WWW - examSAKHA.in99 pages
- Narayana I and II - Pages-1546-1630-21-39No ratings yetNarayana I and II - Pages-1546-1630-21-3919 pages
- CESURVE Mod 02 Surveying Measurements Angles and DirectionsNo ratings yetCESURVE Mod 02 Surveying Measurements Angles and Directions41 pages
- Radians 180 Degrees: Tan +tan 1 Tan Tan Tan Tan 1+tan TanNo ratings yetRadians 180 Degrees: Tan +tan 1 Tan Tan Tan Tan 1+tan Tan1 page
- Unit 4 Mathematics For Engineering TechniciansNo ratings yetUnit 4 Mathematics For Engineering Technicians15 pages
- Exercise 2.7 Exercise 2.8: 2.7 Geometrical SpreadingNo ratings yetExercise 2.7 Exercise 2.8: 2.7 Geometrical Spreading3 pages
- Quiz3PartII - AnswerKey For Part A and Part BNo ratings yetQuiz3PartII - AnswerKey For Part A and Part B10 pages
- Determination of Angle of Divergence of Laser Beam: Physics Open Ended Experiment Report0% (1)Determination of Angle of Divergence of Laser Beam: Physics Open Ended Experiment Report10 pages
- Notes - Centrifugation and UltracentrifugationNo ratings yetNotes - Centrifugation and Ultracentrifugation7 pages